You are on page 1of 281

CONCEPTS IN FRAME DESIGN

SRIKRISHNA PRAPNNACHARI

i
Concepts in Frame Design

DDC
624.1
P-90

WRITER AND PUBLISHER:

Srikrishna Prapnnachari
1-D Takshashila Housing
Abhay Khand-3, Module -2
Indirapuram - 201010
INDIA

Contact:
prapnnachari @gmail.com

Printed in Mongolia, July 2007

Price : INR 250 (US$ 10)

Printed by: Ungut Hevlel, Ulaanbaatar

ISBN -10 : 99929 - 52 - 21-0


ISBN -13 : 978 - 99929 - 52 -21-4

ii
DEDICATED TO LORD BALAJI, TIRUMALA
AND
MOTHER GODDESS PADMAVATI, TIRUPATI

iii
Concepts in Frame Design

With the blessings of Shirdi Sai Baba

iv
FOREWORD

The need for comprehensive analysis and design of buildings has been
long felt by the profession. In the past, the profession was forced to carry
out simplified analysis, and make assumptions, since computerised analy-
sis tools were very expensive and limited to the major consulting organi-
sations. With easy availability of computer hardware and analysis, the
structural engineering profession has now the means to carry out sophis-
ticated analysis and thereby optimise the design of buildings. However,
computer analysis tools require very careful usage and errors in errors in
conceptual understanding of building behaviour or in modelling may lead
to improper design.

This book by Dr. S. Prapnnachari has focused on the main concepts of


building behaviour and its computer-based analysis techniques. In recent
years, several books have been published on generalised analysis and design
techniques, but have not focused on the concept of building behaviour. This
book, therefore, fills a crucial niche and helps the reader with basic
understanding of building behaviour. The book has also provided several useful
FORTRAN computer software for analysis and design. Their use will enable
the design professionals to validate results from commercially available
software and for analysis of complex systems. Several solved examples
discussing analysis and interpretation of results for both vertical loads and
lateral loads have further enhanced the value of this book.

This book is primarily targeted at professional engineers, postgraduate stu-


dents and upper-class undergraduate students who are familiar with compu-
ter analysis techniques and want to get acquainted with the nuances of
computer-based analysis and design. The comparison example with STAAD
software is an additional useful feature of this book. I feel that the book will
be regarded as a useful reference by the profession.

Patna Ramesh Chandra Sinha


Feb. 5, 2002

v
Concepts in Frame Design

PREFACE
The word "building" means varieties of structures. From users angle, it
can be called residential, commercial, educational / institutional, recrea-
tional (theatre / cinema, sports stadia), and industrial etc. There could be
different materials used in the building construction. Buildings made of Struc-
tural Steel, Reinforced Concrete, and Masonry are more common. The
stanchions, and roof trusses of industrial buildings are in structural steel.
The use of masonry works is more common in independent residential
houses going normally upto four / fie storeys. It is called load bearing
masonry structure because the walls are made of masonry (more com-
monly, burnt clay bricks or stone, but sometimes in precast cement con-
crete hollow blocks), having floors and roof in reinforced concrete work. The
structural design of load bearing masonry structure is simple; under direct
vertical load the allowable compressive stress is the guiding criteria. For
lateral loads due to either earthquake or wind, empirical strengthening ar-
rangements are made which have been mostly devised on the past experi-
ences. The multistorey medium rise (upto 12 - 15 storeys) apartments and
other buildings are normally made of Reinforced Concrete frames. As
preferred, the masonry work is used in cladding and partitions.

The structural design of a framed structure is quite involving and is carried


out using different methods. The entire building is a 3 - dimensional unit,
which, from structural engineering point of view, is called a space frame.
The data preparation for a space frame including coordinates of joints (junc-
tion of beams and columns) and member identification (beam / column)
numbering is quite a complex task if the size of the building is large and it is
irregular in plan and elevation. It is, however, convenient in symmetrical and
regular structures which have uniform spacing of columns and beams for
which data can be generated by mere simple repetitions. There is another
way of handling the building frames. A framed building is idealised into array
of orthogonal 2-dimensional vertical plane frames. The result of plane
frame analysis is equally reliable and has been used widely for medium rise
structures.

The classical method of analysis, using Kani's Method of frame analysis,


has been popularly used for precise analysis under both vertical and lateral
forces. For precision in analysis the iterations have to be done to the con-
verging stage. It is a lengthy and cumbersome process which gives rise to
monotony when carried out by hand. The constraint has been unavoidable
and the engineer mostly resorted to some short cuts by doing analysis of
some selected frames using his personal intuition.

Now, the fast and powerful personal computer is within common man's reach.

vi
This has revolutionised the whole concept of computation. Matrix Method
of structural analysis developed earlier has been very capable and versatile.
The joint displacements and member end rotations are readily available
which requires a difficult and complicated computational effort if classical
Kani Method is used. The advantages of Matrix Method could not be exploited
until fast computational tools were available. The use of the method by hand
could be academically used for small problems. The real field problem could
be handled only after the computers became popular and affordable. Varieties
of software have been developed using Matrix Method which can handle one
frame at one time. For analysing the entire building all the frames have to be
considered, and column loads and forces, could be obtained by integrating
the data from the two orthogonal intersecting frames. In absence of column
loads the correct evaluation of the earthquake forces can't be done. All
such requirements could only be met if an integrated software is
used which can carry out not only the frame analysis but is also
capable of reading out the relevant data from the output of the vari-
ous computer runs in order to automatically tabulate the column loads
and forces.

There has been a long felt need for an integrated package which could
analyse the frames, compile column loads together from the corre-
sponding intersecting frames, evaluate seismic forces, and carry
out the final analysis and complete the reinforcement design for all
the frame components. The present book is first of its kind which
provides the details of how to handle all such situations progres-
sively. There are altogether six chapters in this book. Chapter 1 deals
with the computer related information at a glance, and makes a brief
presentation of several packages in use by the structural engineers. Ad-
vantages and disadvantages of a framed building compared to a load
bearing building have been discussed in Chapter 2. Here in Chapter 2, a
primer of Matrix Method has also been given to refresh the reader's
acquaintance with the basics involved in its theoretical development and
computational technique. All computer programs which have been devel-
oped to analyse and design a framed building has been the content of
Chapter 3. The programs are in FORTRAN and their development steps
have been discussed in detail. The source code of all the programs are
given and they are preceded by a descriptive discussion of the theories
involved there in. The assessment of vertical loads to be applied over
frames is one of the primary steps in frame analysis. This has been dis-
cussed at length in Chapter 4 by an illustrative example of a real - field
problem of a 4 storeyed residential building. The entire one building has been
cited as an example and all the orthogonal plane frames have been illustrated by
detailed load calculation and preparation of complete input frame data. The
incidence of lateral forces and the techniques involved in evaluation of seismic

vii
Concepts in Frame Design

/ wind forces have been covered in detail in Chapter 5. The earth seismicity with
special reference to Indian plate tectonics has been specially incorporated here
to enhance the awareness about the causes of the earthquake. The approxima-
tions involved in Portal Method adopted usually as a short cut in manual method
of lateral load analysis is discussed here by an example. The contents of Chap-
ter 6 covers the final analysis involving vertical and lateral loads (seismic
forces). The limit - state design of all the components including columns and
beams are carried out. In order to render completeness to the illustrative build-
ing design example, other components i.e., slab, foundation piles and pile cap,
have been covered including the reinforcement details diagrams and figures.
The reinforcement detailing is based on the ductility requirements of earthquake
resistant RCC frames.

The list of selected reference / literature is placed at the end of the book. When-
ever some reference has been cited, the serial number of the specific reference
has been put as a superscript to an appropriate word at an appropriate place in
the text.

The book has taken its present shape due to our consistent involvement in this
field for over a couple of decades. It is believed, it will meet the present day
requirement of both the civil engineering students and the practising professionals
in the field. The foremost and profound sense of gratitude is expressed to Sri
Ramesh Chandra Sinha who initiated a pioneering organised construction of
private residential apartments in Patna in early 1970s, and all the works were
executed after thorough engineering exercises involving national level architects
and structural engineers. It has been felt since then that there lies a knowledge
gap and no comprehensive literature is available which could discuss all the
aspects of theories and computational techniques together at one place. The
solution to the example problem has been developed using the provisions of
prevailing Indian standards applicable to buildings and concrete structures. The
fundamental principle is the same for all other global codal practices. In order to
make the book useful the application software developed is also provided on the
CD which any beginner can also use conveniently.

Special thanks are due to Braj Mohan Kumar Singh who prepared all the compu-
ter Autocad drawings. Sri Prafulla Kumar Thakur has been helpful in verifying the
frame data and our thanks are due to him. Sri Shashi Bhushan Sharma and Sri
Ajoy Kumar have gone through the proof and suggested some important additions
in the text, our sincere thanks to them as well.

Patna Dr. S. Prapnnachari


Dec. 12, 2001

It’s earlier publication was delayed due to some unavoidable circum-


stances. Now it is presented in the service of the engineering fraternity.
Ulaanbaatar Dr. S. Prapnnachari
July 05, 2007

viii
CONTENTS

Chapter 1. Computer and Programming Languages page


1.0 Introduction 1
1.1 Understanding a Computer 2
1.2 Computer Generations 2
1.3 Varieties of Computers 2
1.4 Computer Languages 4
1.5 Computer Applications 6
1.6 Working with FORTRAN 11
Chapter 2. Framed building and Matrix Method of Analysis
2.0 Introduction with design example
of a load bearing wall 15
2.1 Plane Frame 17
2.2 Axes of Reference 18
2.3 Matrix Method of Analysis 20
Chapter 3. Development of FORTRAN Programs
3.0 Introduction 28
3.1 The Program FSTEEL . FOR 28
3.2 The Program EQL . FOR 53
3.3 The Program EREAD . FOR 55
3.4 The Program EQ . FOR 57
3.5 The Program STEEL . FOR 59
3.6 The Program CREAD . FOR 70
3.7 The Program COLD . FOR 72
3.8 The Program bi_COLD . FOR 82
3.9 Flow chart of sequential Program runs 86
Chapter 4. Example problem and Frame data
4.0 The Example problem 87
4.1 Loading Parameters 89
4.2 Frame on Axis 1(C-D) 91
4.3 Frame on Axis 1(A-C) 97
4.4 Frame on Axis 2 103
4.5 Frame on Axis 3 111
4.6 Frame on Axis A 118
4.7 Frame on Axis B 123
4.8 Frame on Axis C 133
4.9 Frame on Axis D 142
4.10 Operational tips for program runs 147
Chapter 5. Lateral Load Analysis
5.0 Introduction 149
5.1 Earthquakes 150
Earth Mass 150
Plate Tectonics 150

ix
Concepts in Frame Design

Expanding Earth 151


Indian Plate 152
Indian Seismic Zone 152
Seismic Intensity 153
5.2 Column Load (EREAD) 156
5.3 EQF . DAT (input data for storey shear) 159
5.4 EQ . RES (base shear and storey shear) 160
5.5 Additional force due to seismic torsional moment 163
5.6 File A . RES (frame A result) 171
5.7 File A . OUT 175
5.8 Free Body Diagram of the forces 176
5.9 Portal Method of Analysis 178
5.10 Wind Load Analysis 188
5.11 Strengthening of Load Bearing Walls 191
Chapter 6. Final Analysis and RCC Design
6.0 Introduction 198
6.1 File COL . DAT 200
6.2 Column Design Data 203
6.3 Live Load Reduction 208
6.4 Column Design Result 210
6.5 Beam Reinforcement Design (AB . OUT) 213
6.6 STAAD ANALYSIS (AXIS - A Frame) 215
6.7 Critical BM and SF forces 234
6.8 Reinforcement Design for beams 245
6.9 Slab Design 251
6.10 Foundation Design 254
6.11 Durability 261
6.12 Stability and Joint Displacements 261
Selected References 263
Appendix - A : List of important towns of India with their
seismic zones / coefficients and basic wind speed 264
Appendix - B : Comparison of STAAD and FSTEEL
output for Axis - A frame members 10, 15, and 16. 267
Appendix - C : Base shear calculation using IS: 1893 - 2002 268

x
Concepts in Frame Design

CHAPTER 1

COMPUTER AND PROGRAMMING LANGUAGES

1.0 INTRODUCTION
Computer is a generic word meaning a tool for computation, Its growth is
directly linked with the growth of the electronic devices. There has been
phenomenal development in the electronic field and computers are now
available in various capabilities ( from pocket computer to super-compu-
ter). In almost all walks of life use of computer is wide and varied, It
started its journey with computation and has become a reliable, accurate,
efficient and fast means of data storage and their retrieval. Computer
combined with laser became so supreme that no modern facility can be
imagined without them.
The appropriateness of computer and its applications is well ap-
preciated in the words of professor wright1."The introduction of the com-
puter into the world of ... engineering is one of man's great technical steps
forward, comparable to the discovery of fire, the starting of agriculture or
the invention of a practical steam engine. We are at a very early stage in
this process and are still experiencing many difficulties associated with
the comparatively recent arrival of computer. A slightly comparable situa-
tion occurred in the days of the automobile which had to function on roads
intended only for horses....
(The invention) had to function initially in an environment in no
way designed or arranged for its use. The new device was able to function
with initial success only in a limited number of favourable situations.
However as its use increased it led to the development of paved roads,
traffic system, service stations, a mass production industry, a licensing
procedure, and finally to a restructuring of our whole way of life. Only then
could the device be used to its full potential.
Up to the present, the computer has been functioning in an es-
sentially unfavourable environment. Society and the computer have not
yet had time to adapt to each other. The potential and limitations of the
computer and the way of using it effectively are still very imperfectly un-
derstood. We are now, and in the next decade or two, living in a period of
transition, where society and the computer are going through the painful
and exciting process of adoption to each other".
The area of interest for civil engineering is quite large and this covers
building, bridge, roads, airfield pavements, towers, tanks, dams and
hydraulic structure etc. The computer application in all the enumerated
fields has further many ramifications. The following description focuses
on the general development of such application packages which are use-
ful as universally versatile package for the handling of general structures
of building and bridges.

1
Concepts in Frame Design

1.1 UNDERSTANDING A COMPUTER


An example of a calculator would be more appropriate in understanding a
computer . The terms calculation and computation appear to carry the
same meaning, but when a thought is given on the application of a calcu-
lator and a computer the subtleties associated with them become quite
clear, In a simpler way it can be said that calculation is a single step
activity whereas computation involves a multi-step activities of calcula-
tion. In this way a calculator is also a computer but with a limited compu-
tation capability.

1.2 COMPUTER GENERATIONS


There can be two broader ways of understanding a computer ;one is its
electronic structure and the other is its use. The understanding of a elec-
tronic structure of the computer is beyond the scope, but its briefs discus-
sion would be desirable. The advent of computer has passed through
successive states of evolution in the field of electronics and the evolution
stages demarcate the generation of a computer.
: first generation computer (late 1940s and early 1950s)
with thermionic valves
: Second generation computer (early 1960) with transistors
(a short form of Transfer Resistor)
: Third generation computer (late 1960s) with Integrated
Circuits of transistors on wafer-thin slices of pure silicon
crystals called chips
: Fourth generation computer (late 1970s) with microproc
essor chips (very large scale integrated circuits VLSI on
a chip as called micro processor)
: Fifth generation computer (early 1980s) with large scale
inference systems (AI, artificial intelligence , and Expert system are the
prominent developments)

1.3 VARIETIES OF COMPUTERS


Irrespective of the chronology of the advent of various computational tools
the following classification provides an understanding of computers in
order of their application capabilities . They all represent the fifth genera-
tion of development.
Calculator.
Programmable Calculator (or, pocket Computer).
Personal Computer.
Work Station.

2
Chapter-1 Computer and programming languages

Mainframe Computer.
Super- computer.
Calculator and pocket computer are the miniature computer.
They are gradually and continually developing. The size of the pocket
computer (representative size 200 mm × 120 mm × 35 mm) are almost
similar to the engineering calculators. They are quite convenient in use
not only because they are compact and small in size but they run on
button-size, long lasting batteries. Many of the recent pocket computers
have inbuilt printers which give the printed output also. Out of many make
of pocket computers HP series (Hewlett Packard , USA), TI series (Texas
Instruments Ltd, USA ), and F× Series (CASIO, Japan) are widely used,
both for the educational and professional purposes. In home computer
series, SINCLAIR (ZX Spectrum , made in UK) is quite popular . SINCLAIR
uses BASIC language and a television set is used as a monitor to view the
working of the computer.
Earlier the computer installation occupied large space (room
size) and it was open for use to specially skilled persons. Most of the
computer centres were owned by some bureau and consortium sort of
organisations. If a practising engineer was in need of computerized analy-
sis and design of a structure he didn't have direct access to the computer
system. This resulted in unavoidable delay in getting the computerized
output . With the advent of microprocessors the hardware of computers
came up in substantially reduced size. Subsequently, there was a huge
reduction in the cost of computers. This resulted in easy availability of
computers and thus came the personal computers (called PCs) .Unlike
early generation computers which could be owned and maintained by
computer centres only the personal computers are now in the easy reach
of an individual professional also. Early PCs did not have hard disk and
they were run with floppy drives. Later, PC-XT (Extended Technology)
came up with limited capacity of hard disk besides the floppy drives. Later,
PC-ATs (Advanced Technology ) were quite popular. They had large ca-
pacity hard disk and could be used by more than one user at a time by
hooking up more terminals with a single CPU (central processing unit).
Initially,PC-ATs had Intel 80286 microprocessors. Math co-processor, cor-
respondingly called 80287, was optional and was used to enhance the
data crunching capacity of a computer . The advent of 80386 processor
further increased the processing speed of PC-ATs along with the memory
extension capabilities which helped in using potential packages for han-
dling large size structures. PC-AT with 80486 processor was available
which further enhanced the PC's potentiality to handle complex and large

3
Concepts in Frame Design

structure using the matching application packages coming up simultane-


ously. PC-ATs were so common in use that they were called PCs only. A
PC has, at least, the following components when all brought together make
its complete installation.
(a) CPU is central processing unit which is the real brain (mother board)
of a computer .The assembly of CPU is equipped with hard-disk,
floppy and CD drives, printer ports etc.
(b) MONITOR or VDU is screen of a computer to view the
input, output and the running operations
(c) key board with mouse used for input
(d) Printer gives the paper printout
Later development of PENTIUM in 1990s enhanced im-
mensely the computation time. Work station is an efficient extension of
large memory PCs with high resolution screen of graphic terminals and
has multi-tasking capability connecting several PCs through LAN (Local
Area Networking). Mainframe computer is large memory installation which
can operate at high speed all the multiples terminals and multi-tasking
activities simultaneously. Supercomputer has many parallel processors
which operate on immensely high speed and is used for specialised pur-
poses.

1.4 COMPUTER LANGUAGE


It is mentioned earlier that a computer under takes multi-step activities of
calculation in a single run. In terms of computer terminology, multi-step
activities (of calculation) performed with the help of a systematic write-up
of instructions is called a program. The program is a language based
write-up of the sequence of activities with a specific purpose of applica-
tion on a computer.
There are varieties of computer languages which are used for
program writing and some of them are
BASIC (Beginner's All-purpose Symbolic Instruction Code),
ALGOL (ALGO rithmic Language),
FORTRAN (Formula Translation),
COBOL (Common Business Oriented Language), and
C (efficient for compiler writing and other purposes also).
The term language used in the context of computer programs
should not be confused with the languages prevalent in our social life,
viz., Hindi, English, Tamil, Spanish, German etc. Unlike social languages,
the computer languages have the same Roman script but it is the syntax
which differentiates one computer language from the other. The following
programs are although in different languages but they all aim at one
objective of finding the area of a circle using a computer.

4
Chapter-1 Computer and programming languages

BASIC LANGUAGE :
10 INPUT "Radius (in meter) = ", R
20 A = 22/7 * R ^2
30 PRINT " AREA (in SQM) = ", A
40 STOP : END
Notable features of the BASIC program are the line numbers and the
arithmetic operators. The computer works is order of the line numbers
unless otherwise written in the program.
FORTRAN LANGUAGE :
WRITE (*,*) " Radius (in meter) = "
Read (*,*) R
A = 22.0/7.0 * R ** 2
WRITE (*,*) "AREA (in SQM) =" A
STOP
END
Notable features are the absence of line number and symbols used for
some of the arithmetical indices. The write-up of a Fortran program is
confined in 80 columns (called fields) out of which first six fields are used
for comment and line numbers (if needed) and the executable body of the
program is confined in the rest of the fields.
C LANGUAGE :
main ( )
{
float r, a ;
scanf ( " radius = % f meter ", & r) ;
a = 22/7 * r * r ;
print f ( " AREA = % f SQM ", a ) ;
}
Notable feature of C program is the termination of each line by a
semicolon. Unlike other two above mentioned languages the executable
part of the C-program is enclosed between two curly brackets. The C-
program is case sensitive also; the commands are in the lower case of the
alphabets. BASIC and FORTRAN programs are not case sensitive.
The programming languages discussed above are also called high-
level languages. Primarily there are two levels in a computer, one is the
user level and the other is the machine level. The height of a level has its
base at the computer machine. The user is at higher level and the com-
mands and statements are easily understandable to him. All high level
languages need interpretative device (called compiler/assembler/linker)
so that they can be acceptable to the machine for processing. Earlier,
machine language was directly used for writing the programs. This in-
volved complexity of variation from one family of machine to another.
Besides, the commands in a machine level language were not easily

5
Concepts in Frame Design

understandable. The Binary system is used in all generations of computer.


OFF and On or PULSE and NO-PULSE make the binary system; this is
the smallest physical unit called BIT . This is also represented by 0 and 1,
respectively. Bits make BYTE which is the smallest addressable unit and
a byte is made of string of bits stored in a fixed size memory called CELL.
Each cell has a unique address denoted by a specific number for identifi-
cation. Normally one byte represents one character. The processor of a
computer uses WORD as a unit of data for processing. The word consists
of one or more bytes operated one at a time. Word-size makes the REG-
ISTERS specifying the internal memory cell of the processor. The ma-
chine-level language is based on the binary system. The writing of a pro-
gram in machine level language involves the complexity of using com-
mands of binary system. This necessitated development of user level
languages so that they can be easily understood and universal in use.
FORTRAN and ALGOL are some of the early high level languages
developed from users convenience point of view. BASIC came later with
simplicity of commands and is easily understandable from educational
point of view. BASIC became quite popular and nowadays it is widely used
language for computer programming. All the high-level language have to fol-
low the ANSI (American National Standard Institution ) specification which
gives universality to them The only disadvantage of the high-level language
is the increase in computer run time. However, the convenience to users
prevailed and all general purpose computers universally use the high-level
languages. C is the recent development and is gaining popularity among
users because of its efficient proximity to the machine level processing.
Pocket computers accepting programs in high-level language are now widely
used. Texas Instruments Ltd. of U.S.A. has recently come up with a pocket
computer using C language programs also. The pocket computers of other
makes (CASIO Japan, Hewlett Packard, U.S.A. etc.) have so far been using
only BASIC language programs.

1.5 COMPUTER APPLICATIONS


It is the increasing demand of use and application which has been a driving
force behind the continual development of computers. There are general
computers and special computes. The computer used in railway booking
and air booking keep instant account of the seats available and booked.
For engineering structure general computers are used. Personal comput-
ers are now possessed by every professional engineer. Present Pentium
PCs are so moderately priced that they have almost replaced earlier
versions of PC-ATs. Early application packages were mostly developed
for mainframe computers. The application package is a software which
consists of set of integrated programs prepared for a specific purpose.
With the advent of personal computers the application packages are now

6
Chapter-1 Computer and programming languages

also available for them. With the knowledge of the computer languages one
can himself develop one's own application package. This involves a lot of
time engaging both computer and professional in developing a versatile and
error free package. There are software developing groups who have devel-
oped varieties of application packages for civil engineering structures. Some
professional engineering and university study centres have also developed
their own application packages which are versatile and universal for per-
sonal computers. The development of software for engineering structures
have been passing through a piecemeal process of program writing. Even at
present stage the use of computer is assisted by manual operations at
different stages.
The three prominent stages associated with the design of engi-
neering structures are analysis, design, and drawing. Till the recent past,
separate package was used for analysis and its output forming critical
magnitude of forces was manually input for the code based design pack-
age. The output of design package was picked up manually for the
preparations of structural drawings. The drawings in most of the organi-
sations were done manually. There came a stage when computer aided
drafting of the drawings (CAD or autoCAD) also picked up. The system of
manually assisted computer use for engineering structures has been quite
prevalent. There has been development of integrating analysis and design
packages such that now in one stroke of computer run the data for the
preparation of drawings is available. Efforts3 are being made to integrate
the drawing preparation also with the analysis and design of structures in
one stroke of the computer run.
The present status of computer application for engineering struc-
tures can be summarized mostly a three phase effort. The load and
structure - geometry data is prepared manually for inputting to run the
analysis and design package. The preparatory data to run the computer
for analysis and design is the first and important phase. Any error com-
mitted at this stage will result in sheer waste of computer time. In order to
reduce the futile computer runs most of the packages now enable users
to view the structural geometry with the applied loads on computer screen.
The second phase is the computer run for analysis and design including
the control on errors in the basic data. The third phase involves manually
picking the final section-details obtained from the computer run for either
manually preparing the drawings or using the CAD packages for getting
the final plots of the structural drawings. Most of the packages developed
are based on the stiffness matrix approach. There are situations where
continuum structures have irregular shapes, varying material properties,
and different boundary conditions. For such situations package based on
finite Element approach is most suitable.
Some of the commonly used packages are mentioned below.

7
Concepts in Frame Design

DASYS :
This is quite popular in the U.K.. it is a complete package of programs
developed by Ove Arup Partnership , U.K. The programs cover large range
of structure, bridges, building , foundation, rcc works, steel works etc.
The packages is suitable for computer of various capabilities.

ICES :
This is Integrated Civil Engineering System developed in Massachusetts
Institute of Technology, U.S.A. as a joint venture of the US Govt. and
various university and business groups. This is more like GENESYS of
the U.K. STRUDL is a sophisticated Finite Element package prepared
under ICES and is capable of using varieties of elements for solving 2-D
and 3-D problems including Shell, plane strain, and plate bending
problems.

DECIDE :
This is DEsk- top computers In DEsign and is developed in the U.S.A. for
interactive design of reinforced concrete elements. Most of the programs
are in BASIC and is suitable for use on small memory computers.

STRESS :
Structural Engineering System Solver developed in the U.S.A. is also
quite popular and is used for analysis of plane or space trusses, plane or
space frames and grid structures.

SAP :
This is Structural Analysis Program using Finite Element Methods both
for static and dynamic analysis. It was developed by K. J. Bathe5 E.L.
Bathe, E.L. Wilson and F. E. Peterson in the University of California, U.S.A.
The program uses various 2-D and 3-D finite elements either independently
or in combination to solve a specific problem.

STAAD–III/ISDS (Integrated Structural Design System)


This is developed originally by Research Engineers Inc, Orange, Califor-
nia, USA. This is distributed by the same group in India from several
offices. The Indian distribution package follows relevant Indian Standards
(IS :456 for RCC structures and IS: 800 for steel strictures.) Its international
package has the option of using codes of the important countries of world.
The system is menu driven and ISDS performs three integrated functions:
a graphical input system showing the configurations of the structural
systems, analysis for various combinations of applied loads and design
drafting of specified members. The package is capable of performing 2-
D/3-D analysis, dynamic/seismic/wind load analysis and finite element

8
Chapter-1 Computer and programming languages

analysis for both concrete and steel structures . The package is available in
different versions according to the suitability of the computer available.
DAST
Das Consulting, Inc. , North Andover, Massachusetts, USA has devel-
oped this package and in India it is distributed by Das Delta, a Calcutta
based firm. This is a general purpose program to handle 2-D/3D structures.
This integrates steel and concrete designs for varieties of loadings including
static, dynamic / seismic/wind analysis . Five types of elements to use
FEM (Finite Element Method ) analysis are available: beam, truss, shell ,
plane (plane stress/plane strain) , and solid elements can be used for
appropriate class of structure. The input file can be generated with
AUTOCAD interface such that the profile of structure and loading can be
viewed at any stage of input. The interface module has the capacity of
automatically numbering the joints and the members of the structure. The
package is available in different versions The package covers important
countries codes including Indian codes for steel and concrete

SOME OTHER FOREIGN BASED PACKAGES


Computers & structures , Inc. (CSI), Berkeley, California, under guidance
of eminent professional Mr. Ashraf Habibullah, has developed ETABS
which integrates series of finite element building programs . This has
capability of integrating variability in materials and shape of structural
system. The integrated structure drafting in autoCAD environment is the
recent speciality of the package.

PACKAGES DEVELOPED IN INDIA :


Central Building Research Institute, Roorkee has developed various
packages for analysis and design of concrete structures based on Indian
standards.
Some consulting organisations have also developed packages
for analysis and design of plane frames, Planes, truss, and grid structures
based on Indian Standards. One of such programs analyse a building
frame by idealising it as a partial space frame proceeding step by step
from one storey to another using grid analysis technique. The package is
capable of carrying out integrated design of columns and beams for the
critical forces obtained from various combinations of direct and horizontal
forces. This does not require any intermediate level assistance to augment
data. The disadvantage associated with the package is that user cannot
view the profile of the structure while inputting the data. Besides, input
data entry is also not convenient.
There are many professionals either from practising group or from teach-
ing faculties who have developed their own packages. The development
of such packages has taken place through an evolution process. The rapid

9
Concepts in Frame Design

pace of changes in configuration and capability of computers have been the


greatest constraint in the universal acceptance of such packages. Therefore
the use of such packages are limited to particular type of working environment.
They also lack the facility of integrating the variability in material and irregu-
larity in shape of the structure in one versatile package. This calls for involved
manual assistance at various stages of the structure design.
With the given constraint development of application packages for
pocket computer is worth mentioning. BASIC language programs are available
which can be used in sequence to analyse regular shaped building frames
using kani's method of approximations. This gives a step-wise computational
assistance to user while designing a regular shape building frame manually.
The computation of fixed end moments for any combination of partial/uniform,
triangular, trapezoidal, and point loads is the first step of computer involve-
ment. The output of this step is input manually for finding the final distributed
moment of substitute frame. Analysis for lateral loads (seismic/wind ) is
done subsequently and the output is used for input to the program for vari-
ous combinations of loading, Finally, the design of sections for critical forces
is also done by running separate programs with manual input of appropriate
data at required stages. The limitations of taking step-wise assistance form
pocket computer is due to its limited memory and storage capability.
Tools of limited capability, pocket and Home computer are proving
very efficient in handling the discrete work of structural analysis and design.
The list of work for computer application is so vast that all of them
could not be enumerated here. The work which is repetitive in nature
could be handled by computer. This needs preparation of programs which
can be run on the available configuration of computer.
Analysis of rates, estimate of a category of building and bridge, prepara-
tion of tender document, planning the construction schedule (CPM/PERT)
are a few examples where PCs are widely used.
The application software available are both integrated type and
discrete type. Analysis and design of a single component of a structure,
for example, design of RCC column or analysis of a continuous Beam
come under discrete use. With the given laboratory test data, calculation
of bearing capacity or finding design discharge from the hydraulic data
are the discrete use of a computer. The analysis and design of steel truss
or a prestressed girder of the bridge are also examples of discrete use.
The enhanced storage capacity and easy retrieval of data is the remark-
able feature of a computer.
This makes its use so versatile that it has become an essential
tool for all activities associated with an engineering structure : analysis of
forces, design, drawing, estimating, analysis of rates, tenders, project and
construction management (Money, material and man management).

10
Chapter-1 Computer and programming languages

1.6 WORKING WITH FORTRAN


An example to find out shear Force and Bending Moment at a given section
of a simply supported beam having number of point loads illustrates
some of the essential features of a FORTRAN program. More features4,5
of FORTRAN would be seen in the programs discussed in the subsequent
chapters.

1 2 3 4 5 6 7..........................................72
* PROGRAM FOR SF AND BM
C NL = no. of point loads
C SPN = span length
C X = distance of the section
C W ( I ) = ith load
C D( I ) distance of ith load
DIMENSION W(10) , D(10)
READ (*,*) NL, SPN, X
DO 10 I = 1 TO NL
10 READ (*,*) W (I), D (I)
SFX = 0,0
BMX = 0,0
DO 5 I = 1 TO NL
R L = W(I) * (SPN-D (I) )/SPN
CALL SB (RL,X,W,D,I,SF,BM)
SFX = SFX+SF
BMX = BMX+BM
5 CONTINUE
WRITE (* , 17)
WRITE ( * , 7 ) SFX, BMX
17 FORMAT (8X, 'SFX', 9X, 'BMX')
7 FORMAT (2F12.2)
STOP
END
SUBROUTINE SB (RL, X, W, D, I , SF, BM)
DIMENSION W ( 10 ), D ( 10 )
IF (X-D ( I ) ) 15, 20, 25
15 SF = RL
BM = RL *X
GO TO 30
SF = RL - W(I)
20 BM = RL *X
GO TO 30
25 SF = RL - W ( I )
BM = RL *X - W (i ) * (X - D (I))

11
Concepts in Frame Design

30 CONTINUE
RETURN
END
FORTRAN FIELD : The editor indicates the position of each character
written on the screen in terms of column and row. FORTRAN statement
and expressions are written from column 7 through 72. Column 1 having
* or C indicates the comment part of the program ; this can be a title of the
program or any information which the user may need in future for reference.
Numeric labels ( refer example program, viz. 5, 10, 17, 7 etc.) can occupy
their position anywhere from column 1 through 5. Column 6 is used for
maintaining the continuity of the expression/statement of the preceding
line when it exceeds the limit of column 7 through 72. This is done by
inserting any digit or alphabet (including comma or dot etc.) in column 6
of the succeeding line and then continuing the balance part of the
expression.

SYMBOLS / VARIABLES : NL and SPN are symbols used to identify the


INTEGER and REAL variables respectively. REAL variables are also called
DECIMAL or FLOATING POINT variables. INTEGER variables are always
without decimal and they always represent full number. Symbols/variables
beginning their name with either of I, J, K, L, M, N, are INTEGER variable.
The rest of the alphabet , A-H and O -Z if used as initial letter of any
variable make REAL variables. This happens by default in FORTRAN.
However, there is a provision to use any of the alphabets in initial of either
REAL or INTEGER variable by making a proper declaration in the begin-
ning of the program. For example, in place of SPN (span length of the
beam ) some body prefers to choose LENGTH, a declaration in the begin-
ning of the program has to be made; REAL LENGTH.
Any variable shall have maximum upto 6 characters (including all combi-
nations of alphabets and numbers)

SUBSCRIPTED VARIABLES : In the above cited computer program W (


I ) represents the ith load. This is called subscripted variable and here I is
the counter. W ( I ) and D ( I ) are single subscripted (one dimensional or
single arrayed ) variable. In matrix double subscribed variables ( two
dimensional or two arrayed ) are used. It is written as A (1, 1). For all
subscripted variables memory allocation is done by using DIMENSION
as a declaration statement in the program to reserve memory for the
declared variables. In the example program DIMENSION W (10), D (10)
make the program usable upto maximum of 10 number of point loads. For
more point loads DIMENSION has to be suitably modified.

INPUT /OUTPUT STATEMENTS : READ and WRITE are two such state-

12
Chapter-1 Computer and programming languages

ments . READ statement supplies data to the computer and WRITE state-
ment returns the desired information/result to the user. Out of the two aster-
isks (*, *) used with READ in the example program, the first * represent that
all data is supplied through screen (also called CONSOLE). The second *
indicates that the data is free formatted. Both these (*,*) can be replaced by
two different digital values, viz. (3,7). In such case the first number indicates
that some FILE is OPENED on the computer disk and data shall be handled
through that file. The second number indicates that the data is controlled by
the FORMAT statement given against label number 7. For example, WRITE
(*,7 ) will write the output on the console following the FORMAT against
label 7. FORMAT actually help in arranging the data in a specified tabular
form. Free format means the user is not interested in arranging the data in a
tabular form. Usually, READ data is maintained in FREE FORMAT while
WRITE data is obtained in tabular form. Decimal variable is written using
nFwd FORMAT; n is number of such variables, F is for FLOATING POINT
variable, w is the total number of digits including decimal point, and, d is
the number of digits after the decimal. In the given example, the screen
output follows the format F12.2 (ref. label 7 of the example program). This
indicates that the value of SFX and BMX would be written on the console
such that total number of digits including the decimal, will not exceed 12,
and there would be two digits after the decimal.

DO STATEMENT : It is used for doing the same work number of times. In


the example program data for point load and its location has to be given
to the computer using READ statement one by one. DO 10 I = 1 TO NL in
the example program means DO shall be performed upto label 10 ; I is
the counter (an integer variable ) which keeps the record of computer
repeating the same operation of READ from 1 to NL at step of 1. If DO
statement does not have any mention after NL it means the step is one. If
some value is given then the computer takes that value as its step in
taking up the next value.

CALL and SUBROUTINE : Subroutine is used to write a program in parts/


modules. A large size program can have more than one subroutine to
handle the problem in parts. The main program calls the subroutine as
and when required using CALL statement. CALL and SUBROUTINE have
a name to identify each other. In the example program, CALL and SUB-
ROUTINE have name SB and the variables/arguments in the parenthe-
ses are used to transfer their corresponding values form main to subroutine
and vice-versa

ARITHMETIC OPERATIONS : The plus and minus signs are used similar
to arithmetic. The signs for division and multiplication are / and * respec-

13
Concepts in Frame Design

tively. For power, ** is used ; viz., A4 is written like A ** 4.


RELATIONAL operators :
.EQ. assignment
.GT. greater than
.LT. lesser than
.GE. greater than and equal to
.LE. less than and equal to
.NE. not equal to

CONTROL STATEMENT : Conditional control is done by IF and non con-


ditional control is done by GO TO statement in the example program.
CONTINUE is a neutral type of statement simply meaning keep going. In
the example program an arithmetic IF has been used which does calcula-
tion inside the parentheses and control is transferred on the basis of the
result ; for -ve vale of X - D (I) control goes to label 15, for X - D (I) equal
to zero control goes to 20, and for +ve value of X - D (I) control goes to 25.
The self explanatory different formats of logical IF and GOTO statements
would be seen in the frame related programs developed in Chapter 3.

14
Chapter-2 Matrix Method of Analysis

CHAPTER 2

FRAMED BUILDING AND MATRIX METHOD OF ANALYSIS

2.0 INTRODUCTION:
A Building is generally classified either as a Load Bearing wall type or a
framed type. The Load Bearing wall type building has two main structural
components, vertical brick wall and horizontal RCC slab with or without
beams. Small window openings in walls are covered by lintels, whereas
large openings (including verandah etc.) are covered by beams. Only slab
is adequate for moderate room sizes. For larger rooms, provision of beams
make the slab economical.
A framed building is primarily made of Columns, Beams, and Slabs. Gener-
ally, brick partitions separate one area from another in internal arrangement.
Beams support the partition walls. In framed building, increase or decrease
in a room size is convenient to do because partitions can be shifted from
one beam to another depending on the need to do so. A framed building
thus has flexibility in changing the use - plan of the area to a great extent.
Commercial or institutional building where large free area is required framed
building is the appropriate choice.
Contrary to the Framed building, Load Bearing type building has
constraint in making changes in the planning of the area. Once the room
size is finalised it is difficult to change it later. The architectural use - plan
has to be made final before its construction. The other limitation of a Load
Bearing construction is the height of the building. Normally with bricks of
10.5 Mpa crushing strength a building higher than 5 storeys couldn't be
built. The compressive stress developed at the base of wall (i.e. at plinth
level ) exceeds the allowable limits for the brick masonry works. A refer-
ence in this regard may be made to special publication of Bureau of Indian
Standards, SP 20 : Explanatory Handbook on Masonry Code. For better
appreciation an illustrative example is worked out.

Design Example of a load bearing masonry wall:


Two rooms 3.5 m x 4.0 m (internal clear dimension) are adjacent to each
other such that the longer wall is the common wall between them and all
the walls are 230 mm thick. The storey height, floor to floor is 3.125 m.
The mortar in brick masonry work is 1:6 (cement : sand). The RCC slab is
125 mm thick and the total construction is for 5 storeys. The objective is
to check the structural adequacy of the common internal wall.
The length of the common wall is 4 m, and the load on each 1 m length of
the wall is worked out. The load coming over the wall is contributed from
the slab resting over it and the self weight of the wall.

15
Concepts in Frame Design

The slab load is distributed over the wall by triangular and trapezoidal
distribution. The shorter wall shares the triangular portion of the load and the
longer wall shares the trapezoidal portion. Considering 45° base angle of the
triangle, slab of each room is divided into 2 triangles and 2 trapezoids. Thus
one trapezoid would be contributing to the middle common longer wall from
each room. Slab area of one trapezoid = 1/2 ( 4 x 3.5 - 2 x 3.52 /4) = 3.94
sqm. The total slab area contributed from both the rooms on the middle
common wall = 2 x 3.94 = 7.88 sqm.
Slab load for intermediate floors:
Self weight of slab / sqm = 0.125 thick x 25 kN/m3 = 3.125 kN / m2
Add for floor finish = 1.5 kN / m2
Add for Live Load (Residential) = 2 kN /m2
Total load = 6.625, say 6.7 kN/m2
Slab load for top roof
self weight = 3.125 kN/m2
Water proofing = 2.5 kN/m2
Live Load = 1.5 kN/sqm
Total load = 7.125, say 7.5 kN/m2
Storey wise self load of the wall
0.23 m thick x 3.125 m height x 20 kN/m3 = 14.4 kN / m. Precisely, the clear
storey height is 3 m but the clear dimension of the rooms have been used for
slab load calculation, and therefore sacrificing a little accuracy amounting
to difference of RCC unit weight and the masonry unit weight, the wall self
load has been calculated taking storey height 3.125 m.
For a 5 storeyed construction, the slab load on the wall, from 4
intermediate floors and one roof floor = 7.88 (4 x 6.7 + 7.5) = 270.3 kN
distributed over c/c length of the wall. Load per meter length of the wall is
270.3 / 4.23 = 63.9 kN / m
Adding wall self weight, total load over the plinth = 5 x 14.4 + 63.9
= 135.9 kN. The stress developed in the masonry at the plinth level =
135.9 / 0.23 = 590.9 kN/sqm i.e., 0.591 Mpa.

For 10.5 Mpa crushing strength of the brick, allowable masonry stress (SP:20,
Table 4) for the given mortar 1:6 is 0.85 Mpa. This, however, is to be modified
by a factor due to slenderness ratio of the wall. The slenderness ratio is
worked out from the height or length of the wall, which ever is smaller. In this
case, the height of wall is 3.0 m which is less than its length 4.0 m. The
slenderness ratio = 3 / 0.23 = 13. From Table - 5 of SP : 20, the modifying
factor is 0.72 which reduces the allowable masonry compressive stress to
0.72 x 0.85 = 0.612 Mpa. This suggests, the internal walls having 230 mm
thickness in ordinary situations of a 5 storeyed residential planning is a
border case.

16
Chapter-2 Matrix Method of Analysis

The thickness of a wall has to be normally not less than 230 mm .


In some part of India, brick of 250 mm nominal size make 250 mm thick
walls. Walls thus occupy more area, and free usable area is less compared
to the framed construction because partition walls in the latter are usually
not ticker than 125 mm. Ply wood partitions further provide more free area
and such partitions are popular in use for making independent working
cubicles in office and commercial buildings. In a building, the free usable
area is called carpet area; Built - up floor area less the area occupied by the
external and internal walls make the carpet area. Thus Framed building
provide more carpet area compared to the load Bearing buildings. External
wall in a framed building might need thicker construction (230 mm brick wall
) as rain moisture need to be controlled. At places all external faces of the
framed building have thicker walls (not less than 230 mm) but It has also
been experienced the thinner (113 mm) walls too work well on external faces.
In Load Bearing construction all brick walls, internal and external, have to be
usually 230 mm thick.
Flexibility in change of the use - plan, more carpet area and going
high in terms of storeys are main attracting features of the framed con-
struction. In a framed building, columns carry the vertical load to the foun-
dation and RCC section is designed for the final resultant forces. However,
RCC framed construction has also limitation and construction going above
30 - 35 storeys demands quite a large sized columns. This become disad-
vantageous as columns cover undesirably more plan area. For example,
300 mm × 800 mm RCC column can support 12 - 15 storeys load whereas
for 35 storeys one may use 1000 mm × 1000 mm size RCC column. For
taller building one has to thus efficiently and economically use built - up
Steel stanchions / columns. On making a summary of the above points , a
Framed building is preferred because of the following:

* Larger carpet area


* Larger column free area (for conference halls etc.)
* No limitation to height of a building (upto 30 - 35 storeys)
* Convenient shifting of the partitions

2.1 PLANE FRAME :


A building has a three dimensional form. All the columns and beams to-
gether make a space frame. The intersection of the columns and beams
are called joints and in a space frame the joints need be located by a 3 -D
coordinate system using X, Y, and Z co - ordinates. Numbering the joints
and preparing their 3 - D coordinates is quite involving and cumbersome
task. In order to simplify the problem, concept of a plane frame is applied.
Usually the building is so planned that more than two columns fall on a line.
Lines joining the columns in a plan of a building are called grids. The 2 -

17
Concepts in Frame Design

dimensional plan of a building has two sets of grids, one set perpendicular
to the other. As per normal convention the grids parallel in one direction are
marked by the numerals where as the other grids orthogonal to the first set
are marked by alphabetic symbols. A plane frame is made of columns
lying on one line (grid / axis ) and connected by the beams at different levels
/ storeys. So, a plane frame is an arrangement of columns and beams lying
in one vertical plane only. If the plan of the building is considered in X - Z
plane the 2 -dimensional vertical frames lie in X - Y plane.
A building is generally subjected to vertical Dead Load (due to self
weight of walls, Slabs, beams, and columns) and Live load as per provisions
of IS 875. The incidence of natural forces due to wind or Earthquake are
applied as lateral loads over the joints of the building frames. All the forces
when applied to a space frame cause the displacements of the joints which
can better be assessed by their components along three global coordinate
axes. The nature of displacement of a joint is both, Translational and Rota-
tional. For each joint there can be three translations (movement parallel to
the three axes, generally denoted by u, v, and w along X, Y and Z axes
respectively ) and three rotations (measured about the respective axes in
radians generally denoted by ux,, uy and uz ). All the joints except the
foundation joints in a space frame ( of a building ) have six displacements
(three translations + three rotations). The displacements are also called
degree of freedom (DOF). Foundation joints have no DOF but all other joints
of a space frame unless restrained has 6 DOF. For a plane frame each joint
(excluding foundation) has 3 DOF; there are two displacements, u and v,
and one rotation, uz considering the plane frame lying in the X - Y plane.
The DOF of various structures, i.e., plane truss, space truss and
grid is easily understandable. All the joints of a plane truss lying in a
vertical XY plane (except the supports) have 2 DOF ; u and v translations
along X and Y axes respectively. Normally, one end of a truss has sliding
arrangement to accommodate any movement due to temperature, and
the other end is fixed with the support. The sliding end has single DOF
due to movement of the support along X axis (horizontal axis ) and any
movement along Y axis (vertical axis) is restrained. The non - sliding end
of the truss is restrained against both the movements along X and Y axes.
For a space truss, the joints (except supports) have 3 DOF in the form of
translations denoted by u, v and w along X, Y and Z axes respectively.
Usually, a grid is a structure lying in a horizontal plane such that XZ is the
horizontal plane. The DOF of grid joints ( except the supports ) is 3, 2-
rotations, u x and uz about X and Z axes respectively and translation, w, in
Y direction, normal to the plane of the grid.

2.2 AXES OF REFERENCE :


The three axes of the coordinate system are orthogonal to each other and

18
Chapter-2 Matrix Method of Analysis

they follow the right hand rule system of rotation. In order to understand the
right hand rule of rotation keep the right hand such that the wrist is placed
at the origin where X - Z is the horizontal plane with vertically upward Y axis
as normal. The palm along with the four fingers lying in X Z plane, point
along X axis. Now the palm is curled from X to Y axis enabling the thumb
indicating the +ve Z axis. When the palm along with the four fingers lying in
the XY plane and pointing towards Y axis is curled from Y towards Z axis
the thumb indicates the +ve X axis. Similarly the palm in the Y Z plane
pointing towards Z axis , when curled from Z to X axis the thumb indicates
the +ve Y axis.
The positive direction of translation for direct forces is indicated
away from the origin and along a particular axis. The rotations or mo-
ments about an axis is +ve when the right - hand thumb indicates the +ve
direction of the axis about which rotation or moment is examined.
Global axes systems and Local axes systems are used for
different purposes. Global axes system is also know as structure axes
system. Member axes system is another name for Local axes system. In
Global axes system there is only one origin for the whole structure. For
plane frames discussed in Chapter 4, the origin is fixed at bottom lower - left
corner of a frame.
The forces in a member of the frame is mentioned with reference
to the Local axes system. The columns and beams are called members
and their intersections are called joints The joints are numbered in conti-
nuity starting from foundation to the terrace. Each member has two joints
and each member is numbered separately independent of the joints num-
bering system. The member is thus known by its number and the two
joints connecting it are known as j - end and k - end of the member. In the
member connectivity list (this is also called member incidence ) there is no
fixed rule and the joint mentioned first
is j - end and the other joint is k -end.
In Local axes system X axis is along X
the length of the member with origin at
j- end. The other two axes are fixed
using the right hand rule of rotation such Y
that Local Z axis is parallel to either
global Z axis or global X - Z plane.The Z
use of the two axes system is sum-
marised as under.

Global (Structure ) axes system :


INPUT DATA
joint co - ordinates
Joints loads

19
Concepts in Frame Design

OUTPUT / RESULT DATA


Joint displacements

Local (member) axes system :


INPUT DATA
Member sizes (called member properties also)
member loads
OUTPUT / RESULT DATA
Analysed final Member end - forces

2.3 MATRIX METHOD OF ANALYSIS


There are several methods available for analysing the framed structure.
The Three - Moment theorem, Moment Distribution, and Slope Deflec-
tion Methods are popular for manual operations. The advent of computer
has shifted the emphasis towards more versatile methods of matrix5 analy-
sis. Flexibility Method and Stiffness Method are two widely used matrix
methods.

Flexibility Method is called variously Force Method, Compatibility Method,


Action Method etc. The unknown is the force. An indeterminate
structure is transformed into simple structure by eliminating the
redundant forces. Later the redundant forces are considered in compatibil-
ity equations for complementary solution. The general formula for the solu-
tion is
δ = Kf P
where δ is displacement vector, Kf is flexibility matrix and P is the load
/ force vector. The flexibility matrix has flexibility coefficients in the form
of displacement due to unit force. The choice of choosing the redundant
forces is subjective which may vary from one individual to another. This
drawback has made this method short of proper versatility for a computer
program.

Stiffness method is called Displacement method. It is also called Equilib-


rium method and the behaviour is expressed in terms of unknown
displacements. The displacements of the joints are first determined and
finally the member forces and reactions are computed using the
displacements. This method is quite versatile for computer programming
as the displacement of joints are determined first. The general formula is
P = Ks δ
where Ks is stiffness matrix made of stiffness coefficients expressed in
terms of forces corresponding to unit displacement. P and δ are load and
displacement vector respectively.
The Stiffness Method is a variant of Hardy Cross Moment Distribution and

20
Chapter-2 Matrix Method of Analysis

Slope Deflection Methods. Similar to Moment Distribution the joints are first
restrained and later they are allowed unit displacement one after another.
From the foregoing equation δ = P Ks-1 which requires matrix inversion for
solving the simultaneous equations of the displacements. However, more
convenient method of solving the simultaneous equations using the sym-
metric elimination is used. An illustrative example of a simple problem
would offer a proper feel of the stiffness method. The accompanying sketch
illustrates five stages of solution.
stage 1: Loads and moment applied to a 2 span
continuous beam
stage 2: Rotations at B and C, and Reactions to
be determined
stage 3: Restrained structure with applied vertical
loads and keeping applied moment absent
because it corresponds to rotation at B. The
restraints corresponding to d1 and d2 are ADL1 and ADL2
stage 4: Restrained joint B is given unit rotation
d1=1, and rotation d2 =0; this helps in
computing the stiffness coefficients
stage 5: Restrained joint C is given unit rotation
d2 = 1, and rotation d1 = 0, helping to
solve the stiffness coefficients

The applied loads corresponding to unknown displacements


are AD1 = 100 kN-m, and AD2 = 0

Matrix AD =

Using the superposition principle,


AD1 = ADL1 + k11 . d1 + k12. d2
AD2 = ADL2 + k21 . d1 + k22 . d2
which can be expressed in matrix form

AD = ADL + K d
which gives d = K-1 (AD - ADL)

ADL is joint forces in the restrained structure and


they are equivalent joint loads. Equivalent joint
loads are fixed end moments with their sign reversed.
ADL1 = restraints corresponding to the displacement
at joint B of AB due to 20 kN load + at joint
B of BC due to 10 kN load

21
Concepts in Frame Design

= (-20 x 10/8) + (10 x 10/8) = -12.5 kN -m


ADL2 = restraint corresponding to displacement at
joint C of BC
= - 10 x 10/8 = - 12.5 kN -m
Matrix ADL is
ADL1 -12.5
ADL2 -12.5

STIFFNESS MATRIX COEFFICIENTS


k11 = Near end moments of restrained structure at

20 kN 100 kN-m 10 kN
1 A C
5m B 5m
10 m 10 m

R2
2
d1 d2
R1 R3 R4

20 kN 10 kN
3
AdL1 AdL2

K11 K21
4
d1=1

K12 K22
5
d2=1

B with induced d1 = 1, d2 = 0
= 4EI/L + 4EI/L = 8EI/L (spans are equal)

22
Chapter-2 Matrix Method of Analysis

k21 = Far end moment at joint C of BC due to d1 =


1 and d2 = 0
= 2EI/L
k12 = Far end moment at joint B due d2=1, and d1=0
= 2EI/L
k22 = Near end moment at C due to d2 =1, d1 = 0
= 4EI/L

Matrix K
k11 k12 8EI/L 2EI/L
k21 k22 2EI/L 4EI/L
K11 K12 8 2
EI/L
K21 K22 2 4

L 2 -1
-1
K 14EI -1 4

100 -12.5
AD - ADL =
-
0 -12.5
112.5
AD - ADL =
12.5

-1 L 2 -1 112.5
K (AD - ADL)= x
14EI -1 4 12.5

d1 L 212.5
=
d2 14EI -62.5

Substituting L = 10 m
d1 = 2125/(14EI) radian
d2 = -625/(14EI) radian

Taking E = 1.94 x 107 kN / m2 for concrete section, and


I = 0.0105 m4
d1 = 0.745 x 10-3 radian,
d2 = - 0.219 x 10-3 radian.

Member forces and Reactions can now be obtained easily.


M = ML + MD. d

23
Concepts in Frame Design

-6/100 0 6/100 0
4/10 0 2/10 0
MD EI 6/100 RD EI 6/100
6/100 0
4/10 2/10 -6/100 -6/100

10 0
-6/100 1 2125/14
-25 + EI 4/10 0
M = ML+ MD.D = x EI
5 6/100 6/100 -625/14
12.5 4/10 2/10

0.9
M 35.7
11.43
64.28

10 6/100 0
0 1 2125/14
25 + EI 2/10 x EI
R = RL+ RD.D =
15 0 6/100 -625/14
5 -6/100 -6/100
19.1
R 55.4
12.3
-1.42

R = RL + RD. d
The above terms are in matrix form.
M represents the unknown final forces at member ends,
and they are
M1 = Shear at B end of AB
M2 = Moment at B end of AB
M3 = shear at B end of BC
M4 = Moment at B end of BC

The unknown Reactions are represented by matrix R and


they are
R1 = Vertical force at A
R2 = Moment at A
R3 = Vertical force at B
R4 = Vertical force at C
ML is the forces in the restrained structure (stage 3)
corresponding to the values of M, i.e., M1, M2, M3, M4.
Only those applied forces are considered to cause shear
and moment which don't correspond to the unknown dis-
placements; Moment 100 kN-m correspond to displacement
d1, therefore this is not considered for computing ML
forces of the restrained structure.

24
ML1 = shear at B of AB = 20/2 = 10 kN
ML2 = moment at B of AB = -20 x 10 /8 = - 25 kN-m
ML3 = shear at B of BC = 10/2 = 5 kN
ML4 = moment at B of BC = 10 x 10 /8 = 12.5 kN-m
Similarly, RL term in the restrained structure corre-
sponding to R forces are
RL1 = 10 kN
RL2 = 25 kN-m
RL3 = 10 + 5 = 15 kN
RL4 = 5 kN
MD term represents the forces corresponding to above
described M i.e., M1, M2, M3, and M4, due to unit
rotations of restrained structure shown in stage 4 and
5. The size of MD matrix would be 4 x 2 as there are 4
unknown member - end forces, and two unknown displace-
ment. The number of columns is equal to number of
unknown displacements with as many rows as the unknown
member - end forces. The column-wise details of the
matrix is detailed in the following discussion.
Referring to the restrained stage 4 (d1 = 1) of the
problem sketch, the first column of the matrix MD is
computed.
MD11 = shear at B of AB, - 6EI/L2
MD21 = moment at B of AB, 4EI/L
MD31 = shear at B of BC, 6EI/L2
MD41 = moment at B of BC, 4EI/L
Dealing restrained stage 5, d2=1, other terms of MD,
i.e., the second column of the matrix is determined.
MD12 = shear at B of AB, 0
MD22 = moment at B of AB, 0
MD32 = shear at B of BC, 6EI/L2
MD42 = moment at B of BC, 2EI/L

Similarly RD matrix is determined from stage 4, and 5


restrained structures. The terms in RD belong to un-
known reactions dealt above.
Restrained stage 4, d1 = 1, provide the first column of
the matrix RD.
RD11 = vertical force at A, 6EI/L2
RD21 = moment at A, 2EI/L
RD31 = vertical force at B, -6EI/L2 + 6EI/L2 = 0
RD41 = vertical force at C, -6EI/L2
Dealing restrained stage 5, d2=1, other terms of RD,

25
Concepts in Frame Design

i.e., the second column of the matrix is determined.


RD12 = vertical force at A, 0
RD22 = moment at A, 0
RD32 = vertical force at B, 6EI/L2
RD42 = vertical force at C, -6EI/L2
From the above matrices
M1= 0.9 kN, M2=35.7 kN-m, M3 =11.43 kN, M4 = 64.28 kN-m
R1= 19.1 kN, R2 =55.4 kN-m, R3 =12.3 kN, R4 = -1.42 kN

26
27
Concepts in Frame Design

CHAPTER 3

PROGRAM DEVELOPMENT

3.0 INTRODUCTION:
In the manual method of frame analysis, usually, either Hardy Cross Method
(Moment Distribution) or Kani Method is employed. They are although
easy but vulnerable to human error. Besides, Moment Distribution is ap-
proximate and the preciseness of Kani Method is linked to the number of
iterations made. In addition, there is another method called Matrix Method
of analysis. It is a precise method which does not depend on iterations of
computation. The Matrix Method has two alternative types, Flexibility Ma-
trix Method and Stiffness Matrix Method. Flexibility is measured by the
displacement corresponding to unit force. The stiffness is defined by the
force corresponding to unit displacement. Either method can be used for the
frame analysis but the stiffness method is more convenient.
There are seven programs presented in this chapter. They have been
so devised that they work in tandem. The output of one program is read by
another program to provide data for the further analysis and design. The
programs are in FORTRAN. The programs are available on disk both with
source code and the executable version. The programs are
(i) FSTEEL.FOR (FSTEEL.EXE)
(ii) EQL.FOR (EQL.EXE)
(iii) EREAD.FOR (EREAD.EXE)
(iv) EQ.FOR (EQ.EXE)
(v) STEEL.FOR (STEEL.EXE)
(vi) CREAD.FOR (CREAD.EXE)
(vii) COLD.FOR (COLD.EXE)
Sequential program run flow chart is shown at the end of this chapter.
3.1 The program FSTEEL.FOR
It is based on the stiffness method. It is the main program of analysis. The
plane frames are idealized and the structure and load data are input for the
analysis. On completion of analysis the joint disagreements, member end
forces and reactions are obtained. The input data is read by the program
through input file and the result is written in a separate file which is later
used suitably. The development of the program, FSTEEL.FOR is explained
to facilitate understanding steps involved in a large sized program. The
initial part is called MAIN and it calls several subroutines with specific
objectives. The subroutines are
sdata2
stiff2

28
Chapter-3 Program Development

ldata2
loads2
resul2
banfac
bansol
eqstat.
The names (in alpha - numeric styles) of the subroutines are op-
tional helping recognize them conveniently. They may be either in lower or
upper case.
Initial three lines of the Program MAIN are CHARACTER declaration to
provide variable size for symbolizing the name of the input, output files and
the TITLE of the problem. The variables used are filein, fileout, FILEST
and TITLE. The first three variables could be maximum 15 characters long
and the TITLE could be maximum 60 characters long. The use of upper
case and lower case is optional.
Thereafter four COMMON blocks are defined. The COMMON blocks keep
tab on the specific computer RAM memory location for the variables
mentioned therein. They have been named,
common/contr/
common/char/
common/loads/
common/st/
and their names within slash are optional helping identify them readily.
The variables used for control data defining the frame by their member
numbers, joint numbers etc. are contained in common/contr/ and similarly
other COMMON blocks are for variables used for loads, stiffness etc.

The common blocks are followed by DIMENSION statements


helping keep in reserve the computer RAM memory for some more vari-
ables.
There are several lines containing READ and WRITE statements utilized to
prompt the user to interact with the program - run. OPEN statements are
used to create and provide correct status to the files and keep them ready to
be used in the further run. Further READ and WRITE statements are for
reading title of the problem from the input data file and write the title in the
output result file.

READ statement for number of loading systems (nls) is accom-


panied with the WRITE statement to transfer the same to the result output
file being generated simultaneously by the program run. The loading sys-
tem is made of load cases; Dead Load case, Live Load case, Earthquake
acting left to right, Earthquake acting right to left. There are four load
cases for which the program is run. Where wind is be considered that will
replace the earthquake case. The wind and earthquake cases would be

29
Concepts in Frame Design

dealt altogether separately in diffrent operations and stored in different files.


This makes the output file containing combination of forces more readable.
The CALL statements are used to activate the respective SUB-
ROUTINES where specific operations and calculations are done for further
use in the program.

subroutine sdata2
The first subroutine called is sdata2. This reads the structural data from the
input data file created for each frame and stored separately on the disk by a
specific name. The structural parameters are
m - total number of members,
nj - total number of joints,
nr - total restraints,
nrj - total restrained joints,
e - young modulus of the material used,
FCK - grade of concrete,
FY - Yield strength of the steel,
DC - cover to reinf of beam members,
FLQ - percentage of live load considered for earthquake.
The above information is read from the input file and then written down also
in the result - output file in specified formats.

Fig. 3.1: Typical Frame showing joints and members

30
Chapter-3 Program Development

The frame joints have degrees of freedom (DOF) 3. This is utilized to calcu-
late the total DOF of a frame while giving due allowance to the restraints of
the foundation joints. Usually, group of piles and raft foundations are taken
as fixed joint. This means all the three DOF of each foundation joints are
restrained; x and y translations and rotation about z axis are restrained. For
isolated footing cases, due to smaller size of the footings, usually hinged
conditions are considered which restrain only the x and y translations but
the rotation about the z axis is free. The DOF in such case is one for each
joint. This is further explained in chapter 4 where example problem is dealt.
The joint coordinates of all the joints are read from the input file
and also written down in output file. The sequence is j, x(j), y(j) which means
j is joint number, x(j) is x coordinate of the joint j, and y(j) is its y coordinate.
This is in global axis system (ref. chap 2, section 2.2). Fig. 3.1 demon-
strates an example problem, taken from chap.4. The origin of the global axis
system falls at joint 1. All the foundation joints have been numbered first;
joint 1, 2 and 3 are foundation joints. Similarly all other joints have been
numbered. A sample of the x and y coordinates of the joint 1, 2, 3 ,4 and 5
are given below.
(j) x(j) y(j)
1 0.0 0.0
2 2.4 0.0
3 5.9 0.0
4 0.0 1.53
5 2.4 1.53
The member information is read in the following sequence.
i - member number,
jj(i) - start joint number of a member,
jk(i) - end joint number of a member,
BB(i) - width of the member,
BD(i) - depth of the member,
NCB(i)- identifier for the member; 0 for beams, and specific number
for each column as mentioned in the typical floor plan (ref.chap. 4)
After numbering the joints, the members are numbered. It may be
noted in the preceding figure column members have been numbered first.
The beams numbering follows the column numbers and they are consecu-
tive to column numbers. It may also be noticed that joint numbers and mem-
ber numbers are independent of each other. Each member has its own num-
ber and two joints make a member. For example, member 1 is made of
joints 1 and 4; jj(i) is 1, and jk(i) is 4.
For BB(i) and BD(i) reference may again be made to chap 2, sec-
tion 2.2. The information is prepared with reference to local axis system or
also called member axis system. BB(i) is dimension parallel to local z axis

31
Concepts in Frame Design

of the member and BD(i) is parallel to local y axis of the member. As a


convenient tip, it may also be remembered that beams have BB(i) as width
and BD(i) as depth. For a column one has to look to the plan of the column
and its orientation in a given frame. For example, refer chap 4, frame figure
of axis 1AC. The size of the column parallel to frame (or along the frame in
the plan) is width of the column. The other size of the column which now
falls perpendicular to the frame plan is the depth of the column, and accord-
ingly they are input as BB(i)and BD (i)in the data file. NCB(i) for each col-
umn is written inside the column plan taken from the typical floor plan (Chap.
4) of the example problem. In the referred case all the columns have shorter
dimension as width BB(i), and the longer dimension as depth, BD(i). Their
NCB(i) are 1, 4, and 7.
A look to the frame figure of Axis - A, in chap 4, demonstrates
that the longer dimension of the column is BB(i) and the shorter dimen-
sion is BD(i).
The above information is utilized to compute section properties including
area, modulus, and length. The horizontal angle of the member with respect
to the global x - axis is also determined. The terms cx(i) and cy(i) are cosine
and sine of the horizontal inclination of a given member. The terms are
useful as direction cosines in transferring the local axis member stiffness to
global axis member stiffness.
The restrained joints are dealt next and further to this the joint displacement
indices are also developed. Such terms would be more clear as one goes
along the program.

subroutine stiff2
The stiffness matrix of a member is always unique. For a plane frame mem-
ber where each joint has 3 DOF, the stiffness matrix is of the size 6 x 6.
Each member has 2 joints, DOF multiplied by joints provide the size of the
matrix. In a space frame member this would be DOF (6) multiplied by the
joints (2) yielding 12 x 12 matrix. Similarly for a plane truss member where
DOF is 2 for each joint the size of the matrix will be 4 x 4.
The program contains the compact calculation of the stiffness
matrix. It is very involving and forms the core of the entire analysis pro-
gram. For a better and detailed treatment one may refer, Weaver and
Gere, the selected reference 5, at the end of the book . Broadly, the flow
of computation involves the working out the global axis stiffness matrix of
each member. For doing this local axis stiffness matrix is first calculated
and it is transferred to the global axis using the direction cosine matrix. The
global stiffness matrix of the members is then utilized to develop joint stiff-
ness matrix of a frame and its size depends upon the total DOF of the

32
Chapter-3 Program Development

frame. In Chap. 2, the stiffness matrix has been discussed for a simple
case.
1 2 3 4 5 6
1 EAx/L 0 0 -EAx/L 0 0
2 0 12EIz/L3 6EIz/L2 0 -12EIz/L3 6EIz/L2
3 0 6EIz/L2 4EIz/L 0 -6EIz/L2 2EIz/L
4 EAx/L 0 0 -EAx/L 0 0
5 0 -12EIz/L3 -6EIz/L2 0 12EIz/L3 -6EIz/L2
6 0 6EIz/L2 2EIz/L 0 -6EIz/L2 4EIz/L

The matrix coefficients have units of a force pertaining to the unit displace-
ment given. For example, x axis unit displacement (i.e., along the member)
develops force EAx/L at near end, and at far end it is -EAx/L. Local axis
displacement of an end of the member along y direction develops shear
force 12EIZ/L3 and moment 6EIZ/L2 at near end, and at far end they are -
12EIZ/L3 and 6EIZ/L2. Similarly, z axis unit rotation develops near end shear
force 6EIZ/L2, and moment 4EIZ/L. The far end forces are -6EIZ/L2 and 2EIZ/L.
The said terms make the local axis member stiffness matrix. The member
stiffness matrix of a plane frame is cited here below; it is with reference to
the member axes and its size is 6 x 6.

They are transferred to global axis with direction cosine treatment. The
joint stiffness matrix is constructed identifying the free joints and restrained
joints separately. For a given plane frame its joint stiffness matrix is unique.
The stiffness matrix is further partitioned for free and restrained joints sepa-
rately. The free joints are those where all displacement are free to occur;
Except foundations joints all other joints of a plane frame are free joints.
Joint stiffness matrix of free joints are compiled separately. This facili-
tates conserving the computer run time and the displacement are obtained
faster. Once it is built it is factorized in a convenient banded form enabling
its further use in joint displacement calculation. The joint stiffness matrix is
in banded form; it means the matrix coefficients assemble near the diagonal
terms and the other locations are zero.

It is also noticed the joint stiffness matrix is a rectangular form


and it can be easily broken in upper and lower triangular form (Fig. 3.2)
where the diagonal is common to both the upper and lower triangles. The
triangular matrix is symmetrical having positive terms on the diagonal.
The part of the triangle near the vertex is vacant and the program only col-
lects the banded upper rectangular matrix as shown in Fig. 3.2 . The
size of the matrix is identified by N x NB, where N is entire number of DOF
and NB is semi-band width. Semi-band width indicates the expanse of the
matrix beyond the diagonal (including diagonal) terms. It is calculated by

33
Concepts in Frame Design

{ndj x abs[jk(i) - jj(i) + 1]}-nsr. For plane frame joint ndj, the number of
displacements per joint is = 3, and nsr is total support restraints.
It is calculated for each member separately and the one giving the
maximum value is the adoptable value of NB. This also suggests that joint
numbering pattern influences the value of NB. There could be two ways of
joint numbering; start horizontally from one foundation joint to another, or
alternatively, keep numbering all the vertical joints of a column consecu-
tively, starting from the foundation joint. Now calculate the difference of the
end joint number and start joint number of the members. The joint num-
bering pattern is considered more efficient which minimizes the difference
between the end and start joint number of the members.
Once the joint stiffness matrix of the entire structure, i.e., one frame, is
constructed the subroutine banfac is called by MAIN.

subroutine banfac
The general equation is Ks δ = P where δ is unknown. In chap 2 the
example has been solved by inverting the stiffness matrix Ks. The inversion
of large size matrix is inconvenient, and therefore, the matrix factorization
method is more popular where the simultaneous equations are solved by
forward and backward sweep of matrix factorization. Among several solu-
tions, i.e., Gauss elimination, Gauss - Siedel iteration etc., Cholesky

Modified5 method has been used. The banfac does the factorizations once
and it is used to obtain the displacements by changing only the load vec-
tor, P. Different load cases (DL, LL, EQ) have different load vectors. For
handling the numerous load cases the factorization of the joint stiffness
matrix is required only once, and therefore, the banfac is called immedi-
ately after the subroutine stiff2.The output is stored as double subscripted
variable a which is noticed in common block common/st/a(650,50).

subroutine ldata2 (spato)


The loads applied to the frame is read here. There are two ways of apply-
ing loads; joint loads and member loads. The loads directly acting at the
joints are, usually, earth quake or wind forces applied at the joints in the
lateral direction. There could be direct load also applied at a joint. The joint

34
Chapter-3 Program Development

loads are read from the input data file. The order of incidence of joint loads
correspond to the order of displacements. The joint displacement is in the
order, x-displacement, y-displacement, and z-rotation. The joint loads are
input in the same corresponding order. Member loads could be of several
types (Fig. 3.3), udl (part or full)of wall load, triangular or trapezoidal contri-
bution from the slab etc. There could be six varieties of loads on a member.
All have been handled one by one in the subroutine EQSTAT.
Member loads are read and analyzed in EQSTAT. Here the loads
are read member-wise and converted into joint loads. The joint loads,
shear and moment at either end of a member, are obtained when the mem-
ber ends are considered fixed. The forces obtained here in local (i.e., mem-
ber) axes system. The fixed end moments for load type -1 is -wab2/L2 and
wa2b/L2 at left and right end respectively. For load type-2, fixed end mo-
ment at left end is [w/L2](2bL-3b2)and at right end is [w/L2](2aL-3a2). For
load type-3, fixed end moment at left end is [-w/(12.L2)][{3(a+b)4-
8L(a+b)3+6L2(a+b)2}-{3a4-8La3+6L2a2}]; the right end moment is [w/(12.L2)][{-
3(a+b)4+4L(a+b)3}-{-3a4+4La3}], where w is load over per unit length. For
load type-4, left end fixed end moment is [-w/(30b2L 2)][{12(a+b)5-
15(2L+a)(a+b)4+20L(L+2a)(a+b)3-30aL2(a+b)2 }-{12a5-15(2L+a)a4+20L(L+2a)a3-
30aL 2 a 2 }]; and right end fixed end moment is[w/(30b 2 L 2 )][{-
12(a+b)5+15(L+a)(a+b)4-20aL(a+b)3}-{-12a5+15(L+a)a4-20aLa3 }]. The load
type -5 is easily derived from load type - 4 by suitably replacing the term a
by L-(a+b). The load type - 6 is trapezoidal load and it is combination of

load type 4, 3 and 5.


Another form of the formula for Load Type - 3 and 5 are also given
below which is equally precise as the one discussed above, however it is
the former one which has been used in the program. For Load Type - 3, the
total load F = wl(1-a-b)and for Load Type - 5, F = 0.5wl(1-a-b. Left side fixed
end moment for Load Type - 3 is Fl(1/l2+a3/4-5/12a2+a/12-

35
Concepts in Frame Design

a2b/4+ab/6+ab2/4+b/12+b2/12-b3/4); the right side fixed end moment can


readily be determined by interchanging a and b. For Load Type - 5, left side
fixed end moment is Fl(1/10+2/5a3-7/10a2+a/5-3/10a2b+4/15ab+ab2/5+b/30-
b2/30-b3/10), and right side fixed end moment is Fl(1/15-2/5a3+a2/5+2/15a+3/
10a2b+ab/15-ab2/5-b/30-2/15b2+b3/10). The fixed end moments for Load Type
-4 can be easily determined from suitable interchange of a and b. For Load

Type - 6 the fixed end moments can be determined by combination of load


types 4, 3, and 5.
The left and right hand reactions are easily determinable for all the
loads and there formulae may be directly verified from the program algo-
rithm.
It may also be noted that subroutine ldata2 has spato in argu-
ment and EQSTAT has I, spato in argument. The variable in the argu-
ments indicate transfer of information from one place to another as the
situation demands. Here, I is member number, and spato is span moment
for a simply supported case.

subroutine loads2 (ac)


The final fixed end forces are reversed in sign in order to make them equiva-
lent joint loads. They are also transferred from member axes system to
structure axes system. The transferred joint loads are called equivalent joint
loads ae, and they are combined with the direct joint loads, aj to provide
combined joint loads ac.
This gives the load vector corresponding to the load case under
consideration; In the given program (MAIN) load case is called loading
system identified by nls and counted by ln in the increment of 1 until nls
is reached and exhausted.

subroutine bansol(b,x)
The output of banfac is transferred here by common block common/st/. In

36
Chapter-3 Program Development

the program MAIN, the argument of bansol is (ac, df). This means ac, the
combined joined load vector (for each loading case) is transferred as b in the
bansol. The output x from the bansol, is transferred as df in the MAIN and
df is the displacement corresponding to each combined joint load, ac. This
is in global (structural) axes system.

subroutine resul2 (df, spato)


Here the joint displacement for a plane frame is written in the output file in a
given format. The member end forces are further calculated with the help of
known displacements and the member stiffness. The displacement is trans-
ferred to the local (member) axes system and the member end forces is
easily calculated using the formula Ks δ = P. Support reactions are calcu-
lated with the known member end forces of the members which frame into
the foundation joints. The entire result is written in the output file in specified
format.
In brief, all the foregoing activities can be summarized as below.
INPUT DATA:
Frame idealization
Joint numbering
Member numbering
Member properties
Joint restraint list
ANALYSIS:
Member stiffness
Transfer of stiffness local to global
Joint stiffness matrix (free joints)
Factorization of the joint matrix
LOAD VECTOR
Direct joint load (if any)
Member load
Equivalent joint load
Combined joint load (direct + equivalent)
RESULT:
Joint displacements (global axis)
Member end forces (local transfer of displ.)
Support reactions

****************************************************
program MAIN
character*15 filein
character*15 fileout,FILEST
character*60 TITLE
common/contr/

37
Concepts in Frame Design

m,n,nj,nr,nrj,nb,md,nd,nlj,nlm,e,g,NCB(250)
common/char/
jj(250),jk(2,50),ax(250),el(250),cx(250),
cy(250),jrl(650),id(650), zi(250),
BB(250),BD(250)
common/loads/ae(650),
aj(650),ar(650),lml(250),aml(6,250)
common/st/sff(650,50)
dimension ac(650),df(650)
dimension spato(250)
write(*,*)’what is the name of input file=’
read(*,5060)filein
write(*,*)’what is the name of result file=’
read(*,5060)fileout
WRITE(*,*)’ NAME OF STEEL DATA FILE=’
READ(*,5060)FILEST
5060 format(a)

open(11,file=filein,status=’old’)
open(12,file=fileout,status=’unknown’)
OPEN(13,FILE=FILEST,STATUS=’UNKNOWN’)
READ(11,5060)TITLE
WRITE(12,5060)TITLE
WRITE(13,5060)TITLE
read(11,*)nls
write(12,100)nls
100 format(5x,’no.of loading system=’,i5)
call sdata2
call stiff2
call banfac
3 ln=0
5 ln=ln+1
IF (LN.EQ.1)WRITE(12,600)
600 FORMAT(1X,//,’*** SEISMIC FROM LEFT CASE
***’)
IF(LN.EQ.2)WRITE(12,601)
601 FORMAT(1X,//,’*** SEISMIC FROM RIHGT CASE

***’)
IF(LN.EQ.3)WRITE(12,602)
602 FORMAT(1X,//,’*** DEAD LOAD CASE ***’)
IF(LN.EQ.4)WRITE(12,603)
603 FORMAT(1X,//,’*** LIVE LOAD CASE ***’)

38
Chapter-3 Program Development

call ldata2(spato)
call loads2(ac)
call bansol(ac,df)
call resul2(df,SPATO)
if(nls.gt.ln)go to 5
stop
end
subroutine sdata2
common/contr/

m,n,nj,nr,nrj,nb,md,nd,nlj,nlm,e,g,NCB(250)
common/char/
jj(250),jk(250),ax(250),el(250),cx(250),cy(250),
jrl(650),id(650), zi(250),BB(250),BD(250)
dimension x(250),y(250)

c structural parameters
read (11,*)m,nj,nr,nrj,e,FCK,FY,DC,FLQ
write(12,100)
100 format (‘STRUCTURE INFORMATION’,/)
write (12,776)M,NJ,NRJ,E
776 FORMAT (1X,’NUMBER OF MEMBERS=’,I4,
1 /1X,’NUMBER OF JOINTS=’,I4,
2 /1X,’NUMBER OF SUPPORT JOINTS=’,I4,
3 /1X,’MODULUS OF MATERIAL USED=’,E12.4,’ kN/SQM’,//)
knt=4*m
write(13,1777)FLQ,FCK,FY,DC,knt
1777 FORMAT(4F8.3,I10)
200 format (4i10,e14.6)
ndj=3
nd=ndj*nj
n=nd-nr
write(12,210)n
210 format(/,10x,’n=’,i5)
c
c joint coordinates
c
WRITE(12,299)
299 FORMAT(1X,’JOINT COORDINATES’,’(in Meter)’)
WRITE(12,300)
300 format(2X,’JOINT’,4X,’X-COORD’,6X,’Y-COORD’)
do 6 k=1,nj
read(11,*)j,x(j),y(j)

39
Concepts in Frame Design

write(12,301)j,x(j),y(j)
301 FORMAT (i5,2f12.3)

6 continue
c
c member information
c
write(12,310)
310 format(/,10x,’MEMBER INFORMATION’,/,
1 ‘(AREA in SQM, MI in M^4, LENGTH in Meter)’ )
WRITE(12,319)
319 FORMAT(2X,’MEM.’,2X,’J-END’,2X,’K-END’,3X,’B/

AREA’,8X,’D/MI’
1,6X,’LENGTH’)
md=2*ndj
nb=0
do 1 j=1,m
read(11,*)i,jj(i),jk(i),BB(I),BD(I),NCB(I)
C320 format (2i5,5f10.5,I2)
AX(I)=BB(I)*BD(I)
ZI(I)=(BB(i)*BD(I)**3)/12
nbi=ndj*(abs(jk(i)-jj(i))+1)
if(nbi.gt.nb)nb=nbi
xcl=x(jk(i))-x(jj(i))
ycl=y(jk(i))-y(jj(i))
el(i)=sqrt(xcl*xcl+ycl*ycl)
cx(i)=xcl/el(i)
cy(i)=ycl/el(i)
write(12,320)i,jj(i),jk(i),bb(i),bd(i),el(i),NCB(I)
320 format(i4,2i7,3f12.5,i2)
1 continue

c joint restraints
c
write(12,330)
330 format(/,7x,’SUPPORT RESTRAINTS’)

do 2 j=1,nd
2 jrl(j)=0
do 3 j=1,nrj
read(11,*)k,jrl(3*k-2),jrl(3*k-1),jrl(3*k)
write(12,340)k,jrl(3*k-2),jrl(3*k-1),jrl(3*k)
340 format(i10,i10,i1,i1)

40
Chapter-3 Program Development

3 continue
c
c joint displcement indexes
c
n1=0
do 5 j=1,nd
n1=n1+jrl(j)
if(jrl(j).gt.0)goto 4
id(j)=j-n1
goto 5
4 id(j)=n+n1
5 continue
return
end

subroutine stiff2
common/contr/
m,n,nj,nr,nrj,nb,md,nd,nlj,nlm,e,g,NCB(250)
common/char/jj(250),jk(250),ax(250),el(250),cx(250),cy(250),
1 jrl(650),id(650), zi(250),BB(250),BD(250)
common/loads/ae(650), aj(650),ar(650),lml(250),aml(6,250)
common/st/sff(650,50)
dimension im(6),sms(6,6)
c
c member siffnesses
c
do 1 j=1,n
do 1 k=1,nb
1 sff(j,k)=0.
do 3 i=1,m
scm1=e*ax(i)/el(i)
scm2=4.0 * e*zi(i)/el(i)
scm3=1.5*scm2/el(i)
scm4=2.0*scm3/el(i)
sms(1,1)=scm1*cx(i)*cx(i)+scm4*cy(i)*cy(i)
sms(1,2)=(scm1-scm4)*cx(i)*cy(i)
sms(1,3)=-scm3*cy(i)
sms(1,4)=-sms(1,1)
sms(1,5)=-sms(1,2)
sms(1,6)=sms(1,3)
sms(2,2)=scm1*cy(i)*cy(i)+scm4*cx(i)*cx(i)
sms(2,3)=scm3*cx(i)
sms(2,4)=-sms(1,2)

41
Concepts in Frame Design

sms(2,5)=-sms(2,2)
sms(2,6)=sms(2,3)
sms(3,3)=scm2
sms(3,4)=-sms(1,3)
sms(3,5)=-sms(2,3)
sms(3,6)=scm2/2
sms(4,4)=sms(1,1)
sms(4,5)=sms(1,2)
sms(4,6)=sms(3,4)
sms(5,5)=sms(2,2)
sms(5,6)=sms(3,5)
sms(6,6)=scm2
c
c transfer to joint stiffness matrix
c
im(1)=3*jj(i)-2
im(2)=3*jj(i)-1
im(3)=3*jj(i)
im(4)=3*jk(i)-2
im(5)=3*jk(i)-1
im(6)=3*jk(i)
do 3 j=1,md
i1=im(j)
if(jrl(i1).gt.0)goto 31
do 32 k=j,md
i2=im(k)
if(jrl(i2).gt.0)goto 32
ir=id(i1)
ic=id(i2)
if(ir.lt.ic)goto 2
item=ir
ir=ic
ic=item
2 ic=ic-ir+1
sff(ir,ic)=sff(ir,ic)+sms(j,k)
32 continue
31 continue
3 continue
return
end

subroutine ldata2 (spato)


common/contr/

42
Chapter-3 Program Development

m,n,nj,nr,nrj,nb,md,nd,nlj,nlm,e,g,NCB(250)
common/loads/ae(650),
aj(650),ar(650),lml(250),aml(6,250)
dimension spato(250)
read(11,*)nlj,nlm
write(12,678)
678 format(/,7x,’NO OF LOADED’,7x,’NO OF LOADED’,
1 /,12X,’JOINTS’,10X,’MEMBERS’)
write(12,105)nlj,nlm
105 format(/,2i15)
c
c joint loads
c
do 106 i=1,nd
ae(i)=0.0
aj(i)=0.0
106 ar(i)=0.0
if(nlj.ne.0)write(12,150)
c
c actions at joints
c
150 format(/,’JOINT LOADS’,’ (in kN and kN-M)’,/)
WRITE(12,109)
109 FORMAT(7X,’JOINT’,13X,’X-FORCE’,11X,’Y-
FORCE’,14X,’MOMENT’)
do 1 j=1,nlj
read(11,*)k,aj(3*k-2),aj(3*k-1),aj(3*k)
1 write(12,110)k,aj(3*k-2),aj(3*k-1),aj(3*k)
110 format(i10,3f20.3)

2 continue
c
c member loads
c
do 200 j=1,m
do 210 i=1,6
210 aml(i,j)=0.0
200 lml(j)=0
if(nlm.eq.0)goto 4
c
c actions at ends of restrained members due to loads
c
write(12,789)

43
Concepts in Frame Design

789 format(/,’MEMBER LOADS’,’ (kN and kN-M)’,/)


WRITE(12,97)
WRITE(12,96)
97 FORMAT(6X,’ J - END FORCE’,16X,’ K - END
FORCE’)
96 FORMAT(3X,’MEM’,3X,’X-DIR’,2X,’Y-
DIR’,2X,’MOMENT’,4X,
1 ‘X-DIR’,3X,’Y-DIR’,2X,’MOMENT’,2X,’SPAN MOM’)
do 3 j=1,nlm
CALL EQSTAT(I,spato)
write(12,100)i,aml(1,i),aml(2,i),aml(3,i),aml(4,i),aml(5,i),
1 aml(6,i),spato(I)

100 format(i5,7f8.2)

3 lml(i)=1
4 continue
return
end

subroutine loads2(ac)
common/contr/
m,n,nj,nr,nrj,nb,md,nd,nlj,nlm,e,g,NCB(250)
common/char/
jj(250),jk(250),ax(250),el(250),cx(250),cy(250),
1 jrl(650),id(650), zi(250),BB(250),BD(250)
common/loads/ae(650),
aj(650),ar(650),lml(250),aml(6,250)
dimension ac(650)
if(nlm.eq.0)goto 2
do 1 i=1,m
if(lml(i).eq.0)goto 1
j1=3*jj(i)-2
j2=3*jj(i)-1
j3=3*jj(i)
k1=3*jk(i)-2
k2=3*jk(i)-1
k3=3*jk(i)
ae(j1)=ae(j1)-cx(i)*aml(1,i)+cy(i)*aml(2,i)
ae(j2)=ae(j2)-cy(i)*aml(1,i)-cx(i)*aml(2,i)
ae(j3)=ae(j3)-aml(3,i)
ae(k1)=ae(k1)-cx(i)*aml(4,i)+cy(i)*aml(5,i)
ae(k2)=ae(k2)-cy(i)*aml(4,i)-cx(i)*aml(5,i)

44
Chapter-3 Program Development

ae(k3)=ae(k3)-aml(6,i)
1 continue
2 continue
c
c combined joint loads
c
do 3 j=1,nd
jr=id(j)
3 ac(jr)=aj(j)+ae(j)
return
end

subroutine resul2(df,SPATO)
common/contr/
m,n,nj,nr,nrj,nb,md,nd,nlj,nlm,e,g,NCB(250)
common/char/
jj(250),jk(250),ax(250),el(250),cx(250),cy(250),
1 jrl(650),id(650), zi(250),BB(250),BD(250)
common/loads/ae(650),
aj(650),ar(650),lml(250),aml(6,250)
dimension dj(650),df(650),amd(6),am(6)
dimension spato(250)
c
c joint displacements
c
j=n+1
do 2 k=1,nd
je=nd-k+1
if(jrl(je).eq.0)goto 1
dj(je)=0.0
goto 2
1 j=j-1
dj(je)=df(j)
2 continue
write(12,80)
80 format(//,’JOINT DISPLACEMENT’,/,
1 ‘ ( DISP in Meter and ROTATION in Radian)’)
WRITE(12,199)
199 FORMAT(7X,’JOINT’,7X,’X-DISP’,10X,’Y-
DISP’,11X,’ROTATION’)
do 3 j=1,nj
3 write(12,200)j,dj(3*j-2),dj(3*j-1),dj(3*j)
200 format(i10,3f18.12)

45
Concepts in Frame Design

c
c member end actions
c
write(12,100)
100 format(//,’MEMBER END FORCES’,/,
1 ‘(AXIAL and SHEAR in kN and MOMENT in kN-M)’)
write(12,95)
95 FORMAT(3X,’MEM’,4X,’AXIAL’,8X,’SHEAR’,7X,
’MOMENT’,5X,
1 ‘AXIAL’,10X,’SHEAR’,5X,’MOMENT’)

do 6 i=1,m
j1=3*jj(i)-2
j2=3*jj(i)-1
j3=3*jj(i)
k1=3*jk(i)-2
k2=3*jk(i)-1
k3=3*jk(i)
scm1=e*ax(i)/el(i)
scm2=4.0 * e*zi(i)/el(i)
scm3=1.5*scm2/el(i)
scm4=2.0*scm3/el(i)
amd(1)=scm1*((dj(j1)-dj(k1))*cx(i)+(dj(j2)-
‘ dj(k2))*cy(i))
amd(2)=scm4*(-(dj(j1)-dj(k1))*cy(i)+(dj(j2)-
‘ dj(k2))*cx(i))
1 +scm3*(dj(j3)+dj(k3))
amd(3)=scm3*(-(dj(j1)-dj(k1))*cy(i)+(dj(j2)-
‘ dj(k2))*cx(i))
1 +scm2*(dj(j3)+0.5*dj(k3))
amd(4)=-amd(1)
amd(5)=-amd(2)
amd(6)=scm3*(-(dj(j1)-dj(k1))*cy(i)+(dj(j2)-
‘ dj(k2))*cx(i))
1 +scm2*(0.5*dj(j3)+dj(k3))
do 5 j=1,md
5 am(j)=aml(j,i)+amd(j)
if(jrl(j1).eq.1)ar(j1)=ar(j1)+cx(i)*amd(1)-cy(i)*amd(2)
f(jrl(j2).eq.1)ar(j2)=ar(j2)+cy(i)*amd(1)
i+cx(i)*amd(2)
if(jrl(j3).eq.1)ar(j3)=ar(j3)+amd(3)
if(jrl(k1).eq.1)ar(k1)=ar(k1)+cx(i)*amd(4)-
cy(i)*amd(5)
if(jrl(k2).eq.1)ar(k2)=ar(k2)+cy(i)*amd(4)

46
Chapter-3 Program Development

+cx(i)*amd(5)
if(jrl(k3).eq.1)ar(k3)=ar(k3)+amd(6)
write(12,300)i,am(1),am(2),am(3),am(4),am(5),am(6),NCB(I)

6 rite(13,1300)i,BB(i),BD(i),ncb(i),am(1),am(2),
wam(3),am(4),
1 am(5), am(6), spato(i)
300 format(i5,6f12.3,I2)
1300 format(i5,2f6.3,i3,6f8.1,f7.1)

c
c support reactions
c
do 7 j=1,nd
if(jrl(j).eq.0)goto 7
ar(j)=ar(j)-aj(j)-ae(j)
7 continue
write(12,310)
310 format(//,’support reactions’,/,
1 ‘(RX and RY in kN and MZ in kN-M)’)
WRITE(12,409)
409 FORMAT(6X,’JOINT’,16X,’RX’,17X,’RY’,20X,’MZ’)
do 8 j=1,nj
j1=3*j-2
j2=3*j-1
j3=3*j
n1=jrl(j1)+jrl(j2)+jrl(j3)
if(n1.eq.0)goto 8
write (12,410)j,ar(j1),ar(j2),ar(j3)
410 format(i10,3f20.3)
8 continue
return
end

subroutine banfac
common/contr/
m,n,nj,nr,nrj,nb,md,nd,nlj,nlm,e,g,NCB(250)
common/st/a(650,50)
do 1000 i=1,n
do 1000 j=1,nb
1000 a(i,j)=a(i,j)/10.0**4
if(a(1,1).gt.0.0)goto 1234
write(12,444)

47
Concepts in Frame Design

444 format(‘ program halted in banfac a11=0’)


stop ‘*** ERROR in BANFAC ***’
1234 do 5 j=2,n
j1=j-1
j2=j-nb+1
if(j2.lt.1)j2=1
if(j1.eq.1)goto 3
do 2 i=2,j1
i1=i-1
if(i1.lt.j2)goto 2
sum=a(i,j-i+1)
do 1 k=j2,i1
1 sum=sum-a(k,i-k+1)*a(k,j-k+1)
a(i,j-i+1)=sum
2 continue
3 sum=a(j,1)
do 4 k=j2,j1
temp=a(k,j-k+1)/a(k,1)
sum=sum-temp*a(k,j-k+1)
4 a(k,j-k+1)=temp
if(sum.gt.0)goto 123
write(12,555)
555 format(‘program halt in banfac sum=0’)
stop ‘*** ERROR in BANFAC ***’
123 a(j,1)=sum
5 continue
return
end

subroutine bansol(b,x)
common/contr/
m,n,nj,nr,nrj,nb,md,nd,nlj,nlm,e,g,NCB(250)
common/st/u(650,50)
dimension b(650),x(650)
do 2 i=1,n
j=i-nb+1
if(i.le.nb) j=1
sum=b(i)
k1=i-1
if(j.gt.k1)goto 2
do 1 k=j,k1
1 sum=sum-u(k,i-k+1)*x(k)
2 x(i)=sum

48
Chapter-3 Program Development

do 3 i=1,n
3 x(i)=x(i)/u(i,1)
do 5 i1=1,n
i=n-i1+1
j=i+nb-1
if(j.gt.n)j=n
sum=x(i)
k2=i+1
if(k2.gt.j)goto 5
do 4 k=k2,j
4 sum=sum-u(i,k-i+1)*x(k)
5 x(i)=sum
do 500 i=1,n
500 x(i)=x(i)/10.0**4
return
end

SUBROUTINE EQSTAT(IMEM,spato)
common/char/
jj(250),jk(250),ax(250),el(250),cx(250),cy(250),
1 jrl(650),id(650), zi(250),BB(250),BD(250)
common/loads/ae(650),
aj(650),ar(650),lml(250),aml(6,250)
dimension spato(250)
c w= total load for each case, =moment value
c for conc. mom case
c a=load starting point from lhs
c b=distance over laod is spread
c = dist. of concen. moment from rhs
c h=maxm. ht. of dist load for triangular case
c =0.0 for all other cases
c ltype =1 conc load
c =2 conc moment of value w anti colock
c wise
c =3 udl of total value w
c =4 tr load with zero intensity toward
c lhs
c =5 tr load with zero inten toward rhs
c =6 trapz load of toatal inten w
read(11,*)imem,nload
fixl=0
fixr=0
arl=0

49
Concepts in Frame Design

arr=0
spato(imem)=0
span=el(imem)
haspa=0.5*span
spsq=span*span
do 200 i=1,nload
ktrap=0
read(11,*)ltype,w,a,b,h
IF(LTYPE.EQ.3)W=W*B
if(ltype.eq.6)goto 3
goto (1,2,3,4,5)ltype
c
c conc load case
c
1 feml=w*a*b*b/spsq
femr=-w*a*a*b/spsq
xbar=a
goto 100
c
c conc couple case
c
2 am=w/spsq
feml=am*(2*b*span-3*b*b)
femr=am*(2*a*span-3*a*a)
crl=6*w*a*b/(spsq*span)
crr=-crl
goto 100
c
c udl cade
c
3 if(ltype.ne.6)goto 211
xl=a
xs=b
xh=h
xw=w
a=xl+xh
b=xs-2*xh
w=xw*(xs-2*h)/(xs-h)
ktrap=1
211 z=a+b
xmult=w/(12*b*spsq)
do 10 k=1,2
if(k.eq.2)z=a

50
Chapter-3 Program Development

coefl=6*spsq*z*z-8*span*z**3+3*z**4
coefr=4*span*z**3-3*z**4
if(k.eq.1)coef1=coefl
if(k.eq.1)coef2=coefr
10 continue
feml=(coef1-coefl)*xmult
femr=-(coef2-coefr)*xmult
xbar=a+0.5*b
goto 100
c
c tri load case zero on lhs
c
4 z=a+b
xmult=w/(30*b**2*spsq)
do 20 k=1,2
if(k.eq.2)z=a
coefl=12*z**5-
‘ 15*(2*span+a)*z**4+20*span*(span+2*a)
1 *z**3-30*a*spsq*z**2
coefr=-12*z**5+15*(span+a)*z**4-20*a*span*z**3
if(k.eq.1)coef1=coefl
if(k.eq.1)coef2=coefr
20 continue
feml=(coef1-coefl)*xmult
femr=-(coef2-coefr)*xmult
xbar=a+2*b/3
goto 100
c
c tri load case zero on rhs
c
5 aa=span-a-b
a1=a
a=aa
z=a+b
xmult=w/(30*b**2*spsq)
do 30 k=1,2
if(k.eq.2)z=a
coefr=12*z**5-
‘ 15*(2*span+a)*z**4+20*span*(span+2*a)
1 *z**3-30*a*spsq*z**2
coefl=-12*z**5+15*(span+a)*z**4-20*a*span*z**3
if(k.eq.1)coef1=coefl
if(k.eq.1)coef2=coefr

51
Concepts in Frame Design

30 continue
feml=(coef1-coefl)*xmult
femr=-(coef2-coefr)*xmult
xbar=a1+b/3
100 fixl=fixl+feml
fixr=fixr+femr
if(ltype.eq.2)goto 40
ssrr=w*xbar/span
ssrl=w-ssrr
arl=arl+ssrl+(feml+femr)/span
arr=arr+ssrr-(feml+femr)/span
if(ltype-4)440,440,450
450 if(ktrap.eq.0)goto 460
if(ktrap.ne.3)goto 440
460 snew=ssrr
ssrr=ssrl
ssrl=snew
ltype=4
440 if(a+b-haspa)400,400,410
400 spamo=ssrr*haspa
goto 420
410 spamo=ssrl*haspa
if(ltype.eq.1)goto 430
if(a.ge.haspa)goto 420
if(ltype.eq.3.or.ktrap.eq.1) spamo=spamo-0.5*w*(haspa-a)**2/b
if(ltype.eq.4.or.ktrap.eq.2) spamo=spamo-w*(haspa-a)**3/ (3*b*b)
goto 420
430 if(a.lt.haspa)spamo=ssrr*haspa
goto 420
420 spato(imem)=spato(imem)+spamo
if(ltype.ne.6)goto 200
ktrap=ktrap+1
if(ktrap.eq.3)goto 222
if(ktrap.eq.4)goto 200
a=xl
b=xh
w=w*h*0.5/(xs-2*h)
goto 4
222 a=xl+xs-xh
b=xh
goto 5
40 arl=arl+crl
arr=arr+crr
spamo=0.5*w

52
Chapter-3 Program Development

if(a.lt.haspa)spamo=-spamo
spato(imem)=spato(imem)+spamo
200 continue
aml(1,imem)=0
aml(2,imem)=arl
aml(3,imem)=fixl
aml(4,imem)=0
aml(5,imem)=arr
aml(6,imem)=fixr
return
end

3.2 The program EQL.FOR:


In the first instance earthquake forces are not known. Their magnitude de-
pends upon the building dead load combined with a certain fraction of the
live load. The fraction is specified in the codes. The earthquake code, IS:1893
specifies the factor 0.25 for residential buildings where live load is limited to
3 kN/sqm. For commercial and public buildings where live load is high,
exceeding 3 kN/sqm, 0.5 fraction is adopted. In the first run of the program
FSTEEL.FOR only dead load and live load are input correctly and dummy
values are input against earthquake forces. The output is written in two
separate file; one file is given the text title of all the output and the other is
without the text headings having member end forces only stacked one after
another. The latter file is now called by the EQL.FOR for separating the
column loads. The column loads are finally computed with total dead load
and appropriate fraction of the live load. The output file is separately written
for each frame. The details are elaborated in chapter 5, or else a little
reflection over the program demonstrates its flow evidently.

*** PROGRAM TO CALCULATE APPROPRIATE DIRECT COL

**** LOADS FROM EARTHQUAKE CONSIDERATION

COMMON/ST/
B(250),D(250),FCK,FY,DC,ULIM,X,Y,SM,KM
COMMON/AM/
AME(6,250),AMD(6,250),AML(6,250),NCB(250)
COMMON/AE/AM3(4,250),AM(4,250),ASC,AST,
1 SPATO(250),SPATOD(250),SPATOL(250)

CHARACTER*60 INFILE, PROJ,COLFILE


C

53
Concepts in Frame Design

WRITE(*,*)’ NAME OF THE INPUT FILE=’

READ(*,1010)INFILE
WRITE(*,*)’ NAME OF THE COL DESIGN OUTPUT

FILE=’
READ(*,1010)COLFILE

OPEN (11, FILE=INFILE, STATUS=’OLD’)


OPEN(17,FILE=COLFILE,STATUS=’UNKNOWN’)
K=0
KK=0
K1=0
KA=0
READ(11,1010)PROJ
READ(11,*)FLQ,FCK,FY,DC,ktn
c write(14,*)’fck’,fck,’fy’,fy,’dc’,dc

DO 10 I=1,ktn
A=0
C=0
E=0
F=0
G=0
H=0
S=0
READ(11,*,END=20)JJ,B(JJ),D(JJ),NCB(JJ),A,C,E,F,G,H,S
IF (NCB(JJ).EQ.0)KTB=JJ
IF (NCH(JJ).GT.0)KTC=JJ
IF(JJ.LT.KA)KK=KK+1

* AME(5,JJ)= DIRECT COLUMN LOAD DUE TO EQ


* AME(1,JJ)= LEFT END SHEAR DUE TO EQ
* AME(2,JJ)= RT END SHEAR DUE TO EQ
* AME(3,JJ)= LEFT END MOM DUE TO EQ LOAD
* AME(4,JJ)=RT END MOM DUE TO EQ LOAD
* AMD(1,JJ), AML(1,JJ),ARE LEFT SHEAR DUE TO DEAD
* AND LIVE LOADS

IF(KK.EQ.0.AND.NCB(JJ).GT.0)
AME(5,JJ)=ABS(A)

54
Chapter-3 Program Development

IF(KK.EQ.0.AND.NCB(JJ).GT.0)
AME(6,JJ)=MAX(ABS(E),ABS(H))
IF(NCB(JJ).EQ.0) K=K+1
IF(KK.EQ.1.AND.NCB(JJ).GT.0)AME(5,JJ)=MAX(AME(5,JJ),ABS(A))
IF(KK.EQ.1.AND.NCB(JJ).GT.0)AME(6,JJ)=MAX(AME(6,JJ),ABS(E)
,ABS(H))

IF(KK.EQ.2.AND.NCB(JJ).GT.0)AMD(5,JJ)=A
IF(KK.EQ.2.AND.NCB(JJ).GT.0)
AMD(6,JJ)=MAX(ABS(E),ABS(H))
IF(KK.EQ.2.AND.NCB(JJ).EQ.0)SPATOD(JJ)=S
IF(KK.EQ.2.AND.NCB(JJ).EQ.0)K=K+1
IF(KK.EQ.3.AND.NCB(JJ).GT.0)AML(5,JJ)=A
IF(KK.EQ.3.AND.NCB(JJ).GT.0)
AML(6,JJ)=MAX(ABS(E),ABS(H))
IF(KK.EQ.3.AND.NCB(JJ).EQ.0)SPATOL(JJ)=S
IF(KK.EQ.3.AND.NCB(JJ).EQ.0)K=K+1

KA=JJ
IF(K1.NE.0)GOTO 17
IF (NCB(JJ).EQ.0)K1=JJ

17 CONTINUE
20 CONTINUE
10 CONTINUE
1500 FORMAT(I5,3F7.2)
IF(K1.EQ.1)KTS=KTB+1
IF(K1.NE.1)KTS=1
DO 120 I=KTS, KTC
AMEQ=ABS(AMD(5,I)+FLQ*ABS(AML(5,I))
AMDL=ABS(AMD(5,I))+ABS(AML(5,I))
WRITE(17,1095)I,NCB(I),NCB(I), AMEQ
120 CONTINUE
1010 FORMAT (A)
1095 Format (2I5, F8.1, 2F9.2, F9.1,F10.1,
F10.1, F9.1, F10.1)
STOP
END

3.3 The Program EREAD.FOR


The program in section 3.2 works out frame - wise column loads for earth-
quake forces. The column loads in one frame is the partial load only. The full

55
Concepts in Frame Design

column load is obtained when data from two intersecting frames at a com-
mon column is assembled. The follwoing program exactly serves this pur-
pose. For each column, this reads the column load data (obtained by the
run of EQL.FOR) from two relevant frames. The intersecting frames are
identified by strong axis frame and weak axis frame. The column section in
plan has two perpendicular axes. The frame along strong axis is one frame
and the one along weak axis is the other frame which together provide com-
plete load data for a given column. Thus column-wise direct vertical load to
be used for computing lateral earthquake forces is obtained by this pro-
gram.
*** THE PROGRAM TO READ FRAME WISE COLUMN LOADS
FROM *** EARTH QUAKE CONSIDERATION
CHARACTER*20 COLNAME
CHARACTER*15 COLIN
CHARACTER*15 COLIN1
CHARACTER*60 COLS,COLW,COLOUT
WRITE(*,*)’WHAT IS THE NAME OF INPUT DATA
FILE=,STRONG AXIS’
READ(*,5060)COLIN
WRITE(*,*)’WHAT IS THE NAME OF INPUT DATA
FILE=,WEAK AXIS’
READ(*,5060)COLIN1

WRITE(*,*)’WHAT IS THE NAME OF STRONG AXIS


FILE’
READ(*,5060)COLS

WRITE(*,*)’WHAT IS THE NAME OF WEAK AXIS


FILE’
READ(*,5060)COLW

WRITE(*,*)’WHAT IS THE NAME OF RESULT FILE=’


READ(*,5060)COLOUT
OPEN(3,FILE=COLIN,STATUS=’OLD’)
OPEN(4,FILE=COLIN1,STATUS=’OLD’)
OPEN(5,FILE=COLS,STATUS=’UNKNOWN’)
OPEN(6,FILE=COLW,STATUS=’UNKNOWN’)
OPEN(7,FILE=COLOUT,STATUS=’UNKNOWN’)

WRITE(*,*)’TOTOAL COL MEMBERS & COL MARK .’

READ(*,*)N,NCB
WRITE(*,*)’COLNAME’

56
Chapter-3 Program Development

READ(*,5060)COLNAME

WRITE (7,5060)COLNAME
L=0
DO 30 I=1,N
READ(3,*)K,J,EL1
IF(J.EQ.NCB)WRITE(5,1000)J,EL1
READ(4,*)K,J,EL2
IF(J.EQ.NCB)WRITE(6,1000)J,EL2
IF(J.EQ.NCB)L=L+1
20 CONTINUE
30 CONTINUE
REWIND 5
REWIND 6
DL=0.
VL=0.
EL=0.
DM=0.
VM=0.
EM=0.
J=0
DO M=1,L
READ(5,*)J,EL1
WRITE(7,1000)J,EL1
READ(6,*)JJ,EL2
WRITE(7,1000)JJ,EL2
ENDDO
1000 FORMAT(I3,6F10.2)
1100 FORMAT(6F10.2)

5060 FORMAT(A)
CLOSE (7)
STOP
END

3.4 The Program EQ.FOR


The program converts the direct column load to appropriate lateral force
acting at floor levels of the column. Total number of columns, appropriate
horizontal seismic coefficient duly treated with the foundation system fac-
tor, number of storeys for each column, their respective heights along
both axes and direct loads from each axis frame are the input data. The
input data is obtained from the run of the program EREAD.FOR of the
previous section 3.3. The base shear is calculated for each column sepa-
rately. Further, the seismic storey shears are calculated by distributing the

57
Concepts in Frame Design

base shear to respective storeys based on the method prescribed in IS:1893.


A greater detail is covered in chapter 5.

*** PROGRAM TO COMPUTE SEISMIC STOREY SHEAR


CHARACTER*15 FIN
CHARACTER*15 FOUT
DIMENSION H(25), W(25), HH(25), CFL(25),
VB(25), WF(25),FL(25),A(25)
WRITE(*,*)’INPUT DATA FILE NAME OF EQ=’
READ(*,5000)FIN
OPEN(1,FILE=FIN,STATUS=’OLD’)
WRITE(*,*)’INPUT RESULT FILE NAME OF EQ=’
READ(*,5000)FOUT
OPEN(2,FILE=FOUT,STATUS=’UNKNOWN’)
5000 FORMAT (A)
READ (1,*)NC,ALPHA
DO 77 KK=1,NC
READ(1,5000)COLNAME
WRITE(2,5000)COLNAME
READ(1,*)N
WA=0.0
DO 10 I=1,N
WA = 0.0
READ (1,*) H(I), J
WRITE (2,*) H(I), J
READ (1,*)( A(M),M=1,J)
DO 20 II = 1,J
20 WA = WA + A(II)
WRITE (2,*)WA
HH1 = 0.
CFL1 = 0.
VB(1) = 0.
W(I) = WA
10 CONTINUE
50 DO 210 K = 1,N
IF (K.EQ.N) WF(K) = W(K)
52 IF(K.NE.N)WF(K) = W(K) - W(K + 1)
58 WRITE(2,*) WF(K), W(K)
60 HH1 = HH1 + H(K)
HH(K) = HH1
FL(K) = WF(K) * HH(K) ** 2
CFL1 = CFL1 + FL(K)
CFL(K) = CFL1

58
Chapter-3 Program Development

210 CONTINUE
VBJ = 0.
VB1 = ALPHA * W(1)
WRITE (2,*)’VB1=’,VB1
70 DO 270 J = 1,N
VB(J) = VB1 * FL(J) / CFL1
VBJ = VBJ + VB(J)
81 WRITE (2,*) ‘FLOOR NO=’, J, ‘ STOREY SHEAR

=’, VB(J)
270 CONTINUE
85 WRITE(2,*) ‘ total of storey shears=’, VBJ
77 CONTINUE
STOP
END

3.5 The Program STEEL.FOR


Once the seismic storey shears for each column is calculated as explained
in the previous section the final lateral earthquake forces are input in the
input data file for re-run of the program fsteel.for accomplshing the final
analysis of the frame for all loading systems. If wind analysis is also re-
quired the lateral forces due to wind are calculated and input at respective
floor levels of the frames. The wind load computation is simple and a
sample example is given at subseqent stage in the following chapter 5.
The program steel.for is run separately for each frame. This separates
the column design forces and writes them in different output file named
as prompted by the computer in its run process. The beam design data
are picked up separately memberwise and the flexural and shear rein-
forcement are calculated and written as output in a separte file.
The four loading cases considered in fsteel.for are DL, LL, EQL
(earthquake force acting from left), and EQR (earthquake force acting from
right). Four sets of member-end forces are known. For checking the adeqacy
of the section several limit - state combinations of the forces are suggested
in IS:456. The combinations are
1.5 (DL + LL)
1.2 (DL + LL + EQL)
1.2 (DL + LL + EQR)
1.5 (DL + EQL)
1.5 (DL + EQR)
Support steel for the critical condition is calculated and also the
minimum steel required in reversal case of the earthquake is calculated.
The span steel is also calculated and this has been done simply at the mid
span point only. More involving program to predict span steel (at each 1/

59
Concepts in Frame Design

20 th point of the span) has been developed by adding a separate subrou-


tine. However, this has not been incorporated in the undernoted program.
The RCC rectangular section against flexural and shear forces is
designed using the subroutine AREA. The related strain and stress blocks
are illustrated by the accompanying sketches. The singly and doubly rein-
forced section as required is designed readily. The approach is based on the
under-reinforced consideration. The ratio of Xu, max/d is taken from the IS 456
for specific steel. It is 0.53 and 0.48 for steel having 250 Mpa and 415 Mpa

Fig. 3.4: Concrete strain and stress block

Fig. 3.5: COLD WORKED DEFORMED BAR (stress/strain diagm)

60
yield strength respectively. The former is plain mild

steel whereas latter is High yield strength deformed bars. The Mu,lim for a
singly reinforced section is calculated using the formula 0.36Xu, max/d(1-0.42Xu,
max
/d)bd2 fck. Here, b and d are concrete section width and effective depth
respectively. The concrete compressive characteristic strength is symbol-
ized by fck. If the

given moment exceeds Mu, lim the section is designed as doubly reinforced
section. The strain at a given level is worked out and the stress in steel is
calculated using the equation fsc = (-50283 2 +348.23 + 0.403)fy/1.15
where is steel strain and that is based on the IS:456 curve provided for
this purpose; fy is steel characteristic strength. For ready reference the
steel stress - strain curve is also cited in Fig. 3.5. The stress - strain relation
shown above almost satisfies the values provided in SP:16 (AID TO
IS:456). Instead of using one single equation one can evaluate the stress by
interpolating between the suitable curve points. For ready reference the
values from stress - strain curve points (fy = 415 Mpa steel) are as follows
and using fyd = fy/1.15 with stress level coefficients easily provide the stress;
STRAIN STRESS LEVEL STRESS (Mpa)
0.00144 0.80fyd 288.7 (= 0.80x415/1.15)
0.00163 0.85fyd 306.7 (= 0.85x415/1.15)
0.00192 0.90fyd 324.8 (= 0.90x415/1.15)
0.00241 0.95fyd 342.8 (= 0.950x415/1.15)
0.00276 0.975fyd 351.8 (= 0.975x415/1.15)
0.00380 1.0fyd 360.9 (= 1.0x415/1.15)

The minimum steel and maximum steel are checked at 0.2 and 4
% of effective concrete section (bd) as required in IS:456. The allowable
shear stress in the concrete is worked out using the formula τc = [0.85(0.8
fck)0.5 {(1+5 β)0.5 -1}]/(6β
β) where β = 0.8 fck / (6.89 pt). The value of pt is
taken as percentage of the flexural tensile steel designed above. For M15
concrete it reaches its maximum value 0.71 Mpa when pt is 1.75%, and it is
0.82 Mpa at 2.5 % of pt for M20 concrete. A check against shear stirrups
spacing is maintained as per IS:456 requirement. The program is self
evident and a little reflection demonstrates the discussed steps readily.
The ductile section detailing requirement against seismic shear is not in-
corporated in the program. While detailing, such requirement is checked
against the relevant seismic code, IS:13920.

LIMIT - STATE DESIGN


It is a statistical concept7 which predicts the real life ultimate strength and
serviceability performance closely. It has been observed, material strength

61
Concepts in Frame Design

(concrete crushing stress, steel yield stress) and occurrence of imposed


loads follow the normal (Gaussian) distribution. It is also called normal prob-
ability distribution curve. It is defined by
y = (1/{σ(2π)0.5}).( exp {-(1/2) (x-xm)2 /σ2})
where, y is probability density function, σ is standard deviation, exp is e (=
2.71828) as base of the natural logarithm, and xm is the mean of the vari-
ables x.
For example, the crushing strength of n number of concrete cubes
have values x1, x2,... xn and have frequencies (of repetition in a given small
range) f1, f2, ...fn respectively, the value of
xm = (f1.x1 + f2.x2 + ....fn.xn) / (f1 + f2 +...fn).
This can also be written as xm = Σ(fx)/n which ultimately suggests
that Σf(x-xm)= 0 that means sum of the deviations from the mean is zero.
This helps in deriving the value of standard deviation which is expressed as
σ = {Σf(x-xm)2 /n}0.5
The value of n is usually replaced by n-1 if the number of samples
go above 30 which almost represents the entire population of data in the
field of study.

The above equation can be simplified by putting

Z
-1.64

-3 -2 -1 0 1 2 3
-3 σ -2 σ -σ 0 σ +2 σ +3 σ
Fig. 3.6: Normal distribution - general pattern

z = (x-xm)/σ, and the standard form of the equation becomes


y = (1/{σ⋅(2π)0.5}). (exp {-(1/2) z2})which can be easily verified by a little
reflection.
The variable z indicates deviation from the mean in multiples of the

62
Chapter-3 Program Development

standard deviation. Fig. 3.6 shows the plot of the equation with z varying
from -∝ to +∝. The total area under the curve is unity. The area between
z = +1 and z= -1 is 68.26%,
z = +2 and z= -2 is 95.44%,
z = +3 and z= -3 is 99.74%.
The area under the curve equal to almost about 95% is indicated
by the value of z = -1.64 to +∝. It is also variously taken z = -1.65 to
+∝.This suggests that there exists only 5% probability for the vaule of x to
fall below the mean xm by 1.65 σ.
The concept of characteristics strength and load in limit state of
design is based on the above explained statistical approach. This means
that below characteristic strength not more than a prescribed percentage
of test results should fall. Like other world codes the prescribed percent-
age followed by Indian Standard (IS 456:2000) is 5%. The characteristic
strength of concrete is thus defined as 28 days strength of the cubes
below which not more than 5 % of the test results would be expected to fall.
The characteristic strength of reinforcing bars is defined as yield stress
(or 0.2% proof stress) below which not more than 5 % of the test results
would be expected to fall. This is based on the above explained approach of
Gaussian (normal) distribution of the test results. The characteristic strength,
fck, would not be expected to go below the mean target strength, ftm less 1.65
times the standard deviation σ, and in the form of expression, it is, fck ftm
- 1.65 σ.
The characteristic load is defined as the value of load which has
95% probability of not being exceeded in the service life of the structure.
Such checking of the loads are normally not required and IS 875:1975
provides the specified quantity of loads to be taken in the design work of
a given type of structure corresponding to its intended use (whether resi-
dential, commercial, official, industrial etc.) in its service life.
Limit state design has basically two test criteria, ultimate strength
state and serviceability state. In ultimate strength state the failure has
nonlinear behaviour; the stress and strain don't follow the proportionality
rule. Such approach is close to the actual behaviour of the structure be-
fore it collapses. The plastic deformations take place and the section is
not allowed to exceed a given limit. This is evident when the compressive
stress block of the concrete is considered. The maximum limit to flexural
strain is 0.35% which makes the stress block rectangular in a given depth
of the section from the most stressed fiber; thereafter upto neutral axis of
zero stress level it takes a parabolic shape. Such condition of ultimate
strength limit state is achieved by using two partial safety factors, one is
applied to strength and the other is applied to the load. Naturally, the one

63
Concepts in Frame Design

applied to the strength has a reducing effect and the other applied to the
load has the magnifying effect. The expression used for the partial safety
factor for strength is
fd = fck / Ym where fd = design strength, fck = characteristic strength,
Ym= partial safety factor of strength of material; it is 1.5 for concrete and
1.15 for steel.
The higher partial safety factor for concrete compared to steel is
attributed to the fact of more variability experienced in preparation of a proper
grade of concrete. Steel being an industrial produce its samples tend to
have more uniform properties as they pass through rigorous quality control
processes. Unlike steel, the preparation of concrete has several loose ends
ranging from the procurement of proper material to their mixing, laying, com-
pacting and curing at the site. The design flexural compressive stress is
limited to 0.446 fck which means the partial safety factors are applied twice
(1/Ym = 1/1.5 = 0.67, and fd = 0.67fck / Ym =0.446 fck) to cover all sorts of
variabilities of the materials as well as the process employed in getting the
final usable produce at the end of the final curing.
The expression used for the partial safety factor for loads is
Fd = F YF where, Fd = design load,
F = characteristic load,
Yf= partial safety factor of load.

Yf for DL + LL = 1.5
DL + EQ = 1.5
DL + LL + EQ = 1.2
Here, EQ is either earthquake or wind as the case may be.
Limit state of serviceability applies control on deflection and
crack width in the service life of the structure. There are mechanistic models
available to work out the long term deflection and crack width in the con-
crete structures. The complex analytical procedure involved has been
simplified in an empirical way in the code IS:456. The span and depth ratio
is kept within specified limits (for spans < 10 m). The ratio of span / depth for
various conditions will not exceed as detailed below.
cantilever 7
simply supported 20
continuous 26
The above values are, however, further modified for the tension
and compression reinforcement. The control on crack width is usually exer-
cised by adopting a specified reinforcement spacing. There is no specific
provision for control on limits of stresses due to fatigue and durability re-
quirements. With the enormous work done and studies made in Fracture
Mechanics it is expected, soon new criteria incorporating the integrated
wisdom would be devised. This would enrich the limit states design con-

64
Chapter-3 Program Development

cepts taking it further close to the real life behaviour of the structure.
As regards using the Working Stress Method it is now increasingly being
felt the method is too conservative in its approach. In particular reference to
Indian scenario, certain structures (viz., water retaining, bridges) are de-
signed using only Working Stress method. The shortcoming of the working
stress method is the application of a generalized factor of safety on induced
stresses only. The stress and strain relate linearly which hardly occurs in
the real life situations. The elastic and linear variation is too conservative
which makes the section uneconomical. Compared to this, limit state method
has more finer and detailed application of factors of safety. The material
strength is dealt separately by a partial safety factor, and load is also modi-
fied by a separate partial safety factor intended to cover all future situations
of not being exceeded.
*** PROGRAM TO CALCULATE CRITICAL STEEL AREA
**** AND STP SPACING IN BEAMS OF A PLANE FRAME
**** AND ALSO SEPARATES THE COLUMN DESIGN

LOADS
COMMON/ST/
B(250),D(250),FCK,FY,DC,ULIM,X,Y,SM,KM
COMMON/AM/
AME(6,250),AMD(6,250),AML(6,250),NCB(250)
COMMON/AE/AM3(4,250),AM(4,250),ASC,AST,
SPATO(250),SPATOD(250),SPATOL(250)
CHARACTER*60 INFILE, COLMFILE,
BEAMFILE,PROJ,COLFILE
WRITE(*,*)’ NAME OF THE INPUT FILE=’
READ(*,1010)INFILE
WRITE(*,*)’ NAME OF THE BEAM OUTPUT FILE=’
READ(*,1010)BEAMFILE
WRITE(*,*)’ NAME OF THE COL OUTPUT FILE=’
READ(*,1010)COLMFILE
WRITE(*,*)’ NAME OF THE COL DESIGN OUTPUT FILE=’
READ(*,1010)COLFILE
OPEN (11, FILE=INFILE, STATUS=’OLD’)
OPEN (14, FILE=BEAMFILE, STATUS=’UNKNOWN’)
OPEN(15,FILE=COLMFILE,STATUS=’UNKNOWN’)
OPEN(17,FILE=COLFILE,STATUS=’UNKNOWN’)
K=0
KK=0
K1=0
KA=0
READ(11,1010)PROJ
READ(11,*)FLQ,FCK,FY,DC,ktn

65
Concepts in Frame Design

DO 10 I=1,ktn
A=0
C=0
E=0
F=0
G=0
H=0
S=0
READ(11,*,END=20)JJ,B(JJ),D(JJ),NCB(JJ),A,C,E,F,G,H,S
IF(JJ.LT.KA)KK=KK+1
* AME(5,JJ)= DIRECT COLUMN LOAD DUE TO EQ
* AME(1,JJ)= LEFT END SHEAR DUE TO EQ
* AME(2,JJ)= RT END SHEAR DUE TO EQ
* AME(3,JJ)= LEFT END MOM DUE TO EQ LOAD
* AME(4,JJ)=RT END MOM DUE TO EQ LOAD
* AMD(1,JJ), AML(1,JJ),ARE LEFT SHEAR DUE TO
* DEAD AND LIVE LOADS
I F(KK.EQ.0.AND.NCB(JJ).GT.0)
AME(5,JJ)=ABS(A)
I F(KK.EQ.0.AND.NCB(JJ).GT.0)

AME(6,JJ)=MAX(ABS(E),ABS(H))
IF(KK.EQ.0.AND.NCB(JJ).EQ.0)

AME(1,JJ)=ABS(C)
IF(KK.EQ.0.AND.NCB(JJ).EQ.0)

AME(2,JJ)=ABS(G)
IF(KK.EQ.0.AND.NCB(JJ).EQ.0)

AME(3,JJ)=ABS(E)
IF(KK.EQ.0.AND.NCB(JJ).EQ.0)

AME(4,JJ)=ABS(H)
IF(NCB(JJ).EQ.0) K=K+1
IF(KK.EQ.1.AND.NCB(JJ).GT.0)AME(5,JJ)=MAX(AME(5,JJ),ABS(A))
IF(KK.EQ.1.AND.NCB(JJ).GT.0)AME(6,JJ)=MAX(AME(6,JJ),ABS(E)
1 ,ABS(H))
IF(KK.EQ.1.AND.NCB(JJ).EQ.0)AME(1,JJ)=MAX(AME(1,JJ),ABS(C))
IF(KK.EQ.1.AND.NCB(JJ).EQ.0)AME(2,JJ)=MAX(AME(2,JJ),ABS(G))
IF(KK.EQ.1.AND.NCB(JJ).EQ.0)AME(3,JJ)=MAX(AME(3,JJ),ABS(E))
IF(KK.EQ.1.AND.NCB(JJ).EQ.0)AME(4,JJ)=MAX(AME(4,JJ),ABS(H))

IF(KK.EQ.2.AND.NCB(JJ).GT.0) AMD(5,JJ)=A

66
Chapter-3 Program Development

IF(KK.EQ.2.AND.NCB(JJ).GT.0)
AMD(6,JJ)=MAX(ABS(E),ABS(H))
IF(KK.EQ.2.AND.NCB(JJ).EQ.0) AMD(1,JJ)=C
IF(KK.EQ.2.AND.NCB(JJ).EQ.0) AMD(2,JJ)=G
IF(KK.EQ.2.AND.NCB(JJ).EQ.0) AMD(3,JJ)=E
IF(KK.EQ.2.AND.NCB(JJ).EQ.0) AMD(4,JJ)=H
IF(KK.EQ.2.AND.NCB(JJ).EQ.0) SPATOD(JJ)=S
IF(KK.EQ.2.AND.NCB(JJ).EQ.0) K=K+1

IF(KK.EQ.3.AND.NCB(JJ).GT.0)AML(5,JJ)=A
IF(KK.EQ.3.AND.NCB(JJ).GT.0)
AML(6,JJ)=MAX(ABS(E),ABS(H))
IF(KK.EQ.3.AND.NCB(JJ).EQ.0)AML(1,JJ)=C
IF(KK.EQ.3.AND.NCB(JJ).EQ.0)AML(2,JJ)=G
IF(KK.EQ.3.AND.NCB(JJ).EQ.0)AML(3,JJ)=E
IF(KK.EQ.3.AND.NCB(JJ).EQ.0)AML(4,JJ)=H
IF(KK.EQ.3.AND.NCB(JJ).EQ.0)SPATOL(JJ)=S
IF(KK.EQ.3.AND.NCB(JJ).EQ.0)K=K+1
KA=JJ
IF(K1.NE.0)GOTO 17
IF (NCB(JJ).EQ.0)K1=JJ

17 CONTINUE
20 CONTINUE
10 CONTINUE
1500 FORMAT(I5,3F7.2)
WRITE(15,1010)PROJ
WRITE(15,1070)
WRITE(15,1080)
WRITE(15,1120)
DO 120 I=1,K1-1
AMEQ=ABS(AMD(5,I))+FLQ*ABS(AML(5,I))
AMDL=ABS(AMD(5,I))+ABS(AML(5,I))
WRITE(15,1090)I,AMD(5,I),AML(5,I),AME(5,I),AMDL,AMEQ,AMD(6,I)
1 ,AML(6,I),AME(6,I)

WRITE(17,1095)I,NCB(I),AMD(5,I),AML(5,I),AME(5,I),AMD(6,I)
1 ,AML(6,I),AME(6,I), AMEQ
120 CONTINUE
WRITE(14,1010)PROJ
WRITE(14,1110)
WRITE(14,1400)
1400 FORMAT(1X,’MEMBER’,2X,’JOINT’,7X,’ SUPPORT

67
Concepts in Frame Design

STEEL’,
1 5X,’ EQ REVERSAL STEEL’,3X,’ SPAN STEEL’)

WRITE(14,1410)
1410 FORMAT(21X,’ASC’,3X,’AST’,3X,’SV’

,9X,’ASC’,5X,’AST’,8X,‘ASC’,3X,’AST’,/)

DO 40 I=K1,KA
IF(I.GT.K1)WRITE(14,1100)
DO 70 IJ=1,2
KM=0
AM1DL=1.5*(ABS(AMD(IJ,I))+ABS(AML(IJ,I)))
AM1DE=1.5*(ABS(AMD(IJ,I))+ABS(AME(IJ,I)))
AM1DLE=1.2*ABS(AMD(IJ,I))+ABS(AML(IJ,I))+ABS((AME(IJ,I)))
IF(IJ.EQ.1)AM1V=MAX(AM1DL,AM1DE,AM1DLE)
IF(IJ.EQ.2)AM2V=MAX(AM1DL,AM1DE,AM1DLE)

70 CONTINUE
AMV=MAX(AM1V,AM2V)

IF(FY.EQ.415)XUM=0.48
IF(FY.EQ.250)XUM=0.53
D(I)=D(I)*1E3-DC
B(I)=B(I)*1E3
ULIM=(0.36*XUM*(1- 0.42*XUM)
*B(I)*D(I)*D(I)*FCK)*1E-6
SPATO(I)=ABS(1.5*(SPATOD(I)+SPATOL(I)))

DO 50 J=1,2
JK=J+2
AM0=1.5*(ABS(AMD(JK,I))+ABS(AME(JK,I)))
AM3(JK,I)=1.5*(ABS(AMD(JK,I))+ABS(AML(JK,I)))
AM4=1.2*(ABS(AMD(JK,I))+ABS(AML(JK,I))+ABS(AME(JK,I)))
AM(JK,I)=MAX(AM0,AM3(JK,I),AM4)
X=B(I)*FCK/FY
Y=(X)*(D(I)/2)
SM=AM(JK,I)
CALL AREA(ASC,AST,XUM,I,AMV,SV)
WRITE(14,1040)I,J,ASC,AST,SV
SM=ABS(AME(JK,I)*1.2)
CALL AREA(ASC,AST,XUM,I,AMV,SV)
WRITE(14,1050)I,J,ASC,AST
50 CONTINUE

68
Chapter-3 Program Development

SM=SPATO(I)-(AM3(3,I)+AM3(4,I))/2
IF(SM.LT.0)WRITE(14,*)’ SPAN IS HOGGING ‘
SM=ABS(SM)
CALL AREA(ASC,AST,XUM,I,AMV,SV)
WRITE(14,1060)I,ASC,AST
40 CONTINUE
1000 FORMAT(2I3,4F10.3,I5)
1010 FORMAT (A)
1020 FORMAT(I5, F10.3)
1030 FORMAT(2I5,3F10.3)
1040 FORMAT(I5,I7,F12.1,F7.1,F7.1)
1050 FORMAT(I5,I7,F36.1,F7.1)
1060 FORMAT(I5,F62.1,F5.1)
1070 FORMAT(/,10X,’ COLUMN LOADS AND MOMENTS’,/)
1080 FORMAT(7X,’ DL’,7X,’ LL’,7X,’EQ’,3X,’
DL+LL’,3X,
1 ‘ DL+0.25LL’,3X,’DL MOM’,3X,’LL MOM’,3X,’EQ
MOM’)
1120 FORMAT(7X,’(kN)’,6X,’(kN)’,5X,’(kN)’,4X,
’(kN)’,6X,’(kN)’,6X,
1 ‘(kN-M)’,3X,
1 ‘(kN-M)’,3X,’(kN-M)’)
1090 FORMAT(I5,F7.1,2F9.2,F9.1,F10.1
1 ,F10.1,F9.1,F10.1)
1095 FORMAT(2I5,F7.1,2F9.2,F9.1,F10.1
1 ,F10.1,F9.1,F10.1)
1100 FORMAT(/)
1110 FORMAT(/,10X,’STEEL FOR BEAMS’,/,15X,’ASC and

AST are in “SQCM”


1 ‘,/,
1 15X,’SV is 8 mm TOR 2-LEGGED stirrups spacing
in “mm”’,//)

END

SUBROUTINE AREA(ASC,AST,XUM,I,AMV,SV)
COMMON/ST/
B(250),D(250),FCK,FY,DC,ULIM,X,Y,SM,KM
ASC=0
AST=0
IF(ULIM.LT.SM)GOTO 27
Z=SM*1E6*X/(0.87*FY)
AST=(-((ABS(Y*Y-Z))**0.5)+Y)/100

69
Concepts in Frame Design

GOTO 37
27 Z=ULIM*1E6*X/(0.87*FY)
AST1=-((ABS(Y*Y-Z))**0.5)+Y
EPS=0.0035*(XUM*D(I)-DC)/(XUM*D(I))
FSC=(-50283*EPS*EPS+348.23*EPS+0.403)*FY/1.15
ASC=(SM-ULIM)*1E6/FSC/(D(I)-DC)
AST2=ASC*FSC/(0.87*FY)
ASC=ASC/100
AST=(AST1+AST2)/100
37 CONTINUE
ASMIN=0.2*B(I)*D(I)/10000
IF(ASC.LT.ASMIN)ASC=ASMIN
IF(AST.LT.ASMIN)AST=ASMIN
IF(KM.NE.0)GOTO 39
PT=10000*AST/B(I)/D(I)
BETA=0.8*FCK/(6.89*PT)
TAUC=(0.85*(0.8*FCK)**0.5*((1+5*BETA)**0.5-
1 ))/6/BETA
IF(FCK.EQ.15.AND.PT.GE.1.75)TAUC=0.71
IF(FCK.EQ.20.AND.PT.GE.2.50)TAUC=0.82
TAUV=AMV*1E3/B(I)/D(I)
SV=0
IF(TAUV.LE.TAUC)SV=D(I)/2
DI=D(I)/2
IF(TAUV.GT.TAUC)SV=0.87*FY*100/(B(I)*(TAUV-
1 TAUC))
IF(SV.GT.DI)SV=DI
KM=KM+1
39 CONTINUE
RETURN
END

3.6 The Program CREAD.FOR


Like EREAD.FOR this program reads the frame data for columns sepa-
rated by the run of steel.for as explained here above. For each column two
relevant intersecting frames are called and the design forces are taken from
them. The column -wise design forces are written in separate files. Each
column has unfactored direct vertical load and biaxial moment.
** PROGRAM TO READ AND WRITE THE COLUMN DESIGN DATA

CHARACTER*20 COLNAME
CHARACTER*15 COLIN
CHARACTER*15 COLIN1
CHARACTER*60 CLF,EQF

70
Chapter-3 Program Development

WRITE(*,*)’WHAT IS THE NAME OF INPUT DATA


FILE=,STRONG AXIS’
READ(*,5060)COLIN
WRITE(*,*)’WHAT IS THE NAME OF INPUT DATA
FILE=,WEAK AXIS’
READ(*,5060)COLIN1
WRITE(*,*)’WHAT IS THE NAME OF COL RESULT
FILE=’
READ(*,5060)CLF
WRITE(*,*)’WHAT IS THE NAME OF EQ RESULT
FILE=’
READ(*,5060)EQF

OPEN(3,FILE=COLIN,STATUS=’OLD’)
OPEN(4,FILE=COLIN1,STATUS=’OLD’)
OPEN(5,FILE=’S.SDT’,STATUS=’UNKNOWN’)
OPEN(6,FILE=’W.WDT’,STATUS=’UNKNOWN’)
OPEN(7,FILE=CLF,STATUS=’UNKNOWN’)
OPEN(8,FILE=EQF,STATUS=’UNKNOWN’)
WRITE(*,*)’TOTAL COL MEMBERS & COL MARK .’

READ(*,*)N,NCB
WRITE(*,*)’COLNAME’
READ(*,5060)COLNAME

WRITE (7,5060)COLNAME
WRITE (8,5060)COLNAME
L=0
DO 30 I=1,N
READ(3,*,END=400)K,J,DL1,VL1,EL1,DM1,VM1,EM1,EQV1
IF(J.EQ.NCB)WRITE(5,1000)J,DL1,VL1,EL1,DM1,VM1,EM1,EQV1
30 CONTINUE
400 CONTINUE
DO 20 M=1,N
READ(4,*,END=410)K,J,DL2,VL2,EL2,DM2,VM2,EM2,EQV2
IF(J.EQ.NCB)WRITE(6,1000)J,DL2,VL2,EL2,DM2,VM2,EM2,EQV2
IF(J.EQ.NCB)L=L+1
20 CONTINUE
410 CONTINUE
REWIND 5
REWIND 6
DL=0.

71
Concepts in Frame Design

VL=0.
EL=0.
DM=0.
VM=0.
EM=0.
J=0
DO M=1,L
READ(5,*)J,DL1,VL1,EL1,DM1,VM1,EM1,EQV1
WRITE(7,1100)DL1,VL1,EL1,DM1,VM1,EM1
WRITE(8,1100)EQV1
READ(6,*)JJ,DL2,VL2,EL2,DM2,VM2,EM2,EQV2
WRITE(7,1100)DL2,VL2,EL2,DM2,VM2,EM2
WRITE(8,1100)EQV2
ENDDO
1000 FORMAT(I3,7F10.2)
1100 FORMAT(7F10.2)

5060 FORMAT(A)
CLOSE (7)
STOP
END

3.7 The Program Cold .for


The program reads the unfactored column design forces and makes sev-
eral loading combinations as discussed earlier in the steel.for program.
Each column is subjected to direct load as well as biaxial moment. The
limit-state design of biaxial column is quite involving and it depends among
other assumptions on the pattern of reinforcement details adopted. The
calculation of concrete strains, stresses, steel strains and stresses, is based
on the equally distributed reinforcement on each face of the rectangular
section of a column. Usually, columns have total 4, 8, 12, 16, or 20 bars;
if they are distributed equally on all the four faces, variable N in the pro-
gram is changed to 2, 3, 4, 5, and 6 respectively.
The accompanying sketch here illustrates the pattern of stress
and strain induced in the section subjected to flexural and compressive
forces. The neutral axis falling within the section is a simple case and is
not illustrated. The neutral axis falling outside is only illustrated and dis-
cussed for ease of program understanding.
The variables used in the program are described below.
The INPUT data to be read from the data file are,
KC Total number of Columns
FCK Concrete Characteristic Strength, Mpa

72
Chapter-3 Program Development

FY Steel Characteristic Strength, Mpa


BSEC Width of Column section, mm
DSEC Depth of Column section, mm
DC Cover to main bars
XLE Effective length of Column in m,along width
YLE Effective length of column in m, along depth
DL1, VL1, EL1 vertical loads due to Dead, Live and
Earthquake forces from stronger axis frame
DM1, VM1, EM1 Moments due to Dead, Live and
Earth quake forces from stronger axis frame
DL2, VL2, EL2 vertical loads due to Dead, Live and
Earthquake forces from weaker axis frame
DM2, VM2, EM2 Moments due to Dead, Live and
Earth quake forces from weaker axis frame

STRAIN DIAGRAM

STRESS DIAGRAM

Fig. 3.7: COLUMN STRAIN - STRESS BLOCK

Variables used in the program run are


ECNX Probable eccentricity in one direction
(not less than 2 cm)
ECNY Probable eccentricity in another direction
(not less than 2 cm)
The minimum eccentricities are calculated using IS:456, 25.4) L/500 + D/
30; L and D are the unsupported length of the column and Column depth
in cm. Minimum eccentricities are ignored if the resulting moments are less
than the applied design moment from the frame analysis, i.e., proper combi-
nation of DM1,VM1,EM1 and DM2, VM2, EM2.

73
Concepts in Frame Design

The subroutine G80 is called where factored Variables used in SUBROU-


TINE G80
PU Applied factored axial force, N
EMUX Applied stronger axis moment, N-m
EMUY Applied weaker axis moment, N-m
XU Depth of Neutral Axis
XINCR Iterative increment given to XU
P Minimum steel 0.8 %
PLIM Maximum steel 4 %
The computation begins first for stronger axis moment; Column width and
depth remains as input.
For a given percentage of steel starting with 0.8% all XU is tried
by increasing it successively each time by 10 mm. The concrete capacity
both for axial force and moment is worked out. It is indicated by the vari-
able PC and EMUC. Two situations emerge, one, when the neutral axis
lies within the section (XU <= D) and the other, when neutral axis goes
outside (XU > D) the section. The former involves computation of concrete
capacity and the steel capacity both for axial and flexural forces on the
pattern discussed earlier for beam design in the STEEL.FOR Program. The
latter case of XU > D is illustrated in Fig. 3.7. Line 240 covers the XU > D
case and Line 230 covers the case XU <= D. The value of g in Fig. 3.7 is the
difference of the stress at the highly compressed edge and the least com-
pressed edge and is equal to 0.446 fck{ 4/(7k-3)}2 where k = XU/D. The area
of concrete stress block is 0.446fck D - 4/21 gD, and moment is equal to
0.446fck D2/2 - 8/49gD2. The stress 0.446fck, is uniform in the portion of 3D/
7 measured from the most compressed edge because the strain is allowed
to be larger than 0.002; It is parabolic in the rest portion. The area of the
stress block is obtained by taking out the area due to parabolic portion in
4D/7 from the rectangular stress block over the entire depth D. The other
term for the moment can be easily worked out by taking out the moment of
the parabolic area from the rectangular area, where moment is taken with
respect to the most compressed edge. For computational convenience the
terms C1 and C2 have been used to work out the axial and flexural forces.
The final formula used for PU, the factored axial force, and MU, the factored
uniaxial moment, when the neutral axis is outside the section, are
PU/(fck bD)=C1 + Σ ni=1[pi/(100fck)] (fsi - fci),
MU/(fck bD2)=C1(0.5-C2)+ Σni=1[pi/(100fck)](fsi - fci)(yi/D).
The term, C1 is coefficient for area of the stress block; pi is Asi/bD
where Asi is the reinforcement cross-sectional area in the ith row; fsi is
stress in the ith row reinforcement with +ve sign to compression and -ve
sign to tension steel; fci is concrete stress at ith row reinforcement level; n
is the number of reinforcement -rows on each face as all faces have equal
number of bars; C2 is the coefficient for centroid of the concrete stress
block measured from the most compressed edge; yi is the distance of the

74
Chapter-3 Program Development

ith row bar from centroid of the section with +ve sign towards the most
compressed edge and -ve sign on the least compressed edge. Similarly,
when the neutral axis lies within the section the relevant formula are PU/(fck
bD)=C1 + Σni=1[pi/(100fck)] (fsi - fci),
MU/(fck bD2)=C1(0.5-C2)+ Σni=1[pi/(100fck)](fsi - fci)(yi/D) where C1 and C2 are
in line 230 of the subroutine G80 of the program.

The subroutine G600 is called where design capacity of the sec-


tion using the strain - stress relations is worked out. The pointer again
returns to the subroutine G80 where steel and concrete capacity, PC +
PUS, is summed together. The final section capacity is compared with
the applied forces and if required XU is again changed such that for a
given percentage of steel all locations of XU is tried until the section ca-
pacity exceeds the applied forces. The upper limit of XU is 4D. The logical
sequence of the program is self - explanatory as the steel percentage is
also increased further. In case of section capacity not matching with the
applied forces for all cases of XU and 4% steel, the concrete grade is
increased. In the worst case when improvement in the concrete grade
does not work the section -size is asked to revise.
Similarly, weaker axis moment is dealt by interchanging the width
and depth, B=DSEC, and D=BSEC and repeating the same sequence as
discussed above for the stronger axis moment case. Once the section ca-
pacity is found individually adequate against both axes flexural forces the
check is finalized by (EMUX/XMUS)α + (EMUY/YMUS)α 1, where
EMUX is applied stronger axis moment, XMUS is flexural capacity of the
section about the stronger axis, EMUY is applied weaker axis moment,
YMUS is flexural capacity of the section about the weaker axis, α is depen-
dent upon the ratio of PU/PUZ, where PUZ is the ultimate direct load capac-
ity of the section. For PU/PUZ = 0.2 to 0.8 the value of α varies from 1.0 to
2.0 which can be linearly interpolated. For PU/PUZ less than 0.2, the value
of α is 1.0, and PU/PUZ greater than 0.8, the value of α is 2.0 (IS:456, 39.6).
The subroutine G900, G930, G950, G1000, and G1100 are utilized
for combination of forces; G900 is for 1.5 (DL + Earth quake along stron-
ger axis direction), G930 is for 1.5(DL + Earth quake along weaker
axis direction), G950 is for 1.5 (DL + LL), G1000 is for 1.2(DL + LL + EQ
in stronger axis direction), and G1100 is for 1.2(DL + LL + EQ in weaker
axis direction).
*** LIMIT -STATE DESIGN OF RECTANGULAR RCC COLUMNS ***
WITH EQUALLY DISTRIBUTED REINF ON ALL THE FOUR *** FACES
CHARACTER*20 COLNAME
CHARACTER*15 COLIN
CHARACTER*15 COLOUT
WRI DTE(*,*)’WHAT IS THE NAME OF INPUT DATA FILE=’

75
Concepts in Frame Design

READ(*,5060)COLIN
WRITE(*,*)’WHAT IS THE NAME OF RESULT FILE=’
READ(*,5060)COLOUT
OPEN(3,FILE=COLIN,STATUS=’OLD’)
OPEN(4,FILE=COLOUT,STATUS=’UNKNOWN’)
5060 FORMAT(A)
N=5
READ (3,*)KC
WRITE(4,3333)
3333 FORMAT (1X,’PU’,
4X,’PUZ’,6X,’MUX’,5X,’MUXS’,5X,’MUY’,4X,
1 ‘MUYS’,4X,’
ALPHA’,4X,’CHECK’,4X,’FCK’,4X,’AST’,/,
2 1X,’(kN)’,2X,’(kN)’,3X,’(kN-M)’,3X,’(kN-
M)’,3X,’(kN-M)’,3X,
3 ‘(kN-M)’,17X,’(MPa)’,4X,’(%)’,/)
DO 733 J=1,KC
READ(3,3100)COLNAME
3100 FORMAT(2A20)
READ(3,*)FCK,FY,BSEC,DSEC,DC,XLE,YLE

ECNX=XLE*100.0/500.0+DSEC/300.0
ECNY=YLE*100.0/500.0+BSEC/300.0
IF (ECNX .LT.2.0) ECNX=2.0
IF (ECNY .LT. 2.0) ECNY=2.0

READ(3,*)L1,VL1,EL1,DM1,VM1,EM1,DL2,VL2,
DEL2,DM2,VM2,EM2
WRITE(4,3110)COLNAME
3110 FORMAT(/,2A20)
WRITE(4,8888)BSEC,DSEC
8888 FORMAT(1X,F6.2,1X,F6.2)

CALL G900(DL1,EL1,DM1,EM1,DL2,DM2,
1 PU,EMUX,EMUY,ECNX,ECNY)
CALL G80(PU,EMUX,EMUY,BSEC,DSEC,DC,FCK,FY,N,P)
CALL G930(DL1,DM1,DL2,EL2,DM2,EM2,
1 PU,EMUX,EMUY,ECNX,ECNY )
FCK=FCK
CALL G80(PU,EMUX,EMUY,BSEC,DSEC,DC,FCK,FY,N,P)
CALL G950(DL1,VL1,DM1,VM1,DL2,VL2,DM2,VM2,
1 PU,EMUX,EMUY,ECNX,ECNY)
FCK=FCK

76
Chapter-3 Program Development

CALL G80(PU,EMUX,EMUY,BSEC,DSEC,DC,FCK,FY,N,P)
CALL G1000(DL1,VL1,EL1,DM1,VM1,EM1,DL2,VL2,DM2,VM2,
1 PU,EMUX,EMUY,ECNX,ECNY)
FCK=FCK
CALL G80(PU,EMUX,EMUY,BSEC,DSEC,DC,FCK,FY,N,P)
CALL G1100(DL1,VL1,DM1,VM1,DL2,VL2,EL2,DM2,VM2,EM2,
1 PU,EMUX,EMUY,ECNX,ECNY)
FCK=FCK
CALL G80(PU,EMUX,EMUY,BSEC,DSEC,DC,FCK,FY,N,P)

733 CONTINUE
STOP
END

SUBROUTINE G80(PU,EMUX,EMUY,BSEC,DSEC,DC,FCK,FY,N,P)
PU=PU*1000.0
EMUX=EMUX*1000000.0
EMUY=EMUY*1000000.0
PLIM=.04
P=8.000001E-03
100 KOUNT=1
B=BSEC
D=DSEC
EMU=EMUX
FCKBD=FCK*B*D
140 XU=D
XINCR=0.0
160 IF (P .GT. PLIM) GOTO 480
IF (XU .GT. (4.0*D) .OR. XU .LT. DC) GOTO 465
CK=XU/D
FACT=3.0476/(7.0*CK-3.0)**2.0
IF ((XU-D) .LT. 0.0)GOTO 230
IF ((XU-D) .EQ. 0.0)GOTO 230
IF ((XU-D) .GT. 0.0) GOTO 240
230 C1=.36*CK
C2=.416*CK
GOTO 250
240 C1=.446*(1.0-FACT)
C2=(.5-.8571*FACT)/(1.0-FACT)
250 PC=C1*FCKBD
EMUC=PC*D*(.5-C2)
PUOLD=PUD

77
Concepts in Frame Design

CALL G600(N,P,DC,B,D,DR,XU,FCK,FY,PUS,EMUS)

PUD=PC+PUS
IF (PUD .GT. PU) GOTO 310
300 IF (XINCR .GE. 0.0) GOTO 310
305 PUD=PUOLD
GOTO 315
310 EMUD=EMUC +EMUS
315 IF (PUD .LT. PU .AND. EMUD .LT. EMU ) GOTO 465

320 IF (PUD.EQ.PUOLD)GOTO 380


325 TOL=ABS (PUD/PU-1.0)
330 IF (TOL .LT. 0.05) GOTO 380
335 IF (PUD .LT. PU )GOTO 360
338 IF (XINCR .GT. 0.0) GOTO 360
340 XINCR=-10.0
355 GOTO 365
360 XINCR = 10.0
365 IF (EMUD .LT. EMU .AND. PUD .LT. PU ) GOTO 465
370 XU=XU+XINCR
375 GOTO 160
380 IF (EMUD .LT. EMU ) GOTO 465
385 IF (EMUY .EQ. 0.0 ) GOTO 505
390 IF (KOUNT.EQ. 2.0) GOTO 410
400 XMUS = EMUD
405 B=DSEC
D=BSEC
EMU=EMUY
KOUNT=KOUNT+1
GOTO 140
410 YMUS=EMUD
415 PUZ=0.45 *FCKBD*(1.0-P) +0.75 *FY*P*B*D
420 PUPUZ=PU/PUZ
IF (PUPUZ .LE. 0.8 ) GOTO 435
425 ALPHA=2.0
430 GOTO 455
435 IF (PUPUZ .LE. 0.2 ) GOTO 450
440 ALPHA=1.0+(5.0/3.0) *(PUPUZ-.2)
WRITE(4,*)’PU’,PU,’PUZ’,PUZ,’PUPUZ’
,PUPUZ,’ALPHA’,ALPHA
445 GOTO 455
450 ALPHA=1.0
455 COEF=(EMUX/XMUS)**ALPHA + (EMUY/YMUS)**ALPHA
460 IF (COEF .LE. 1.01) GOTO 500

78
Chapter-3 Program Development

465 P=P+.001
470 GOTO 100
480 IF (FCK .GT. 25.0) GOTO 505
485 FCK=FCK+5.0
490 P=8.000001E-03
C WRITE(*,*)’P490',P
495 GOTO 100
500 CONTINUE
PU=(PU/1000)
PUZ=(PUZ/1000)
EMUX=(EMUX/1000000)
XMUS=(XMUS/1000000)
EMUY=(EMUY/1000000)
YMUS=(YMUS/1000000)
P=(P*100)
501 CONTINUE
WRITE(4,3343)PU, PUZ,EMUX,XMUS,EMUY,
YMUS,ALPHA, COEF, FCK,P
GOTO 510
3343 FORMAT (F6.1,2X,F6.1,2X, F6.1,2X,F6.1,2X,
F6.1, 4X,F6.1,
1 4X,F4.2 ,3X,F4.2,3X,F4.1,2X,F4.2)
GOTO 510
505 WRITE (4,*) ‘ REVISE SECTION’,XU, P, PU, PUD,

EMU, EMUD
WRITE (*,*) ‘ REVISE SECTION’,XU, P, PU, PUD,
EMU, EMUD
510 RETURN
END

SUBROUTINE G600(N,P,DC,B,D,DR,XU,FCK,FY,PUS,EMUS)
EMUS=0.0
PUS=0.0
PINT=0.5*P/N
POUT=0.25*P*(1.0+1.0/N)
DR=(D-2.0*DC)/N

DO I=1, N+1
PI=PINT
IF (I .EQ. 1 .OR. I.EQ.N+1) PI=POUT
DI=D/2.0 - DC-DR*(I-1)
DNI=XU-0.5*D+DI
IF( (XU-D) .LT. 0.0)GOTO 635

79
Concepts in Frame Design

IF ((XU-D).EQ.0.0)GOTO 635
IF ((XU-D).GT. 0.0)GOTO 640
635 DCR=XU
EPS=ABS(.0035*DNI/DCR)
GOTO 645
640 DCR=XU-.4286*D
EPS=ABS(.002*DNI/DCR)
645 IF ((EPS-.0038) .LT. 0.0)GOTO 660
650 IF ((EPS-.0038) .EQ. 0.0)GOTO 690
655 IF ((EPS-.0038) .GT. 0.0) GOTO 690
660 IF( (EPS-.00144) .LT. 0.0) GOTO 675
665 IF ((EPS-.00144).EQ. 0.0 )GOTO 675
670 IF ((EPS-.00144).GT. 0.0 )GOTO 680
675 SIGS=200000.0*EPS
GOTO 695
680 SIGS=(-50283.0*EPS*EPS+348.23*EPS +0.403)*FY/1.15
GOTO 695
690 SIGS=FY/1.15
695 SIGC=0.446*FCK
700 IF (EPS .LT. 0.002 )SIGC=446.0*FCK*EPS*(1.0-250.0*EPS)
705 PMULT=PI*B*D*(SIGS-SIGC)
710 IF (DNI .LT. 0.0) PMULT=-PMULT
715 PUS=PUS+PMULT
EMUS=EMUS+PMULT*DI
720 ENDDO
RETURN
END

SUBROUTINE G900(DL1,EL1,DM1,EM1,DL2,DM2,
1 PU,EMUX,EMUY,ECNX,ECNY)
WRITE(4,*) ‘ 1.5(D+E in X DIR)’
PU=(DL1+DL2+EL1)*1.5
MDEX=(DM1+EM1)*1.5
MDE1=PU*ECNX/100.0
MDE2=PU*ECNY/100.0
EMUX=MDEX
IF (MDE1.GT.MDEX)EMUX=MDE1
MDEY=1.5*DM2
EMUY=MDEY
IF (MDEY.LT.MDE2)EMUY=MDE2
RETURN
END

80
Chapter-3 Program Development

SUBROUTINE G930(DL1,DM1,DL2,EL2,DM2,EM2,
1 PU,EMUX,EMUY,ECNX,ECNY)

WRITE (4,*) ‘ 1.5(D+E in Y DIR)’


PU=(DL1+DL2+EL2)*1.5
MDEX=(DM1)*1.5
MDE1=PU*ECNX/100.0
MDE2=PU*ECNY/100.0
EMUX=MDEX
IF( MDE1.GT.MDEX) EMUX=MDE1
MDEY=1.5*(DM2+EM2)
EMUY=MDEY
IF (MDEY .LT. MDE2 )EMUY=MDE2
RETURN
END

SUBROUTINE G950(DL1,VL1,DM1,VM1,DL2,VL2,DM2,VM2,
1 PU,EMUX,EMUY,ECNX,ECNY)

WRITE (4,*)’1.5(D+L)’
C WRITE (*,*)’1.5(D+L)’
PU=(DL1+VL1+DL2+VL2)*1.5
MDEX=(DM1+VM1)*1.5
MDE1=PU*ECNX/100.0
MDE2=PU*ECNY/100.0
EMUX=MDEX
IF (MDE1.GT.MDEX ) EMUX=MDE1
MDEY=1.5*(DM2+VM2)
EMUY=MDEY
IF( MDEY .LT. MDE2)EMUY=MDE2
RETURN
END

SUBROUTINE G1000(DL1,VL1,EL1,DM1,VM1,EM1,DL2,
1 VL2,DM2,VM2,
1 PU,EMUX,EMUY,ECNX,ECNY)

WRITE(4,*)’1.2(D+L+E in X DIR)’
PU=(DL1+DL2+VL1+VL2+EL1)*1.2
MDEX=(DM1+VM1+EM1)*1.2
MDE1=PU*ECNX/100.0
MDE2=PU*ECNY/100.0
EMUX=MDEX
IF (MDE1.GT.MDEX )EMUX=MDE1

81
Concepts in Frame Design

MDEY=1.2*(DM2+VM2)
EMUY=MDEY
IF (MDEY .LT. MDE2) EMUY=MDE2
RETURN
END

SUBROUTINE G1100(DL1,VL1,DM1,VM1,DL2,VL2,EL2,DM2,VM2,
1 EM2, PU,EMUX,EMUY,ECNX,ECNY)
WRITE (4,*) ‘1.2(D+L+E in Y DIR)’
PU=(DL1+DL2+VL1+VL2+EL2)*1.2
MDEX=(DM1+VM1)*1.2
MDE1=PU*ECNX/100.0
MDE2=PU*ECNY/100.0
EMUX=MDEX
IF( MDE1.GT.MDEX) EMUX=MDE1
MDEY=1.2*(DM2+VM2+EM2)
EMUY=MDEY
IF (MDEY .LT. MDE2) EMUY=MDE2
RETURN
END

3.8 The Program bi_COLD.FOR


The program in section 3.7 is tailored with the frame analysis. The same
program is given here below for simple case of a single column subjected
to direct load and biaxial moment.

C PROGRAM FOR BIAXIAL COLUMN DESIGN


REAL MU,MUC,MUS,MUX,MUX1,MUY,MUY1,MUD
WRITE(*,*)’FCK,FY,B,D,DC,PUD,MUX,MUY’
READ(*,*)FCK,FY,B,D,DC,PUD,MUX,MUY
PUD=PUD*1000
MUX=MUX*1000000
MUY=MUY*1000000
N=5
P=0.1
20 NAX=0
90 NAX=NAX+1
BEF=B
DEF=D
MUD=MUX
XU=1.0
IF(NAX.EQ.2)GOTO 30
GOTO 41
30 BEF=D

82
Chapter-3 Program Development

DEF=B
MUD=MUY
XU=1.0
41 CALL (N,FCK,FY,BEF,DEF,DC,P,XU,MUC,MUS,PUS,PUC,MU,PU)
IF(PU.GT.PUD)GOTO 50
XU=XU+5.0
IF(XU.GT.4.0*DEF)GOTO 10
GOTO 41
10 P=P+0.1
XU=1.0
GOTO 41
50 IF(NAX.EQ.1)GOTO 60
MUY1=MU
GOTO 70
60 MUX1=MU
70 IF (NAX.EQ.2)GOTO 80
GOTO 90
80 ASC=P*B*D/100.
PUZ=0.45*FCK*(B*D-ASC)+0.75*FY*ASC
IF(PU/PUZ.LE..2)GOTO 100
IF(PU/PUZ.GE..8)GOTO 110
ALPHA=1.0+1./0.6*(PU/PUZ-0.2)
GOTO 120
100 ALPHA=1.0
GOTO 120
110 ALPHA=2.0
120 FACT=(MUX/MUX1)**ALPHA+(MUY/MUY1)**ALPHA
IF (FACT.LE.1.00)GOTO 150
P=P+0.1
GOTO 20
150 PU=PU/1000
MUX1=MUX1/1000000
MUY1=MUY1/1000000
WRITE(*,200)
200 FORMAT(3X,’PU’,11X,’MUX1',8X,’MUY1',5X,’ALPHA’,4X,’FACT’,8X,’P’)
WRITE(*,210)PU,MUX1,MUY1,ALPHA,FACT,P
210 FORMAT(1X,F7.2,5X,F7.2,5X,F7.2,5X,F4.2,5X,F4.2,5X,F5.2)
STOP
END

C COLUMN CAPACITY PROGRAM

SUBROUTINE
COLCAP( N,FCK,FY,B,D,DC,P,XU,MUC,MUS,PUS,PUC,MU,PU)

83
Concepts in Frame Design

REAL MU,MUC,MUS
DL=(D-2.*DC)/N
ASC=P*B*D/100.
IF(XU.GT.D)GOTO 10
PUC=0.36*FCK*B*XU
MUC=PUC*(D/2.-0.416*XU)
GOTO 30
10 G=(4.*D/(7.*XU-3.*D))**2*0.446*FCK
PUC=B*D*(0.446*FCK-4./21.*G)
MUC=4./21.*G*B*D*(D/2.-D/7.)
30 PUS=0.0
MUS=0.0
DO 55 I=1,N+1
CI=DC+DL*(I-1)
DI=XU-D+CI
Y=CI-0.5*D
IF(I.EQ.1.OR.I.EQ.N+1)GOTO 20
ASI=0.5*ASC/N
GOTO 40
20 ASI=(N+1)*ASC/4./N
40 IF(XU.GT.D)GOTO 50
EPS=0.0035*DI/XU
GOTO 60
50 EPS=0.002*DI/(XU-3.*D/7.)
60 CALL STRESS(FCK,FY,EPS,FCI,FSI)

PSI=ASI*(FSI-FCI)
PUS=PUS+PSI
MUS=MUS+PSI*Y
55 CONTINUE
PU=PUC+PUS
MU=MUC+MUS
RETURN
END

C STRESS CALCULATION FOR A GIVEN STRAIN


SUBROUTINE STRESS(FCK,FY,EPS,SIGC,SIGS)
C CONCRETE STRESS CALCULATION
KOUNT=0
IF(EPS.LT.0)KOUNT=1
IF(KOUNT.EQ.1)GOTO 1
GOTO 2
1 EPS=-EPS
SIGC=0.0

84
Chapter-3 Program Development

GOTO 95
2 IF(EPS.LT.0.002)GOTO 10
SIGC=0.446*FCK
GOTO 95
10 SIGC=0.446*FCK*(1.E+03*EPS-0.25E+06*EPS*EPS)
C CALCULATION OF STRESS IN STEEL

C SUBROUTINE STLSTR(FY,EPS,SIGS)
95 FYD=FY/1.15
IF(EPS.GT.0.00144)GOTO 20
SIGS=2.0E+05*EPS
GOTO 100
20 IF(EPS.GT.0.00163)GOTO 30
SIGS=0.80*FYD+(EPS-0.00144)/0.00019*18.0
GOTO 100
30 IF(EPS.GT.0.00192)GOTO 40
SIGS=0.85*FYD+(EPS-0.00163)*18.1/0.00029
GOTO 100
40 IF(EPS.GT.0.00241)GOTO 50
SIGS=0.90*FYD+(EPS-0.00192)*18.0/0.00049
GOTO 100
50 IF(EPS.GT.0.00276)GOTO 60
SIGS=0.95*FYD+(EPS-0.00241)*9.10/0.00035
GOTO 100
60 IF(EPS.GT.0.00380)GOTO 70
SIGS=0.975* FYD+(EPS-0.00276)*8.97/0.00104
GOTO 100
70 SIGS=FYD
100 IF(KOUNT.EQ.1)GOTO 110
GOTO 120
110 SIGS=-SIGS
EPS=-EPS
120 RETURN
END

85
Concepts in Frame Design

3.9 Flow Chart : Sequential program runs

START

FSTEEL.FOR
Input data: Joint coordinates,
member properties
DL, LL, Dummy Earthquake forces

If first run
No
yes

EQL.FOR Frame wise column loads


compiled from FSTEEL.FOR
run

EREAD.FOR From two intersecting frames


column vertical loads are
compiled
EQ.FOR Earthquake loads floor-wise
computed from column loads
of EREAD.FOR
Input earthquake yes
from EQ.FOR If first run
to FSTEEL.FOR

No
STEEL.FOR Beam reinf computed

CREAD.FOR Column loads and


moments compiled

COLD.FOR Column reinf computed

END

86
Chapter-4 Example Problem

CHAPTER 4

EXAMPLE PROBLEM AND FRAME DATA

4. 0 INTRODUCTION:
The example problem is of a four storeyed residential building. The mumty
(upper part of stair hall) goes above the fourth storey. This chapter deals
with the frame idealizations, fixing the loading parameters, working out the
DL and LL over the members of all the 8 frames. The structure data including
the joint numbering with their coordinates, member numbering and member
sizes are input for each frame separately. The input data is prepared in the
sequence of the subroutine sdata2 of the section 3.1 of chapter 3; load
data is also prepared in accordance with the order of input in subroutine
ldata2. Out of 4 loading systems the input data is for the cases DL and LL.
The earthquake data is initially dummy in nature and the actual forces

Fi.g. 4.1: TYPICAL FLOOR PLAN

87
Concepts in Frame Design

Fig. 4.2: BEAM FRAMING PLAN

are input after the exercise made as discussed in chapter 5.

Based on the architectural typical floor plan (Fig. 4.1) structural framing
(Fig. 4.2) is prepared. Both the accompanying figures demonstrate the
necessary details. There are four grids in each orthogonal direction of the
plan. Horizontal grids have numeric identification and they are grid 1, 2, and
3. The vertical grids have alphabetical symbols and they are called grid A,
B, C, and D. The distance between the grids has been calculated from
centre of the beams taking beam width as 250 mm. There are total 12
columns and they are identified by the grid intersection; columns are A1,
B1, C1, D1, A2, B2, C2, D2, A3, B3, C3, D3. Each column has been
assigned separate number in the plan. A look to Fig. 4.1 demonstrates

88
Chapter-4 Example Problem

column. A1 is marked 1, column. A2 is marked 2, column. A3 is marked 3


and so on. The frame on axis 1 is split into two parts; axis 1(A-C), and
axis 1(C-D). The elevation of the frames with their joints, members are
given in the succeeding sections. All the frames have structural axes fixed
such that the origin falls on the extreme lower left hand corner. The framing
plan (Fig. 4.2) also shows the slab load distribution patterns in the shape
of trapezoids and triangles. They are indicative and not-to-scale.
4.1 LOADING PARAMETERS

A. INTERMEDIATE FLOOR :-
DEAD LOAD :
1. 110 mm thk slab = o.11 × 25 = 2.75 kN/m2

2. 65 mm thk floor = 0.065 × 25 = 1.625 kN/m2


3. Total = 4.375 kN/m2 , say, 4.5 kN/m2
LIVE LOAD : (Residential) = 2.00 kN/m2
Balcony = 3.00 kN/m2
IS:875 mentions about live load reduction for columns and beams
separately. This has been ignored in the example problem which
deals with a low - rise building of only 4 storeys. Academically, such
considerations may however be made if so required. This has further
been discussed in chap. 6, for column and beam designs.

B. TERRACE FLOOR :-
DEAD LOAD :
1. 110 mm thk slab = 0.11 × 25 = 2.75 kN/m2
2. 125 mm thk Lime terracing / water proofing
= 0.125 × 22 = 2.75 kN/m2
3. 65 mm thk flooring (optional) = 1.625 kN/m2
4. Total = 7.125 i.e. 7.2 kN/m2

89
Concepts in Frame Design

LIVE LOAD : (Residential) = 1.50 kN/m2

C. BRICK WORK :
The size of beams may correspond to wall thickness. The brick
size governs the wall thickness. At some places 230 mm brick walls
are prevalent. In such cases the beams may be sized accordingly
to maintain aesthetics keeping beams and walls flushed to each
other.
250 mm thk = 0.25 × (3.05-0.5) × 20 = 12.75 kN/m
(0.5 m is beam depth, 3.05 m is stroey height)
125 mm thk = 0.125 × 2.55 × 20 = 6.375 kN/m
Self weight of beam = 0.25 × 0.50 × 25 = 3.125 kN/m
125 mm railing / parapet = 0.125 × 1.2 × 20 = 3.0 kN/m
125 mm for Mumty = 0.125 × 2 × 20 = 5.0 kN/m
(load / m including beam wt = 5 + 3.125 = 8.125 kN/m)

D. STAIR :
Riser = 150 mm, Tread = 275 mm
DEAD LOAD :
1. 150 mm thk waist slab
= 0.15 × 25 = 3.75 kN/m2 × 2.92/2.5 = 4.38 kN/m2
( Inclined length of the stair is 2.92 m)
2. steps = 1/2 × 0.275 × 015 × 25/0.275 = 1.875 kN/m2
3. Finishes (45 mm) = 0.05 × 22 = 0.99 kN/m2
4. Total = 7.25 kN/m2

LIVE LOAD (RESIDENTIAL) = 3.00 kN/m2

E. WATER TANK OVER STAIR :


DEAD LOAD :

1. 125 mm thk base slab


= 0.125 × 25 = 3.125 kN/m2
2. 100 mm thk cover slab
= 0.100 × 25 = 2.500 kN/m2
3. weight of 1.5 m high water
= 1.50 × 10.0 = 15.0 kN/m2
4.Total = 20.625 kN/m2

F. 125 mm thk RCC wall


= 0.125 × 2.0 × 25 = 6.25 kN/m2
G. Filling in toilets 450 mm
= 0.45 × 10 = 4.50 kN/m2

90
Chapter-4 Example Problem

The member load on all the frames have been prepared using the loading
pattern shown in Fig. 4.3.

Note: Type 1 is for point load, Type 2 for a couple, Type 3 for uniformly
distributed load, Type 4 / 5 triangular load, Type 6 for a trapezoidal load.
a , b and h have units of length. UDL has load w / unit length.

4.2 FRAME ON AXIS 1 (C-D)


Member No. 5/6/7 (Intermediate floors) (Fig. 4.4)
1. Bed Room side slab - (LL = 2 kN/sqm)

Trapz. Area = (4.4 + 1.1)/2 × 3.3/2 = 4.54 sqm


DL = 4.54 × 4.5 = 20.4 kN
LL = 4.54 × 2.0 = 9.08 kN
Computer load data :
ltype 6 (load type - trapezoidal load)
Dead load case Live load case
w= 20.4 9.08
a= 0.0 0.0
b= 4.4 4.4
h= 1.65 1.65

2. Balcony side slab - (LL = 3 kN/sqm)

Trapz. Area = (1.688 + 0.133)/2 × 1.555/2 = 0.71 sqm


DL = 0.71 × 4.5 = 3.2 kN
LL = 0.71 × 3.0 = 2.13 kN

Computer load data :


ltype 6 (trapezoidal load)
Dead load case Live load case
w= 3.2 2.13
a= 0.0 0.0
b= 1.69 1.69
h= 0.78 0.78
3. Ward Robe Slab as UDL
DL = 0.715 × 4.5 = 3.22 kN/m
LL = 0.715 x 2.0 = 1.43 kN/M
add for wardrobe brick wall :
length = 2.05 + 2 × 0.715 = 3.48 m
total wt of wall = 3.48 × 0.125 × (3.05 –0.11) × 20 = 26.54 kN
load/m = 26.54/2.175 = 12.2 kN/m

91
Concepts in Frame Design

Total DL = 3.22 + 12.2 = 15.42 kN/m


Computer load data :
ltype 3 (UDL)
Dead load case Live load case
W= 15.42 1.43
a= 2.225 2.225
b= 2.175 2.175
h= 0.0 0.0
4. Point load / concentrated load (caused by Bean – 1)
Balcony Slab triang. Area = (1.555 × 1.555) /4 = 0.6 sqm
DL :
due to slab = 0.6 × 4.5/2 = 1.35 kN
Railing & self wt. of beam = (3.0 + 3.125) × 1.555/2 = 4.76 kN
Total = 6.11 kN
LL :
Due to slab = 0.6 × 3.0/2 = 0.9 kN

Computer load data :


ltype 1 (concentrated load )
Dead load case Live load case
w= 6.11 0.9
a= 1.688 1.688
b= 2.712 2.712
h= 0.0 0.0
5. Brick work & self wt. of beam = 9.5 kN/m
Computer load data :
ltype 3 (UDL)
Dead load case
w= 9.5
a= 0.0
b = 2.225 (4.4 – 2.175 = 2.225), h = 0
COMPUTER LOAD DATA : ( all load compiled memberwise)
DEAD LOAD CASE :
Member number 5
Number of loads 5
Abstract of load data (compare data file)
5 5
6 20.4 0.0 4.4 1.65
6 3.2 0.0 1.69 0.78
3 15.42 2.225 2.175 0.0
1 6.11 1.688 2.712 0.0
3 9.5 0.0 2.225 0.0

92
Chapter-4 Example Problem

LIVE LOAD CASE :


Member number 5
Number of loads 4
Abstract of loads data (compare data file)
5 4
6 9.08 0.0 4.4 1.65
6 2.13 0.0 1.69 0.78
3 1.43 2.025 2.175 0.0
1 0.9 1.688 2.712 0.0
Member No. 8 (Terrace level) – (Fig. 4.4)
1. Bed Room side slab – (LL = 1.5 kN/sqm)
DL = 4.54 sqm × 7.2 kN/sqm = 32.69 kN
LL = 4.54 sqm × 1.5 kN/sqm = 6.81 kN
Computer load data :
ltype 6 (trapezoidal load)
Dead load case Live load case
w= 32.69 6.81
a= 0.0 0.0
b= 4.4 4.4
h= 1.65 1.65
2. Balcony side slab –
DL = 0.71 sqm × 7.2 kN/sqm = 5.112 kN
LL = 0.71 sqm × 1.5 kN/sqm = 1.065 kN

Computer load data :


ltype 6 (trapezoidal load)
Dead load case Live load case
w= 5.112 1.065
a= 0.0 0.0
b= 1.69 1.69
h= 0.78 0.78
3. Ward Robe Slab
DL = 0.715 × 7.2 = 5.15 kN/m
LL = 0.715 × 1.5 = 1.08 kN/m
Add for parapet : length = 3.48 m, height = 1m
parapet wt / m = 1.0 × 0.125 × 1.0 × 20
= 2.5 kN/m × 3.48/2.175 (ref. Int. floors)
= 4.0 kN/m
total DL ud1 = 5.15 + 4.0 = 9.15 kN/m

Computer load data :


ltype 3 (UDL)
Dead load case Live load case

93
Concepts in Frame Design

w= 9.15 1.08
a= 2.225 2.225
b= 2.175 2.175
h= 0.0 0.0
4. Point Load (Caused by Beam - 1)
DL :
Due to slab = 0.6 × 7.2/2 = 2.16 kN
parapet & Self wt. of beam = (3.0 kN/m + 3.125 kN/m) × 1.555/2
= 4.76 kN
Total DL = 2.16 + 4.76 = 6.92 kN
LL :
Due to slab = (0.6 sqm × 1.5 kN/sqm) /2 = 0.45 kN

Computer load data :


ltype 1 (concentrated load)
Dead load case Live load case
w= 6.92 0.45
a= 1.688 1.688
b= 2.712 2.712
h= 0.0 0.05.

5. Brick work in parapet & self wt. of beam = 3.0 + 3.125


= 6.125 kN/m, say 6.2 kN/m
Computer load data :
ltype 3 (UDL)
Dead load case
w= 6.2
a= 0.0
b= 2.225
h= 0.0

COMPUTER LOAD DATA :

DEAD LOAD CASE :


Member number 8
Number of loads 5
Abstract of load data (compare data file)
8 5
6 32.69 0.0 4.4 1.65
6 5.112 0.0 1.69 0.78
3 9.15 2.225 2.175 0.0
1 6.92 1.688 2.712 0.0
3 6.2 0.0 2.225 0.0

94
Chapter-4 Example Problem

LIVE LOAD CASE :


Member number 8
Number of loads 4
Abstract of load data (compare data file)
8 4
6 6.81 0.0 4.4 1.65
6 1.07 0.0 1.69 0.78
3 1.08 2.225 2.175 0.0
1 0.45 1.688 2.712 0.0

FILE 1CD.DAT
COMPUTER EXAMPLE FRAME AXIS 1 (C - D)
4
8 9 7 5 0.22E8 15.0 415.0 30.0 0.25
* JOINT CO-ORDINATE
1 4.4 0.0
2 0.0 3.05
3 4.4 3.05
4 0.0 6.1
5 4.4 6.1
6 0.0 9.15
7 4.4 9.15
8 0.0 12.2
9 4.4 12.2
*MEMBER INCID AND PROPERT
1 1 3 0.50 0.25 10
2 3 5 0.50 0.25 10
3 5 7 0.50 0.25 10
4 7 9 0.50 0.25 10
5 2 3 0.25 0.50 0
6 4 5 0.25 0.50 0
7 6 7 0.25 0.50 0
8 8 9 0.25 0.50 0
*SUPPORT
1 1 1 1 (FIXED JOINT)
2 0 1 0 (ROLLER JOINT)
4 0 1 0
6 0 1 0
8 0 1 0
* LOAD 1 (EQ L-R CASE)
4 0
3 0.92 0 0

95
Concepts in Frame Design

5 2.44 0 0
7 4.97 0 0
9 6.26 0 0
* LOAD 2 (EQ R-L CASE)
4 0
3 -0.92 0 0
5 -2.44 0 0
7 -4.97 0 0
9 -6.26 0 0
* LOAD 3 (DL CASE)
0 4
5 5
6 20.4 0.0 4.4 1.65
6 3.2 0.0 1.69 0.78
3 15.42 2.225 2.175 0.0
1 6.11 1.688 2.712 0.0
3 9.5 0.0 2.225 0.0
6 5
6 20.4 0.0 4.4 1.65
6 3.2 0.0 1.69 0.78
3 15.42 2.225 2.175 0.0
1 6.11 1.688 2.712 0.0
3 9.5 0.0 2.225 0.0
7 5
6 20.4 0.0 4.4 1.65
6 3.2 0.0 1.69 0.78
3 15.42 2.225 2.175 0.0
1 6.11 1.688 2.712 0.0
3 9.5 0.0 2.225 0.0
8 5
6 32.69 0.0 4.4 1.65
6 5.112 0.0 1.69 0.78
3 9.15 2.225 2.175 0.0
1 6.92 1.688 2.712 0.0
3 6.2 0.0 2.225 0.0
* LOAD 4 (LL CASE)
0 4
5 4
6 9.08 0.0 4.4 1.65
6 2.13 0.0 1.69 0.78
Fig. 4.4: F r a me o n AXI S - 1 ( C - D )
3 1.43 2.225 2.175 0.0
1 0.9 1.688 2.712 0.0
6 4

96
Chapter-4 Example Problem

6 9.08 0.0 4.4 1.65


6 2.13 0.0 1.69 0.78
3 1.43 2.225 2.175 0.0
1 0.9 1.688 2.712 0.0
7 4
6 9.08 0.0 4.4 1.65
6 2.13 0.0 1.69 0.78
3 1.43 2.225 2.175 0.0
1 0.9 1.688 2.712 0.0
8 4
6 6.81 0.0 4.4 1.65
6 1.07 0.0 1.69 0.78
3 1.08 2.225 2.175 0.0
1 0.45 1.688 2.712 0.0

4.3 FRAME ON AXIS 1 (A-C) (Fig. 4.5)

Member 19/22/25 (Intermediate floors)


1. Stair load (load type 3, a = 0, b = 2.4, h = 0)
DL = 16.35 kN, LL = 7.28 kN (ref. Axis - 2 frame)
2. Bk work + Beam self wt (load type 3, a = 0, b = 2.4, h = 0)
DL = 9.5 kN/m
Member 28:
1. Same as Member 25, DL = 16.35 kN/m
LL = 7.28 kN (load type 3, a=0, b=2.4, h=0)

2. BK work = 9.5 + 4.85 kN/m (additional due to 2.5 extra ht.)


DL, total = 14.35 kN/m
(load type 3, a = 0, b = 2.4, h = 0)

Member 31 (Mumty top)


1. RCC wall of Water tank + beam self wt
load type 3, a = 0, b = 2.4, h = 1.2
DL = 9.375 kN/m
2. Water tank (ref. Axis - 2 frame)
load type 4, DL = 15 kN, LL = 1.07 kN
3. load type 5, DL = 15 kN, LL = 1.07 kN

Member 20/23/26 (Intermediate floors)


1. Glazing load (taking equivalent to 125 mm Brick work)
load type 3, DL = 9.5 kN/m, a = 0, b = 3.5, h = 0
2. Drg Room : (ref. Axis - 2 frame)

97
Concepts in Frame Design

load type 4, DL = 6.89 kN, LL = 3.06 kN


a = 0, b = 1.75, h = 1.75
3. load type 5, DL = 6.89 kN, LL = 3.06 kN
a = 1.75, b = 1.75, h = 1.75

Member 29 (Terrace level)


1. Parapet including beam self wt. :
load type 3, DL = 6.125 kN/m. a = 0, b = 3.5, h = 0
2. Drg Room : (ref, Axis - 2 frame)
load type 4, DL = 11.02 kN, LL = 2.23 kN, a=0, b=1.75, h=1.75
3. load type 5, DL = 11.02 kN, LL = 2.23 kN, a=1.75,b=1.75,h=1.75

Member 21/24/27 (Intermediate floors)


1. Railing + beam self wt. DL = 6.125 kN/m
load type 3, a = 0, b = 1.69, h = 0
load type 3, a = 0, b = 1.69, h = 0
2. Balcony slab (ref. Axis - 1 C - D, frame) :
DL = 3.2 kN, LL = 2.13 kN
load type 6, a=0, b=1.69, h=0.78
3. Point load (caused by Beam - 1) :
DL =6.11 kN, LL = 0.9 kN
load type 1, a = 1.68, b = 0.0, h = 0

Member 30 (Terrace level)


1. Parapet + beam self wt. DL = 6.125 kN/m
load type 3, a = 0, b = 1.69, h = 0
2. Balcony (ref. Axis - 1 C - D frame)
DL = 5.112 kN, LL = 1.065 kN
load type 6, a = 0, b = 1.69, h = 0.78
3. Point load (caused by Beam - 1) :
DL = 6.92 kN, = 0.45 kN
a = 1.68, b = 0.0, h = 0

FILE 1AC.DAT
COMPUTER EXAMPLE FRAME AXIS 1 (A - C)
*UNIT METER KNS
* NO OF LOAD CASES: DATA INPUT SEPARATELY : EQ (LEFT
TO RIGHT), EQ (RT TO LEFT), DL, LL
4
* COMMON PARAMETERS IN THE FOLLOWING SEQUENCE

98
Chapter-4 Example Problem

* NO OF JOINTS, NO OF MEMBERS, TOTAL FOUNDATION RE-


STRAINTS, TOTAL FOUNDATION JOINTS,
* E OF CONC (Mpa), CONC GRADE (Mpa), STEEL YIELD
STRENGTH (Mpa),
* CLEAR COVER TO REINF (MM), FRACTION OF LIVE LOAD
TAKEN FOR EARTH QUAKE FORCES
31 25 9 3 0.22E8 15.0 415.0 30.0 0.25
*JOINT COORDINATES (JOINT NO, X, Y)
1 0.0 0.0
2 2.4 0.0
3 5.9 0.0
4 0.0 1.53
5 2.4 1.53
6 2.4 3.05
7 5.9 3.05
8 7.59 3.05
9 0.0 4.58
10 2.4 4.58
11 2.4 6.1
12 5.9 6.1
13 7.59 6.1
14 0.0 7.63
15 2.4 7.63
16 2.4 9.15
17 5.9 9.15
18 7.59 9.15
19 0.0 10.68
20 2.4 10.68
21 2.4 12.2
22 5.9 12.2
23 7.59 12.2
24 0.0 14.7
25 2.4 14.7
*MEMBER CONNECTIVITY (memb no, joints), MEMBER SIZE
(b, D), COL MARK
1 1 4 0.50 0.25 1
2 4 9 0.50 0.25 1
3 9 14 0.50 0.25 1
4 14 19 0.50 0.25 1
5 19 24 0.50 0.25 1
6 2 5 0.50 0.25 4
7 5 6 0.50 0.25 4

99
Concepts in Frame Design

8 6 10 0.50 0.25 4
9 10 11 0.50 0.25 4
10 11 15 0.50 0.25 4
11 15 16 0.50 0.25 4
12 16 20 0.50 0.25 4
13 20 21 0.50 0.25 4
14 21 25 0.50 0.25 4
15 3 7 0.50 0.25 7
16 7 12 0.50 0.25 7
17 12 17 0.50 0.25 7
18 17 22 0.50 0.25 7
19 4 5 0.25 0.50 0
20 6 7 0.25 0.50 0
21 7 8 0.25 0.50 0
22 9 10 0.25 0.50 0
23 11 12 0.25 0.50 0
24 12 13 0.25 0.50 0
25 14 15 0.25 0.50 0
26 16 17 0.25 0.50 0
27 17 18 0.25 0.50 0
28 19 20 0.25 0.50 0
29 21 22 0.25 0.50 0
30 22 23 0.25 0.50 0
31 24 25 0.25 0.50 0
*SUPPORT (joint no, restraint 1, free 0)
* For FIXED support FX, FY, MZ are restrained hence,
input 1 for all 3 restraints)
1 1 1 1
2 1 1 1
3 1 1 1
* LOAD 1 (earth quake left to right)
9 0 (No. of loaded joints, NO. of loaded members
* joint, FX, FY, MZ
4 1.97 0 0
6 4.74 0 0
9 2.61 0 0
11 8.04 0 0
14 3.67 0 0
16 13.26 0 0
19 4.46 0 0
21 20.48 0 0
24 21.36 0 0
* LOAD 2 (earthquake right to left)

100
Chapter-4 Example Problem

9 0 (no. of loaded joints and loaded members)


* joint, FX, FY, MZ
5 -1.97 0 0
7 -4.74 0 0
10 -2.61 0 0
12 -8.04 0 0
15 -3.67 0 0
17 -13.26 0 0
20 -4.46 0 0
22 -20.48 0 0
25 -21.36 0 0
* LOAD 3 (DL CASE), No. of loaded joints, NO. of
loaded members
0 13
* MEMBER NO, No. of LOAD TYPEs
19 2
* load type, W, a, b, h (ref. Figure .4.3)
3 16.35 0.0 2.4 0.0
3 9.5 0.0 2.4 0.0
20 3
3 9.5 0.0 3.5 0.0
4 6.89 0.0 1.75 1.75
5 6.89 1.75 1.75 1.75
21 3
3 6.125 0.0 1.69 0.0
6 3.2 0.0 1.69 0.78
1 6.11 1.69 0.0 0.0
22 2
3 16.35 0.0 2.4 0.0
3 9.5 0.0 2.4 0.0
23 3
3 9.5 0.0 3.5 0.0
4 6.89 0.0 1.75 1.75
5 6.89 1.75 1.75 1.75
24 3
3 6.125 0.0 1.69 0.0
6 3.2 0.0 1.69 0.78
1 6.11 1.69 0.0 0.0
25 2
3 16.35 0.0 2.4 0.0
3 9.5 0.0 2.4 0.0
26 3
3 9.5 0.0 3.5 0.0
4 6.89 0.0 1.75 1.75

101
Concepts in Frame Design

5 6.89 1.75 1.75 1.75


27 3
3 6.125 0.0 1.69 0.0
6 3.2 0.0 1.69 0.78
1 6.11 1.69 0.0 0.0
28 2
3 16.35 0.0 2.4 0.0
3 14.35 0.0 2.4 0.0
29 3
3 6.125 0.0 3.5 0.0
4 11.02 0.0 1.75 1.75
5 11.02 1.75 1.75 1.75
30 3
3 6.125 0.0 1.69 0.0
6 5.112 0.0 1.69 0.78
1 6.92 1.69 0.0 0.0
31 3
3 9.375 0.0 2.4 0.0
4 15.0 0.0 1.2 1.2
5 15.0 1.2 1.2 1.2
* LOAD 4 (LL CASE), No. of loaded joints, NO. of
loaded members
0 13
* MEMBER NO, No. of LOAD TYPEs
19 1
* load type, W, a, b, h (ref. Figure 4.3)
3 7.8 0.0 2.4 0.0
20 2
4 3.06 0.0 1.75 1.755 3.06 1.75 1.75 1.75
21 2
6 2.13 0.0 1.69 0.78
1 0.9 1.69 0.0 0.0
22 1
3 7.28 0.0 2.4 0.0
23 2
4 3.06 0.0 1.75 1.75
5 3.06 1.75 1.75 1.75
24 2
6 2.13 0.0 1.69 0.78
1 0.9 1.69 0.0 0.0
25 1
3 7.28 0.0 2.4 0.0
26 2

102
Chapter-4 Example Problem

4 3.06 0.0 1.75 1.75


5 3.06 1.75 1.75 1.75
27 2
6 2.13 0.0 1.69 0.78
1 0.9 1.69 0.0 0.0
28 1
3 7.28 0.0 2.4 0.0
29 2
4 2.23 0.0 1.75 1.75
5 2.23 1.75 1.75 1.75
30 2
6 1.065 0.0 1.69 0.78
1 0.45 1.69 0.0 0.0
31 2
4 1.07 0.0 1.2 1.2
5 1.07 1.2 1.2 1.2

4.4 FRAME ON AXIS 2 (Fig. 4.6)


Member 19/22/25/28 (Intermediate floors) –
1. Load from flight of stair (load type 3, UDL) –
DL = slab + finishes = 3.75 + 1.625 = 5.4 kN / sqm
landing portion: = (4.855-2.5)/2 x 5.4 = 6.35 kN/m
inclined flight = 2.5/2 x (7.25 + railing 0.75) = 10.0 kN/m
Total DL = 16.35 kN/m
LL = 4.855 × 3.0 /2 = 7.28 kN/m
(a = 0.0, b = 2.4 m, h = 0.0)
2. Brick work & beam - self wt. (load type 3, UDL)
= 6.375 + 3.125 = 9.50 kN/m
(a = 0.0, b = 2.4 m, h = 0.0)
3. Verandah (load type 6, trapezoidal) –
Trapz, Area = 1/2 × (2.4 × 1.91 - 2 × 1.912 / 4) = 1.4 sqm
DL = 1.4 sqm × 4.5 kN/sqm = 6.3 kN
LL = 1.4 sqm × 2.0 kNsqm = 2.8 kN
(a = 0.0, b = 2.4 m, h = 0.955 m)

Member 31– (Terrace)


1. Water Tank – Triangular area = 1/2 × (2.42/4) = 0.71 sqm
Load type 4 (a = 0.0, b = 1.2 m, h = 1.2 m) –
DL = 0.71 sqm × 21 kN/sqm = 15.0 kN
LL = 0.71 sqm × 1.5 kN/sqm = 1.07 kN

2. Load type 5 (a = 1.2m, b = 1.2 m, h = 1.2 m) –


DL = 0.71 sqm × 21 kN/sqm = 15.0 kN

103
Concepts in Frame Design

LL = 0.71 sqm × 1.5 kN/sqm = 1.07 kN

3. RCC wall & self wt. of beam (load type 3, UDL)


= 6.25 + 3.125 = 9.375 kN/m
(a = 0.0, b = 2.4 m, h = 0.0)

Member 20/23/26 (Intermediate floor) –


1. Drg. room – Triangular area = 1/2 × (3.52/4) = 1.53 sqm
Load type 4 (a = 0.0, b = 1.75 m, h = 1.75 m) –
DL = 1.53 sqm × 4.5 kN/sqm = 6.89 kN
LL = 1.53 sqm × 2.0 kN/sqm 3.06 kN
2. Load type 5 (a = 1.75 m, b = 1.75 m, h = 1.75 m) –
DL = 1.53 sqm × 4.5 kN/sqm = 6.89 kN
LL = 1.53 sqm × 2.0 kN/sqm = 3.06 kN
3. Dining (load type 6, trepz.) –
Trpz, area = 1/2 × (3.5 × 2.95 – 2 × 2.952/4) = 2.99 sqm
DL = 2.99 × 4.5 = 13.45 kN
LL = 2.99 × 2.0 = 5.98 kN
(a = 0, b = 3.5, h = 1.475)
4. Self wt. of beam = 3.125 kN/m
(load type 3, UDL)
(a = 0, b = 3.5, h = 0)

Member 29 (Terrace) –
1. Drg. room, Load type 4 (a = 0.0, b = 1.75 m, h = 1.75 m)
DL = 1.53 sqm × 7.2 kN/sqm = 11.02 kN
LL = 1.53 sqm × 1.5 kN/sqm = 2.23 kN
2. Load type 5 (a = 1.75 m, b = 1.75 m, h = 1.75 m) –
DL = 1.53 sqm × 7.2 kN/sqm = 11.02 kN
LL = 1.53 sqm × 1.5 kN/sqm = 2.23 kN
3. Dining (load type 6, trapz.) –
DL = 2.99 sqm × 7.2 kN/sqm = 21.53 kN
LL = 2.99 sqm × 1.5 kN/sqm = 4.49 kN
(a = 0, b = 3.5, h = 1.475)

4. self weight of beam = 3.125 kN/m (a = 0.0, b = 3.5m, h = 0.0)


(load type 3, UDL)

Member 21/24/27 (Intermediate floor) –


1. Bed Room – Same as memb 5/6/7 of Axis 1 C - D
Load type 6 (a = 0.0, b = 4.4 m, h = 1.65 m)
DL = 20.4 kN, LL = 9.08 kN
2. Toilet – Area = 1/2 × (3.11 × 1.325 – 2 × 1.3252/4) = 1.6 sqm

104
Chapter-4 Example Problem

Load Type 6 (a = 1.28 m, b = 3.12 m, h = 0.662 m)


DL = 1.6 × 9.0 = 14.4 kN, (this includes filling load also)
LL = 1.6 × 2 = 3.2 kN
3. Passage– Area = 1/2 (1.292/4) = 0.21 sqm
Load type 4 (a = 0.0, b = 0.64 m, h = 0.64 m)
DL = 0.21 sqm × 4.5 kN/sqm = 0.95 kN,
LL = 0.21 sqm × 2.0 kN/sqm = 0.42 kN
4. Load Type 5 (a = 0.64 m, b = 0.64 m, h = 0.64 m)
DL = 0.95 kN, LL = 0.42 kN
5. Bk. work + Self wt. of beam = 9.5 kN/m (ltype 3, a = 0, b = 4.4m, h =
0.0)
6. Point Load (caused by Beam – 2)
(a = 1.28 m, b = 3.12 m, h = 0.0 m)
Toilet side = Triang. area = (1.325)2/4 = 0.44 sqm
DL = 0.44 sqm × 9.0 kN/sqm × 1/2 = 1.98 kN
LL = 0.44 sqm × 2.0 kN/sqm × 1/2 = 0.44 kN
Passage side = trapz.area
= 1/2 × (1.28 × 1.32 – 2 × 1.282/4) = 0.41 sqm
DL = 0.41 sqm × 4.5 kN/sqm × 1/2 = 0.92 kN
LL = 0.41 sqm × 2.0 kN/sqm × 1/2 = 0.41 kN
Bk. wk + self wt. of beam (DL) = 9.5 × 1.325/2 = 6.29 kN
Total DL = 9.19 kN, LL = 0.85 kN
Member 30 (Terrace) –
1. Bed Room – Same as memb 8 of Axis 1 C - D
Load type 6 (a = 0, b = 4.4 m, h = 1.65 m)
DL = 32.69 kN, LL = 6.81 kN

2. Toilet –
Load type 6 (a = 1.28 m, b = 3.12 m, h = 0.662 m)
DL = 1.60 sqm × 7.2 kN/sqm = 11.52 kN,
LL = 1.60 sqm × 1.5 kN/sqm = 2.4 kN

3. Passage– Area =
Load type 4 (a = 0.0, b = 0.64 m, h = 0.64 m)
DL = 0.21 sqm × 7.2 kN/sqm = 1.51 kN
LL = 0.21 sqm × 1.5 kN/sqm = 0.32 kN

4. Load Type 5 (a = 0.64 m, b = 0.64 m, h = 0.64 m)


DL = 1.51 kN, LL = 0.32 kN

5. Self wt, of beam = 3.125 kN/m


(load type 3 ud1, a = 0, b = 4.4m, h = 0.0)

105
Concepts in Frame Design

6. Point Load (caused by Beam – 2)


(a = 1.28 m, b = 3.12 m, h = 0.0 m)
Toilet side =
DL = 0.44 sqm × 7.2 kN/sqm × 1/2 = 1.58 kN
LL = 0.44 sqm × 1.5 kN/sqm × 1/2 = 0.33 kN

Passage side =
DL = 0.41 sqm × 7.2 kN/sqm × 1/2 = 1.48 kN
LL = 0.41 sqm × 1.5 kN/sqm × 1/2 = 0.31 kN
Total DL = 5.16 kN, LL = 0.67 kN

FILE 2.DAT
COMPUTER EXAMPLE FRAME AXIS 2
4
31 22 12 4 0.22E8 15.0 415.0 30.0 0.25
*JOINT COORDINATES
1 0.0 0.0
2 2.4 0.0
3 5.9 0.0
4 10.3 0.0
5 0.0 3.05
6 2.4 3.05
7 5.9 3.05
8 10.3 3.05
9 0.0 6.1
10 2.4 6.1
11 5.9 6.1
12 10.3 6.1
13 0.0 9.15
14 2.4 9.15
15 5.9 9.15
16 10.3 9.15
17 0.0 12.2
18 2.4 12.2
19 5.9 12.2
20 10.3 12.2
21 0.0 14.7
22 2.4 14.7
*MEMBER INCIDENCE AND THEIR PROPERTIES
1 1 5 0.50 0.25 2
2 5 9 0.50 0.25 2
3 9 13 0.50 0.25 2
4 13 17 0.50 0.25 2

106
Chapter-4 Example Problem

5 17 21 0.50 0.25 2
6 2 6 0.50 0.25 5
7 6 10 0.50 0.25 5
8 10 14 0.50 0.25 5
9 14 18 0.50 0.25 5
10 18 22 0.50 0.25 5
11 3 7 0.50 0.25 8
12 7 11 0.50 0.25 8
13 11 15 0.50 0.25 8
14 15 19 0.50 0.25 8
15 4 8 0.50 0.25 11
16 8 12 0.50 0.25 11
17 12 16 0.50 0.25 11
18 16 20 0.50 0.25 11
19 5 6 0.25 0.50 0
20 6 7 0.25 0.50 0
21 7 8 0.25 0.50 0
22 9 10 0.25 0.50 0
23 10 11 0.25 0.50 0
24 11 12 0.25 0.50 0
25 13 14 0.25 0.50 0
26 14 15 0.25 0.50 0
27 15 16 0.25 0.50 0
28 17 18 0.25 0.50 0
29 18 19 0.25 0.50 0
30 19 20 0.25 0.50 0
31 21 22 0.25 0.50 0
*SUPPORT
1 1 1 1
2 1 1 1
3 1 1 1
4 1 1 1
*LOAD 1 (EQ L-R)
5 0
5 3.86 0 0
9 14.68 0 0
13 32.40 0 0
17 47.86 0 0
21 20.66 0 0
*LOAD 2 (EQ R-L)
5 0
5 -3.86 0 0
9 -14.68 0 0

107
Concepts in Frame Design

13 -32.40 0 0
17 -47.86 0 0
21 -20.66 0 0
* LOAD 3 (DL CASE)
0 13
19 3
3 16.35 0.0 2.4 0.0
3 9.5 0.0 2.4 0.0
6 6.3 0.0 2.4 0.955
20 4
4 6.89 0.0 1.75 1.75
5 6.89 1.75 1.7 1.75
6 13.45 0.0 3.5 1.475
3 3.125 0.0 3.5 0.0
21 6
6 20.4 0.0 4.4 1.65
6 14.4 1.28 3.12 0.662
4 0.95 0.0 0.64 0.64
5 0.95 0.64 0.64 0.64
3 9.5 0.0 4.4 0.0
1 9.19 1.28 3.12 0.0
22 3
3 16.35 0.0 2.4 0.0
3 9.5 0.0 2.4 0.0
6 6.3 0.0 2.4 0.955
23 4
4 6.89 0.0 1.75 1.75
5 6.89 1.75 1.7 1.75
6 13.45 0.0 3.5 1.475
3 3.125 0.0 3.5 0.0
24 6
6 20.4 0.0 4.4 1.65
6 14.4 1.28 3.12 0.662
4 0.95 0.0 0.64 0.64
5 0.95 0.64 0.64 0.64 Fig. 4. 6: Fr ame on AXI S- 2
3 9.5 0.0 4.4 0.0
1 9.19 1.28 3.12 0.0
25 3
3 16.35 0.0 2.4 0.0
3 9.5 0.0 2.4 0.0
6 6.3 0.0 2.4 0.955
26 4
4 6.89 0.0 1.75 1.75

108
Chapter-4 Example Problem

5 6.89 1.75 1.7 1.75


6 13.45 0.0 3.5 1.475
3 3.125 0.0 3.5 0.0
27 6
6 20.4 0.0 4.4 1.65
6 14.4 1.28 3.12 0.662
4 0.95 0.0 0.64 0.64
5 0.95 0.64 0.64 0.64
3 9.5 0.0 4.4 0.0
1 9.19 1.28 3.12 0.0
28 3
3 16.35 0.0 2.4 0.0
3 9.5 0.0 2.4 0.0
6 6.3 0.0 2.4 0.955
29 4
4 6.89 0.0 1.75 1.75
5 6.89 1.75 1.7 1.75
6 13.45 0.0 3.5 1.475
3 3.125 0.0 3.5 0.0
30 6
6 20.4 0.0 4.4 1.65
6 14.4 1.28 3.12 0.662
4 0.95 0.0 0.64 0.64
5 0.95 0.64 0.64 0.64
3 9.5 0.0 4.4 0.0
1 9.19 1.28 3.12 0.0
31 3
4 15.0 0.0 1.2 1.2
5 15.0 1.2 1.2 1.2
3 9.375 0.0 2.4 0.0
* LOAD 4 (LL CASE)
0 13
19 2
3 7.2 0.0 2.4 0.0
6 2.8 0.0 2.4 0.955
20 3
4 3.06 0.0 1.75 1.75
5 3.06 1.75 1.7 1.75
6 5.98 0.0 3.5 1.475
21 5
6 9.08 0.0 4.4 1.65
6 3.2 1.28 3.12 0.662
4 0.42 0.0 0.64 0.64

109
Concepts in Frame Design

5 0.42 0.64 0.64 0.64


1 0.85 1.28 3.12 0.0
22 2
3 7.2 0.0 2.4 0.0
6 2.8 0.0 2.4 0.955
23 3
4 3.06 0.0 1.75 1.75
5 3.06 1.75 1.7 1.75
6 5.98 0.0 3.5 1.475
24 5
6 9.08 0.0 4.4 1.65
6 3.2 1.28 3.12 0.662
4 0.42 0.0 0.64 0.64
5 0.42 0.64 0.64 0.64
1 0.85 1.28 3.12 0.0
25 2
3 7.2 0.0 2.4 0.0
6 2.8 0.0 2.4 0.955
26 3
4 3.06 0.0 1.75 1.75
5 3.06 1.75 1.7 1.75
6 5.98 0.0 3.5 1.475
27 5
6 9.08 0.0 4.4 1.65
6 3.2 1.28 3.12 0.662
4 0.42 0.0 0.64 0.64
5 0.42 0.64 0.64 0.64
1 0.85 1.28 3.12 0.019
28 2
3 7.2 0.0 2.4 0.0
6 2.8 0.0 2.4 0.955
29 3
4 2.23 0.0 1.75 1.75
5 2.23 1.75 1.7 1.75
6 4.49 0.0 3.5 1.475
30 5
6 6.81 0.0 4.4 1.65
6 2.4 1.28 3.12 0.662
4 0.32 0.0 0.64 0.64
5 0.32 0.64 0.64 0.64
1 0.67 1.28 3.12 0.0
31 2
4 1.07 0.0 1.2 1.2

110
Chapter-4 Example Problem

5 1.07 1.2 1.2 1.2

4.5 FRAME ON AXIS 3 (Fig. 4.7)


Member 17/20/23 (Intermediate floors)
1. Kitch, triang, area = 1/2 × (2.42/4) = 0.72 sqm
(load type 4, a = 0.0, b = 1.2 m, h = 1.2 m)
DL = 0.72 sqm × 4.5 kN/sqm = 3.24 kN,
LL = 0.72 sqm × 2.0 kN/sqm = 1.44 kN
2. (load type 5, a = 1.2 m, b = 1.2 m, h = 1.2 m)
DL = 0.72 × 4.5 = 3.24 kN,
LL = 0.72 × 2.0 = 1.44 kN
3. Brick work + self wt. of beam = 12.75 + 3.125 = 16.0 kN/m
(Load type 3, a = 0.0 b = 2.4 m, h = 0.0)
Member 26 (Terrace) –
1. (load type 4, a = 0.0 b = 1.2 m, h = 1.2 m)
DL = 0.72 sqm × 7.2 kN/sqm = 5.2 kN,
LL = 0.72 sqm × 1.5 kN/sqm = 1.04 kN
2. (load type 5, a = 1.02 m, b = 1.2 m, h = 1.2 m)
DL = 0.72 × 7.2 = 5.2 kN,
LL = 0.72 × 1.5 = 1.04 kN
3. Parapet + self wt. of beam = 6.2 kN/m
(load type 3, a = 0.0, b = 2.4 m, h = 0.0)
Member 18/21/24 (Intermediate floors)
1. Balcony – Triang, Area = 1/2 (1.752/4) = 0.38 sqm
Load type 4 (a = 0, b = 0.875 m, h = 0.875 m)
DL = 0.38 sqm × 4.5 kN/sqm = 1.71 kN,
LL = 0.38 × 2.0 = 0.76 kN
(as this balcony is inset and small, LL has been taken 2 kN/sqm
only)
2. Load type 5 (a = 0.875 m, b = 0.875 m, h = 0.875 m)
DL = 0.38 sqm × 4.5 kN/sqm = 1.71 kN,
LL = 0.38 × 2.0 = 76 kN
3. Toilet – Triang. Area = same as balcony
Load type 4 ( a = 1.75 m, b = 0.875 m, h = 0.875 m)
DL = 0.38 × 9.0 = 3.42 kN, LL = 0.38 × 2.0 = 0.76 kN
4. Toilet –
Load type 5 (a = 2.625 m, b = 0.875 m, h = 0.875 m)
DL = 0.38 × 9.0 = 3.42 kN, LL = 0.38 × 2.0 = 0.76 kN
5. Brick work + self wt. of the beam (UDL) = 16.0 kN/m
(load type 3, a = 1.75 m, b = 1.75 m, h = 0)
6. Balcony Railing load = 6 kN/m,
(load type 3, a = 0, b = 1.75, h = 0)
7. Point Load (caused by Beam – 6)

111
Concepts in Frame Design

(load type 1, a = 1.75 m, b = 1.75 m, h = 0)


Triang. Area = (1.752/4 = 0.765 sqm
The reaction from the end of Beam – 6 causes point load and this is
calculated as below :
Balcony side
DL = 0.765/2 × 4.5 = 1.72 kN, LL = 0.765/2 × 2.0 = 0.765 kN
Toilet side
DL = 0.765/2 × 9.0 = 3.44 kN, LL = 0.765/2 × 2.0 = 0.765 kN
Bk wk + beam self DL = 9.5 × 1.75/2 = 8.31 kN
Total DL = 13.47 kN, LL = 1.53 kN
Member 27 (Terrace) –
1. Balcony side
Load type 4 (a = 0, b = 0.875 m, h = 0.875 m)
DL = 0.38 sqm × 7.2 kN/sqm = 2.74 kN,
LL = 0.38 × 1.5 = 0.57 kN
2. Load type 5 (a = 0.875 m, b = 0.875 m, h = 0.875 m)
DL = 0.38 sqm × 7.2 kN/sqm = 2.74 kN,
LL = 0.38 × 1.5 = 0.57 kN
3. Toilet side
Load type 4 (a = 1.75 m, b = 0.875 m, h = 0.875 m)
DL = 0.38 × 7.2 = 2.74 kN, LL = 0.38 × 1.5 = 0.57 kN
4. Toilet –
Load type 5 (a = 2.625 m, b = 0.675 m, h = 0.875 m)
DL = 0.38 × 7.2 = 2.74 kN, LL = 0.38 × 1.5 = 0.57 kN

5. Parapet + self wt. of the beam (UDL) = 6.2 kN/m


(load type 3, a = 0, b = 3.5 m, h = 0)

6. Point Load (a = 1.75 m, b = 1.75 m, h = 0) –


Balcony side
DL = 0.765/2 × 7.2 = 2.75 kN, LL = 0.765/2 × 1.5 = 0.57 kN
Toilet side
DL = 0.765/2 × 7.2 = 2.75 kN, LL = 0.765/2 × 1.5 = 0.57 kN
Toilet side
DL = 0.765/2 × 7.2 = 2.75 kN, LL = 0.765/2 × 1.5 = 0.57 kN
Bean Self DL = 3.125 × 1.75/2 = 2.73 kN
Total DL = 8.23 kN, LL = 1.14 kN
Member 19/22/25 (Intermediate floors)

1. Bed room - trazp. area


= 1/2 (4.4 × 3.375 - 2 × 3.3752/4) = 4.58 sqm
Load type 6 (a = o, b = 4.4 m, h = 1.69m)
DL = 4 .58 × 4.5 = 20.61 kN, LL = 4.58 × 2 = 9.16 kN
2. Load type 3 ( a = o, b = 4.4 m, h = o )

112
Chapter-4 Example Problem

Brick work + self wt. of bean = 16.0 kN /m


Member 28 ( Terrace) -
1. Bed room (Terrace) - area as above = 4.58 sqm
Load type 6 (a = o, b =4.4m, h =1.69 m)

Fi g. 4.7: Fr a me o n AXI S- 3

113
Concepts in Frame Design

DL = 4.58 × 7.2 = 33 kN, LL = 4.58


2. Load type 3 (a = 0, b = 4.4 m, h = 0)
Parapet + Self wt. of beam = 6.2 kN/m
FILE 3 . DAT
COMPUTER EXAMPLE FRAME AXIS 3
*UNIT METER KNS
4
28 20 12 4 0.22E8 15.0 415.0 30.0 0.25
*JOINT COORDINATES
1 0.0 0.0
2 2.4 0.0
3 5.9 0.0
4 10.3 0.0
5 0.0 3.05
6 2.4 3.05
7 5.9 3.05
8 10.3 3.05
9 0.0 6.1
10 2.4 6.1
11 5.9 6.1
12 10.3 6.1
13 0.0 9.15
14 2.4 9.15
15 5.9 9.15
16 10.3 9.15
17 0.0 12.2
18 2.4 12.2
19 5.9 12.2
20 10.3 12.2
*MEMBER INCID AND THEIR PROPERTIES
1 1 5 0.50 0.25 3
2 5 9 0.50 0.25 3
3 9 13 0.50 0.25 3
4 13 17 0.50 0.25 3
5 2 6 0.50 0.25 6
6 6 10 0.50 0.25 6
7 10 14 0.50 0.25 6
8 14 18 0.50 0.25 6
9 3 7 0.50 0.25 9
10 7 11 0.50 0.25 9
11 11 15 0.50 0.25 9
12 15 19 0.50 0.25 9
13 4 8 0.50 0.25 12

114
Chapter-4 Example Problem

14 8 12 0.50 0.25 12
15 12 16 0.50 0.25 12
16 16 20 0.50 0.25 12
17 5 6 0.25 0.50 0
18 6 7 0.25 0.50 0
19 7 8 0.25 0.50 0
20 9 10 0.25 0.50 0
21 10 11 0.25 0.50 0
22 11 12 0.25 0.50 0
23 13 14 0.25 0.50 0
24 14 15 0.25 0.50 0
25 15 16 0.25 0.50 0
26 17 18 0.25 0.50 0
27 18 19 0.25 0.50 0
28 19 20 0.25 0.50 0
*SUPPORT
1 1 1 1
2 1 1 1
3 1 1 1
4 1 1 1
*LOAD 1 (EQ L - R)
4 0
5 12.21 0 0
9 20.54 0 0
13 33.85 0 0
17 39.77 0 0
*LOAD 2 (EQ R - L)
4 0
5 -12.21 0 0
9 -20.54 0 0
13 -33.85 0 0
17 -39.77 0 0
* LOAD 3 (DL CASE)
0 12
17 3
4 3.24 0.0 1.2 1.2
5 3.24 1.2 1.2 1.2
3 16.0 0.0 2.4 0.0
18 7
4 1.7 0.0 0.875 0.875
5 1.71 0.875 0.875 0.875

115
Concepts in Frame Design

4 3.42 1.75 0.875 0.875


5 3.42 2.625 0.875 0.875
3 16.0 1.75 1.75 0.0
3 6.0 0.0 1.75 0.0
1 13.47 1.75 1.75 0.0
19 2
6 20.61 0.0 4.4 1.69
3 16.0 0.0 4.4 0.0
20 3
4 3.24 0.0 1.2 1.2
5 3.24 1.2 1.2 1.2
3 16.0 0.0 2.4 0.0
21 7
4 1.7 0.0 0.875 0.875
5 1.71 0.875 0.875 0.875
4 3.42 1.75 0.875 0.875
5 3.42 2.625 0.875 0.875
3 16.0 1.75 1.75 0.0
3 6.0 0.0 1.75 0.0
1 13.47 1.75 1.75 0.0
22 2
6 20.61 0.0 4.4 1.69
3 16.0 0.0 4.4 0.0
23 3
4 3.24 0.0 1.2 1.2
5 3.24 1.2 1.2 1.2
3 16.0 0.0 2.4 0.0
24 7
4 1.7 0.0 0.875 0.875
5 1.71 0.875 0.875 0.875
4 3.42 1.75 0.875 0.875
5 3.42 2.625 0.875 0.875
3 16.0 1.75 1.75 0.0
3 6.0 0.0 1.75 0.0
1 13.47 1.75 1.75 0.0
25 2
6 20.61 0.0 4.4 1.69
3 16.0 0.0 4.4 0.0
26 3
4 5.2 0.0 1.2 1.2
5 5.2 1.2 1.2 1.2
3 6.2 0.0 2.4 0.0
27 6

116
Chapter-4 Example Problem

4 2.74 0.0 0.875 0.875


5 2.74 0.875 0.875 0.875
4 2.74 1.75 0.875 0.875
5 2.74 2.625 0.875 0.875
3 6.2 0.0 1.75 0.0
1 8.23 1.75 1.75 0.0
28 2
6 20.61 0.0 4.4 1.69
3 16.0 0.0 4.4 0.0
* LOAD 4 (LL CASE)
0 12
17 2
4 1.44 0.0 1.2 1.2
5 1.44 1.2 1.2 1.2
18 5
4 0.76 0.0 0.875 0.875
5 0.76 0.875 0.875 0.875
4 0.76 1.75 0.875 0.875
5 0.76 2.625 0.875 0.875
1 1.53 1.75 1.75 0.0
19 1
6 9.16 0.0 4.4 1.69
20 2
4 1.44 0.0 1.2 1.2
5 1.44 1.2 1.2 1.2
21 5
4 0.76 0.0 0.875 0.875
5 0.76 0.875 0.875 0.875
4 0.76 1.75 0.875 0.875
5 0.76 2.625 0.875 0.875
1 1.53 1.75 1.75 0.0
22 1
6 9.16 0.0 4.4 1.69
23 2
4 1.44 0.0 1.2 1.2
5 1.44 1.2 1.2 1.2
24 5
4 0.76 0.0 0.875 0.875
5 0.76 0.875 0.875 0.875
4 0.76 1.75 0.875 0.875
5 0.76 2.625 0.875 0.875

117
Concepts in Frame Design

1 1.53 1.75 1.75 0.0


25 1
6 9.16 0.0 4.4 1.69
26 2
4 1.04 0.0 1.2 1.2
5 1.04 1.2 1.2 1.2
27 5
4 0.57 0.0 0.875 0.875
5 0.57 0.875 0.875
0.875
4 0.57 1.75 0.875 0.875
5 0.57 2.625 0.875 0.875
1 1.14 1.75 1.75 0.0
28 1
6 6.9 0.0 4.4 1.69

4.6 FRAME ON AXIS - A (Fig. 4.8)


Member 15/17/19 (Intermediate Floors) –
1. Brick work + Self weight of Beam = 16.0 kN/m
(load type 3, a = 0, b = 4.855, h = 0)
Member 21 (supports mumty 125 mm brick work)
1. bk work + beam self = 8.125 kN/m
(load type 3, a = 0, b = 4.855 h = 0)
Member 23 (Terrace level) –
1. RCC tank wall + self weight of beam (UDL)
DL = 9.5 kN/m (load type 3)
2. water Tank Base/mumty slab (load type 6) –
Trapz, area = 1/2 (4.855 × 2.4 – 2 × 2.42/4) = 4.386 sqm
DL = 4.386 sqm × 21.0 kN/sqm = 92.1 kN
(a = 0, b = 4.855 m, h = 1.2 m)
LL = 4.386 m2 x 1.5 kN/m2 = 6.58 kN
Member 16/18/20 (Intermediate floors) –
1. Verandah slab – (load type 4)
Triang. area = 1/2 (1.9122/4) = 0.46 sqm
DL = 0.46 sqm × 4.5 kN/sqm = 2.1 kN
LL = 0.46 sqm × 2.0 kN/sqm = 0.92 kN
(a = 0, b = 0.956, h = 0.956)
2. Verandah slab – (load type 5)
DL = 2.1 kN, LL = 0.92 kN
(a = 0.956 m, b = 0.956 m, h = 0.956 m)
3. Kitchen slab – (load type 6)
trapz. area = 1/2 (2.787 × 2.4 – 2 × 2.42/4) = 1.9 sqm
DL = 1.9 sqm × 4.5 kN/sqm = 8.55 kN

118
Chapter-4 Example Problem

LL = 1.9 sqm × 2.0 kN/sqm = 3.8 kN


(a = 1.912, b = 2.787, h = 1.2)
4. Point load (load type 1, a = 1.912, b = 2.787, h = 0)
triang. area (kitch) = 1/2 (2.42/4) = 0.72 sqm
trapz. area (Ver) = 1/2 × 1.4 sqm (Frame 2, memb 19/22)
slab DL = 2 × 0.72 sqm = 1.44 sqm × 4.5 kN/sqm = 6.5 kN
DL due to bk work + self wt of beam = 9.5 × 2.4/2 = 11.4 kN
Total DL = 6.5 + 11.4 = 17.9 kN
slab LL = 1.44 sqm × 2.0 kN/sqm = 2.88 kN
(load type 1, a = 1.912, b = 2.787, h = 0)
5. Bk work :
railing = 6.125 kN/m, (load type 3, a = 0, b = 1.912, h = 0)
wall = 9.5 kN/m, (load type3, a = 1.912, b = 2.787, h = 0)

Member 22 (Terrace Level)


1. Verandah slab – (Load Type 4)
DL = 0.46 sqm × 7.2 kN/sqm = 3.3 kN
LL = 0.46 sqm × 1.5 kN/sqm = 0.69 kN
(a = 0, b = 0.956 m, h = 0.956 m)
2. Verandah slab – (Load Type 5)
DL = 3.3 kN
LL = 0.69 kN
(a = 0.956 m, b = 0.956 m, h = 0.956 m)
3. Kitchen slab (Load type 6) –
DL = 1.9 sqm × 7.2 kN/sqm = 13.7 kN
LL = 1.9 × 1.5 = 2.85 kN
(a = 1.912 m, b = 2.787 m, h = 1.2 m)
4. Point Load (caused by Beam – 4)
DL (Slab) = 1.44 × 7.2 kN/sqm × 1/2 = 10.22 kN
Self wt. of beam = 3.125 × 2.4/2 = 3.75 kN
Total DL = 13.98 kN
LL (Slab) = 1.44 sqm × 1.5 kN/sqm = 2.13 kN
(a = 1.912 m, b = 2.787 m, h = 0.0)
5. Parapet & self wt. of beam (load type 3, UDL) = 6.2 kN/m

FILE A.DAT
COMPUTER EXAMPLE FRAME AXIS A
*UNIT METER KNS
4
23 17 9 3 0.22E8 15.0 415.0 30.0 0.25
JOINT COORDINATES

119
Concepts in Frame Design

1 0.0 0.0
2 4.855 0.0
3 9.555 0.0
4 0.0 3.05
5 4.855 3.05
6 9.555 3.05
7 0.0 6.1
8 4.855 6.1
9 9.555 6.1
10 0.0 9.15
11 4.855 9.15
12 9.555 9.15
13 0.0 12.2
14 4.855 12.2
15 9.555 12.2
16 0.0 14.7
17 4.855 14.7
*MEMBER INCI AND THEIR PROP, COL/BEAM MARK
1 1 4 0.25 0.50 1
2 4 7 0.25 0.50 1
3 7 10 0.25 0.50 1
4 10 13 0.25 0.50 1
5 13 16 0.25 0.50 1
6 2 5 0.25 0.50 2
7 5 8 0.25 0.50 2
8 8 11 0.25 0.50 2
9 11 14 0.25 0.50 2
10 14 17 0.25 0.50 2
11 3 6 0.25 0.50 3
12 6 9 0.25 0.50 3
13 9 12 0.25 0.50 3
14 12 15 0.25 0.50 3
15 4 5 0.25 0.50 0
16 5 6 0.25 0.50 0
17 7 8 0.25 0.50 0
18 8 9 0.25 0.50 0
19 10 11 0.25 0.50 0
20 11 12 0.25 0.50 0
21 13 14 0.25 0.50 0
22 14 15 0.25 0.50 0

120
Chapter-4 Example Problem

Fig. 4.8: Frame on AXIS - A

23 16 17 0.25 0.50 0
* SUPPORT
1 1 1 1
2 1 1 1
3 1 1 1
* LOAD 1 (EQ L - R)
5 0
4 3.02 0 0
7 6.27 0 0
10 11.62 0 0
13 15.59 0 0
16 20.43 0 0

121
Concepts in Frame Design

* LOAD 2 (EQ R - L)
5 0
6 -3.02 0 0
9 -6.27 0 0
12 -11.62 0 0
15 -15.59 0 0
17 -20.43 0 0
* LOAD 3 (DL CASE
0 9
15 1
3 16.0 0.0 4.855 0.0
16 6
4 2.1 0.0 0.956 0.956
5 2.1 0.956 0.956 0.956
6 8.55 1.912 2.787 1.2
1 17.9 1.912 2.787 0.0
3 6.125 0.0 1.912 0.0
3 9.5 1.912 2.787 0.0
17 1
3 16.0 0.0 4.855 0.0
18 6
4 2.1 0.0 0.956 0.956
5 2.1 0.956 0.956 0.956
6 8.55 1.912 2.787 1.2
1 17.9 1.912 2.787 0.0
3 6.125 0.0 1.912 0.0
3 9.5 1.912 2.787 0.0
19 1
3 16.0 0.0 4.855 0.0
20 6
4 2.1 0.0 0.956 0.956
5 2.1 0.956 0.956 0.956
6 8.55 1.912 2.787 1.2
1 17.9 1.912 2.787 0.0
3 6.125 0.0 1.912 0.0
3 9.5 1.912 2.787 0.0
21 1
3 8.125 0.0 4.855 0.0
22 5
4 3.3 0.0 0.956 0.956
5 3.3 0.956 0.956 0.956
6 13.7 1.912 2.787 1.2
1 13.97 1.912 2.787 0.0

122
Chapter-4 Example Problem

3 6.2 0.0 4.7 0.0


23 2
3 9.5 0.0 4.855 0.0
6 92.1 0.0 4.855 1.2
* LOAD 4 (LL CASE)
0 5
16 4
4 0.92 0.0 0.956 0.956
5 0.92 0.956 0.956 0.956
6 3.8 1.912 2.787 1.2
1 2.88 1.912 2.787 0.0
18 4
4 0.92 0.0 0.956 0.956
5 0.92 0.956 0.956 0.956
6 3.8 1.912 2.787 1.2
1 2.88 1.912 2.787 0.0
20 4
4 0.92 0.0 0.956 0.956
5 0.92 0.956 0.956 0.956
6 3.8 1.912 2.787 1.2
1 2.88 1.912 2.787 0.0
22 4
4 0.92 0.0 0.956 0.956
5 0.92 0.956 0.956 0.956
6 3.8 1.912 2.787 1.2
1 2.88 1.912 2.787 0.0
23 1
6 6.58 0.0 4.855 1.2

4.7 FRAME ON AXIS - B (Fig. 4.9)

Member 15/17/19 (Intermediate floors) –


1. Brick work & self weight of beam (DL) = 9.5 kN/m
(load type 3, a = 0, b = 4.855, h = 0)
2. Drg. room slab –
Trapz. area = 1/2 × (4.855 × 3.5 – 2 × 3.52/4) = 5.43 sqm
DL = 5.43 sqm × 4.5 kN/sqm = 24.4 kN
LL = 5.43 sqm × 2.0 kN/sqm = 10.9 kN
(load type 6, a = 0, b = 4.855 m, h = 1.75 m)

123
Concepts in Frame Design

Member 21 (Terrace floor) –


1. Brick work & self weight of beam (DL) = 8.125 kN/m
(load type 3, a = 0, b = 4.855, h = 0)
2. Drg. room slab –
DL = 5.43 sqm × 7.2 kN/sqm = 39.1 kN
LL = 5.43 sqm × 1.5 kN/sqm = 8.2 kN
(load type 6, a = 0, b = 4.855 m, h = 1.75 m)

Member 23 (Mumty top)


1. RCC tank wall + self weight of beam (UDL)
DL = 9.5 kN/m (load type 3, a = 0, b = 4.855, h = 0)

2. Water Tank Base/mumty slab –


Ref. Axis – A, DL = 92.1 kN, LL = 6.58 kN
(load type 6, a = 0, b = 4.855, h = 1.2)

Member 16/18/20 (Intermediate Floors) –


1. Brick work & self wt. of beam (DL) = 9.5 kN/m
(load type 3, a = 0, b = 4.7, h = 0)

2. Ver. and kitchen side : (Ref. Axis – A)


ver. : load type 4, DL = 2.1 kN, LL = 0.92 kN
(a = 0, b = 0.956, h = 0.956)
3. ver. : load type 5, DL = 2.1 kN, LL = 0.92 kN
(a = 0.956, b = 0.956, h = 0.956)
4. Kitch. : load type 6, DL = 8.55 kN, LL = 3.8 kN
(a = 1.912, b = 2.787, h = 1.2)

5. Dining and Balcony side :


Triang. (Dining) area = 1/2 (2.952/4) = 1.1 sqm
DL = 1.1 × 4.5 = 4.95 kN
LL = 1.1 × 2.0 = 2.2 kN
Load type 4, a = 0, b = 1.475, h = 1.475
load type 5, a = 1.475, b = 1.475, h = 1.475
Triang. (Balcony) area = 1/2 (1.752/4) = 0.38 sqm
DL = 0.38 × 4.5 = 1.71 kN
LL = 0.38 × 2.0 = 0.76 kN
7. load type 4, a = 2.95, b = 0.875, h = 0.875
8. load type 5, a = 3.825, b = 0.875, h = 0.875
9. Point load (caused by Beam – 4) :
load type 1, DL = 17.9 kN, LL = 2.88 kN
(a = 1.912, b = 2.787, h = 0)

124
Chapter-4 Example Problem

10. Point load (caused by Beam – 5)


Dining (Trapz. area) = 2.99 sqm
DL = 13.45 kN, LL = 5.98 kN
Balcony (Triang. area) = 0.77 sqm
DL = 0.77 × 4.5 = 3.47 kN, LL = 0.77 × 2 = 1.54 kN

Toilet :
DL = 0.77 × 9.0 = 6.93 kN, LL = 1.54 kN
Dining wall :
DL = 9.5 kN/m × 3.5 = 33.25 kN
The load from the beam supporting toilet / balcony wall as point
load:
DL = 9.5 kN/m × 1.75 = 16.6 kN
Slab (toilet and balcony) :
DL = 3.47 + 6.93 = 10.4 kN, LL = 2 × 1.54 = 3.08 kN

Point load (left hand reaction of above loading)


DL = 13.45/2 + 3.47 (3.5 – 1.75/2)/3.5 + 6.93 (3.5 – 2.625)/3.5
+ 33.25/2 + (16.6 + 10.4) / (2×2) = 34.44 kN
LL = 5.98/2 + 1.54 × 2.625/3.5 + 1.54 × 0.875/3.5 + 3.08/(2×2) =
5.3 kN

DL: load type 1, w = 34.44, a = 2.95, b =1.75, h = 0


LL: load type 1, w = 5.3, a = 2.95, b = 1.75, h = 0

Member 22 (Terrace level)


1. Beam self wt. :
DL = 3.125 kN/m, (load type 3, a = 0, b = 4.7, h = 0)
Ver. and kitchen side (ref. Axis – A frame)
Ver. :
2. DL = 3.3 kN LL = 0.69 kN
load type 4, a = 0, b = 0.956, h = 0.956

3. DL = 3.3 kN , LL = 0.69 kN
load type 5, a = 0.956, b = 0.956, h = 0.956
Kit :
4. DL = 13.7 kN, LL = 2.85 kN
load type 6, a = 1.912, b = 2.787, h = 1.2
5. Point load : (Caused by Beam – 4)
DL = 13.97 kN, LL = 2.13 kN
Triang. (Balcony) area = 1/2 (1.752/4) = 0.38 sqm
DL = 0.38 × 4.5 = 1.71 kN
LL = 0.38 × 2.0 = 0.76 kN

125
Concepts in Frame Design

7. load type 4, a = 2.95, b = 0.875, h = 0.875


8. load type 5, a = 3.825, b = 0.875, h = 0.875
9. Point load (caused by Beam – 4) :
load type 1, DL = 17.9 kN, LL = 2.88 kN
(a = 1.912, b = 2.787, h = 0)
10. Point load (caused by Beam – 5)
Dining (Trapz. area) = 2.99 sqm
DL = 13.45 kN, LL = 5.98 kN
Balcony (Triang. area) = 0.77 sqm
DL = 0.77 × 4.5 = 3.47 kN, LL = 0.77 × 2 = 1.54 kN

Toilet :
DL = 0.77 × 9.0 = 6.93 kN, LL = 1.54 kN
Dining wall :
DL = 9.5 kN/m × 3.5 = 33.25 kN
The load from the beam supporting toilet / balcony wall as point
load:
DL = 9.5 kN/m × 1.75 = 16.6 kN
Slab (toilet and balcony) :
DL = 3.47 + 6.93 = 10.4 kN, LL = 2 × 1.54 = 3.08 kN

Point load (left hand reaction of above loading)


DL = 13.45/2 + 3.47 (3.5 – 1.75/2)/3.5 + 6.93 (3.5 – 2.625)/3.5
+ 33.25/2 + (16.6 + 10.4) / (2×2) = 34.44 kN
LL = 5.98/2 + 1.54 × 2.625/3.5 + 1.54 × 0.875/3.5 + 3.08/(2×2) =
5.3 kN

DL: load type 1, w = 34.44, a = 2.95, b =1.75, h = 0


LL: load type 1, w = 5.3, a = 2.95, b = 1.75, h = 0

Member 22 (Terrace level)


1. Beam self wt. :
DL = 3.125 kN/m, (load type 3, a = 0, b = 4.7, h = 0)
Ver. and kitchen side (ref. Axis – A frame)
Ver. :
2. DL = 3.3 kN LL = 0.69 kN
load type 4, a = 0, b = 0.956, h = 0.956

3. DL = 3.3 kN , LL = 0.69 kN
load type 5, a = 0.956, b = 0.956, h = 0.956
Kit :
4. DL = 13.7 kN, LL = 2.85 kN
load type 6, a = 1.912, b = 2.787, h = 1.2

126
Chapter-4 Example Problem

5. Point load : (Caused by Beam – 4)


DL = 13.97 kN, LL = 2.13 kN
load type 1, a = 1.912, b = 2.787, h = 0

Dining and Balcony side :


Dining :
6. DL = 1.1 × 7.2 = 7.92 kN
LL = 1.1 × 1.5 = 1.65 kN
load type 4, a = 0, b = 1.475, h = 1.475
7. DL = 7.92 kN, LL = 1.65 kN
load type 5, a = 1.475, b = 1.475, h = 1.475
Balcony :
8. DL = 0.38 × 7.2 = 2.74 kN
LL = 0.38 × 1.5 = 0.57 kN
load type 4, a = 2.95, b = 0.875, h = 0.875
9. DL = 2.74 kN, LL = 0.57 kN
load type 5, a = 3.825, b = 0.875, h = 0.875
10. Point load : (Caused by Beam – 5)
Dining :
DL = 2.99 × 7.2 = 21.5 kN
LL = 2.99 × 1.5 = 4.5 kN
Balcony :
DL = 0.77 × 7.2 = 5.54 kN
LL = 0.77 × 1.5 = 1.15 kN
Toilet (same as bal.) :
DL = 5.54 kN, LL = 1.15 kN

beam self wt :
dining : DL = 3.125 × 3.5 = 10.94 kN
toilet / balcony : DL = 3.125 × 1.75 = 5.47 kN

slab (toilet and balcony)


DL = 5.54 × 2 = 11.1 kN
LL = 1.15 × 2 = 2.3 kN
Point load (left hand reaction of the above load)
DL = 21.5/2 + 5.54 (3.5 – 1.75/2)/3.5 + 5.54 (3.5 – 2.625)/3.5 +
10.94/2 + (5.47 + 11.1) / (2×2) = 25.9 kN
LL = 4.5/2 + 1.15 × 2.625/3.5 + 1.15 × 0.875/3.5 + 2.3/(2×2) = 3.975
kN
(load type 1, a = 2.95, b = 1.75, h = 0)

FILE B.DAT
COMPUTER EXAMPLE FRAME AXIS B

127
Concepts in Frame Design

*UNIT METER KNS


4
23 17 9 3 0.22E8 15.0 415.0 30.0 0.25
*JOINT COORDINATES
1 0.0 0.0
2 4.855 0.0
3 9.555 0.0
4 0.0 3.05
5 4.855 3.05
6 9.555 3.05
7 0.0 6.1
8 4.855 6.1
9 9.555 6.1
10 0.0 9.15
11 4.855 9.15
12 9.555 9.15
13 0.0 12.2
14 4.855 12.2
15 9.555 12.2
16 0.0 14.7
17 4.855 14.7
*MEMBER INCI AND THEIR PROP, COL/BEAM MARK
1 1 4 0.25 0.50 4
2 4 7 0.25 0.50 4
3 7 10 0.25 0.50 4
4 10 13 0.25 0.50 4
5 13 16 0.25 0.50 4
6 2 5 0.25 0.50 5
7 5 8 0.25 0.50 5
8 8 11 0.25 0.50 5
9 11 14 0.25 0.50 5
10 14 17 0.25 0.50 5
11 3 6 0.25 0.50 6
12 6 9 0.25 0.50 6
13 9 12 0.25 0.50 6
14 12 15 0.25 0.50 6
15 4 5 0.25 0.50 0
16 5 6 0.25 0.50 0
17 7 8 0.25 0.50 0
18 8 9 0.25 0.50 0
19 10 11 0.25 0.50 0

128
Chapter-4 Example Problem

Fi.g 4.9: Frame on AXIS - B

20 11 12 0.25 0.50 0
21 13 14 0.25 0.50 0
22 14 15 0.25 0.50 0
23 16 17 0.25 0.50 0
* SUPPORT
1 1 1 1

129
Concepts in Frame Design

2 1 1 1
3 1 1 1
* LOAD 1 (EQ CASE L - R)
5 0
4 2.74 0 0
7 8.27 0 0
10 17.34 0 0
13 26.12 0 0
16 20.51 0 0
*LOAD 2 (EQ CASE R - L)
5 0
6 -2.74 0 0
9 -8.27 0 0
12 -17.34 0 0
15 -26.12 0 0
17 -20.51 0 0
*LOAD 3 (DL CASE)
0 9
15 2
3 9.5 0.0 4.855 0.0
6 24.4 0.0 4.855 1.75
16 10
3 9.5 0.0 4.7 0.0
4 2.1 0.0 0.956 0.956
5 2.1 0.956 0.956 0.956
6 8.55 1.912 2.787 1.2
1 17.9 1.912 2.787 0.0
4 4.95 0.0 1.475 1.475
5 4.95 1.475 1.475 1.475
4 1.71 2.95 0.875 0.875
5 1.71 3.825 0.875 0.875
1 34.44 2.95 1.75 0.0
17 2
3 9.5 0.0 4.855 0.0
6 24.4 0.0 4.855 1.75
18 10
3 9.5 0.0 4.7 0.0
4 2.1 0.0 0.956 0.956
5 2.1 0.956 0.956 0.956
6 8.55 1.912 2.787 1.2
1 17.9 1.912 2.787 0.0
4 4.95 0.0 1.475 1.475
5 4.95 1.475 1.475 1.475

130
Chapter-4 Example Problem

4 1.71 2.95 0.875 0.875


5 1.71 3.825 0.875 0.875
1 34.44 2.95 1.75 0.0
19 2
3 9.5 0.0 4.855 0.0
6 24.4 0.0 4.855 1.75
20 10
3 9.5 0.0 4.7 0.0
4 2.1 0.0 0.956 0.956
5 2.1 0.956 0.956 0.956
6 8.55 1.912 2.787 1.2
1 17.9 1.912 2.787 0.0
4 4.95 0.0 1.475 1.475
5 4.95 1.475 1.475 1.475
4 1.71 2.95 0.875 0.875
5 1.71 3.825 0.875 0.875
1 34.44 2.95 1.75 0.0
21 2
3 8.125 0.0 4.855 0.0
6 39.9 0.0 4.855 1.75
22 10
3 3.1 0.0 4.7 0.0
4 3.3 0.0 0.956 0.956
5 3.3 0.956 0.956 0.956
6 13.7 1.912 2.787 1.2
1 13.97 1.912 2.787 0.0
4 7.92 0.0 1.475 1.475
5 7.92 1.475 1.475 1.475
4 2.74 2.95 0.875 0.875
5 2.74 3.825 0.875 0.875
1 25.9 2.95 1.75 0.0
23 2
3 9.5 0.0 4.855 0.0
6 92.1 0.0 4.855 1.75
*LOAD 4 (LL CASE)
0 9
15 1
6 10.9 0.0 4.855 1.75
16 9
4 0.92 0.0 0.956 0.956
5 0.92 0.956 0.956 0.956
6 3.88 1.912 2.787 1.2
1 2.88 1.912 2.787 0.0

131
Concepts in Frame Design

4 2.2 0.0 1.475 1.475


5 2.2 1.475 1.475 1.475
4 0.76 2.95 0.875 0.875
5 0.76 3.825 0.875 0.8751 5.3 2.95 1.75 0.0
17 1
6 10.9 0.0 4.855 1.75
18 9
4 0.92 0.0 0.956 0.956
5 0.92 0.956 0.956 0.956
6 3.88 1.912 2.787 1.2
1 2.88 1.912 2.787 0.0
4 2.2 0.0 1.475 1.475
5 2.2 1.475 1.475 1.475
4 0.76 2.95 0.875 0.875
5 0.76 3.825 0.875 0.875
1 5.3 2.95 1.75 0.0
19 1
6 10.9 0.0 4.855 1.75
20 9
4 0.92 0.0 0.956 0.956
5 0.92 0.956 0.956 0.956
6 3.88 1.912 2.787 1.2
1 2.88 1.912 2.787 0.0
4 2.2 0.0 1.475 1.475
5 2.2 1.475 1.475 1.475
4 0.76 2.95 0.875 0.875
5 0.76 3.825 0.875 0.875
1 5.3 2.95 1.75 0.0
21 1
6 8.2 0.0 4.855 1.75
22 9
4 0.69 0.0 0.956 0.956
5 0.69 0.956 0.956 0.956
6 2.85 1.912 2.787 1.2
1 3.98 1.912 2.787 0.0
4 1.65 0.0 1.475 1.475
5 1.65 1.475 1.475 1.475
4 0.57 2.95 0.875 0.875
5 0.57 3.825 0.875 0.875
1 2.13 2.95 1.75 0.0
23 1
6 6.58 0.0 4.855 1.75

132
Chapter-4 Example Problem

4.8 FRAME ON AXIS - C (Fig. 4.10)

Member 13/15/17 (Intermediate floors) —


1. Brickwork & selfwt. of the beam (UDL) = 9.5 kN/m
(load type 3, a = 0, b = 4.855, h = 0)
2. Drg. room (same as axis B)
DL = 24.4 kN, LL = 10.9 kN
(load type 6, a = 0.0, b = 4.855 m, h = 1.75 m)

3. Balcony :
Triang. area = 1.552/4 = 0.6 sqm,
DL 0.6 × 4.5 = 2.7 kN, LL = 0.6 × 3.0 = 1.8 kN
load type 4, DL = 1.35 kN, LL = 0.9 kN, a = 0, b = 0.775, h = 0.775
4. load type 5, DL = 1.35 kN, LL = 0.9 kN, a = 0.775, b = 0.775, h =
0.775

5. Bed Room :
Triang. area = 3.32/4 = 2.27 sqm
DL = 2.72 × 4.5 = 12.25 kN, LL = 2.72 × 2.0 = 5.44 kN
load type 4, DL = 6.13 kN, LL = 2.72 kN, a = 1.55, b = 1.65, h = 1.65

6.load type 5, DL = 6.13 kN, LL = 2.72 kN, a = 3.2, b = 1.65, h = 1.65

7.Point load :
(Reaction from frame on Axis – 1 (C–D) analysis result; Joints 2, 4
and 6 of frame on Axis – 1 (C–D) cause point load on members 13,
15 and 17 of frame on Axis – C)
Member 13, DL = 39.07 kN, load type 1, a = 1.555, b = 3.3, h = 0
LL = 7.19 kN, load type 1, a = 1.555, b = 3.3, h = 0
Member 15, DL = 40.07 kN, load type 1, a = 1.555, b = 3.3, h = 0
LL = 7.38 kN, load type 1, a = 1.555, b = 3.3, h = 0
Member 17, DL = 40.10 kN, load type 1, a = 1.555, b = 3.3, h = 0
LL = 7.35 kN load type 1, a = 1.555, b = 3.3, h = 0

Member 19 (Terrace level)


1. Self wt. of beam = 3.125 kN/m
load type 3, a = 0, b = 4.855, h = 0
2. Drg. room :
Ref. above, DL = 24.4 × 7.2/4.5 = 39.04 kN

LL = 10.9 × 1.5 / 2.0 = 8.2 kN


load type 6, a = 0, b = 4.855, h = 1.75

133
Concepts in Frame Design

3. Balcony : Triang. area = 0.6 sqm


DL = 0.6 × 7.2 = 4.32 kN
LL = 0.6 × 1.5 = 0.9 kN
load type 4, DL = 2.16 kN, LL = 0.45 kN, a = 0, 0.775, h = 0.775

4. load type 5, load as above, a = 0.775, b = 0.775, h = 0.775

5. Bed room (tring. load)


DL = 2.72 sqm × 7.2 kN/sqm = 19.58 kN
LL = 2.72 sqm × 1.5 kN/sqm = 4.1 kN
load type 4, DL = 9.79 kN, LL = 2.05 kN, a = 1.55, b = 1.65, h = 1.65
6. load type 5, load as above, a = 3.2, b = 1.65, h = 1.65
7. Point load :
(Reaction from frame on Axis – 1 (C–D) analysis result : Joint 8 of
frame on Axis – 1 (C–D) cause point load on member 19 of frame
on Axis – C)

Member 19, DL = 39.25 kN, load type 1, a = 1.555, b = 3.3, h = 0


LL = 5.19 kN, load type 1, a = 1.555, b = 3.3, h = 0

Member 14/16/18 (intermediate floors)


1. Brick work + self wt. of beam = 9.5 kN/m
load type 3, a = 0, b = 4.7, h = 0
2. Dining triang. load (ref. frame on Axis – B)
DL = 4.95 kN, LL = 2.2 kN
load type 4, a = 0, b = 1.475, h = 1.475
3. load type 5, a = 1.475, b = 1.475, h = 1.475
4. Toilet triang. area = 1.752/4 = 0.77 sqm
DL = 0.77 × 9 = 6.9 kN, LL = 0.77 × 2 = 1.54 kN
load type 4, DL = 3.45 kN, LL = 0.77 kN, a = 2.95, b = 0.875, h =
0.875
5. load type 5, load as above, a = 3.825, b = 0.875, h = 0.875
6. Bed Room and Passage side :
Bed Room :
triang. area = 3.3752/4 = 2.85 sqm
DL = 2.85 sqm × 4.5 kN/sqm = 12.83 kN
LL = 2.85 sqm × 2.0 kN/sqm = 5.7 kN
load type 4, DL = 6.42 kN, LL = 2.85 kN, a = 1.325, b = 1.69, h =
1.69
7. load type 5, load as above, a = 3.015, b = 1.69, h = 1.69
8. Passage trapez. area = 1/2(1.288×1.325 – 1.2882/4×2) = 0.44 sqm
DL = 0.44 × 4.5 = 1.98 kN, LL = 0.44 × 2.0 = 0.88 kN
load type 6, a = 0, b = 1.325, h = 0.644

134
Chapter-4 Example Problem

9. Point load from Dining, Balcony and Toilet side caused by Beam – 5
:
Ref. Axis – B frame
DL = 13.45/2 + 3.47 (3.5–2.625)/3.5 + 6.93 (3.5–0.875)/3.5 + 33.25/2 +
(16.6 + 10.4) / (2×2) = 36.17 kN
LL = 5.98/2 + 1.54 × 2.625/3.5 + 1.54 × 0.875 / 3.5 + 3.08 / (2×2) =
5.3 kN
load type 1, a = 2.95, b = 1.75, h = 0
10. Point load caused by Beam – 3 (from the Bed Room and Passage
side) :
Ref. Axis – 2 and Axis – 3 frames
load type 1, a = 1.325, b = 3.375, h = 0
DL = 20.61/2 + 1.9×3.756/4.4 + 9.19×3.112/4.4 + 14.4×1.556/4.4 +
9.5×4.4/2 = 48.63 kN
LL = 9.16/2 + 0.84×3.756/4.4 + 0.85×3.112/4.4 + 3.2×1.556/4.4 =
7.97kN

Member 20 (Terrace level)


1. Beam self wt. = 3.125 kN/m
load type 3, a = 0, b = 4.7, h = 0
2. Dining Room side :
(Ref. Axis – B frame, Memb. 22)
DL = 7.92 kN, LL = 1.65 kN
load type 4, a = 0, b = 1.475, h = 1.475
3. load type 5, a = 1.475, b = 1.475, h = 1.475
(DL) = 7.92 kN, LL = 1.65 kN)
4. Toilet :
DL = 0.38 × 7.2 = 2.74 kN, LL = 0.38 × 1.5 = 0.57 kN
load type 4, a = 2.95, b = 0.875, h = 0.875
5. load type 5, a = 3.825, b = 0.875 h = 0.875
(DL = 2.74 kN, LL = 0.57 kN)
6. Bed Room and Passage :
Bed room, triang. area, DL = 2.85×7.2 = 20.52 kN
LL = 2.85 × 1.5 = 4.28 kN
load type 4, a = 1.325, b = 1.69, h = 1.69
DL = 10.26 kN, LL = 2.14 kN
7. load type 5, DL = 10.26 kN, LL = 2.14 kN
a = 3.015, b = 1.69, h = 1.69
8. Passage trapez. area load, DL = 0.44 × 7.2 = 3.17 kN
LL = 0.44 × 1.5 = 0.66 kN
load type 6, a = 0, b = 1.325, h = 0.644
9. Point load caused by Beam – 5 (dining and toilet side) :
Din. trapz. area. DL = 2.99 sqm × 7.2 kN/sqm = 21.5 kN

135
Concepts in Frame Design

LL = 2.99 × 1.5 = 4.5 kN


Toilet triang. area, DL = 0.77 sqm × 7.2 kN/sqm = 5.54 kN
LL = 0.77 × 1.5 = 1.15 kN
Balcony : DL = 5.54 kN, LL = 1.15 kN
Din. (ref. Axis – B frame, memb. 22)
Beam self wt. 10.94 kN, toilet / balcony = 5.47 kN
Slab : toilet / bal, DL = 2 × 5.54 = 11.08 kN
LL = 2 × 1.15 = 2.3 kN
Point load as right hand reaction of the above loads :
DL = 21.5/2 + 9.0 (3.5 – 1.75/2) / 3.5 + 5.54 (3.5–2.625)/3.5 +
10.94/2+ (5.47+14.54) / (2×2) = 29.36 kN
LL = 4.5/2 + 1.15 × 2.625/3.5 + 1.15×0.875/3.5 + 2.3/(2×2) = 3.75
kN
load type 1, a = 2.95, b = 1.75, h = 0
FILE C.DAT
COMPUTER EXAMPLE FRAME AXIS C
*UNIT METER KNS
*JOINT COORDINATES
4
20 15 9 3 0.22E8 15.0 415.0 30.0 0.25
1 0.0 0.0
2 4.855 0.0
3 9.555 0.0
4 0.0 3.05
5 4.855 3.05
6 9.555 3.05
7 0.0 6.1
8 4.855 6.1
9 9.555 6.1
10 0.0 9.15
11 4.855 9.15
12 9.555 9.15
13 0.0 12.2
14 4.855 12.2
15 9.555 12.2
*MEMBER INCI AND THEIR PROP, COL/BEAM MARK
1 1 4 0.25 0.50 7
2 4 7 0.25 0.50 7
3 7 10 0.25 0.50 7
4 10 13 0.25 0.50 7
5 2 5 0.25 0.50 8
6 5 8 0.25 0.50 8
7 8 11 0.25 0.50 8

136
Chapter-4 Example Problem

8 11 14 0.25 0.50 8

Fig. 4 . 10 : F r a me o n AXI S - C

9 3 6 0.25 0.50 9
10 6 9 0.25 0.50 9
11 9 12 0.25 0.50 9
12 12 15 0.25 0.50 9
13 4 5 0.25 0.50 0
14 5 6 0.25 0.50 0

137
Concepts in Frame Design

15 7 8 0.25 0.50 0
16 8 9 0.25 0.50 0
17 10 11 0.25 0.50 0
18 11 12 0.25 0.50 0
19 13 14 0.25 0.50 0
20 14 15 0.25 0.50 0
*SUPPORT
1 1 1 1
2 1 1 1
3 1 1 1
*LOAD 1 (EQ L-R)
4 0
4 3.79 0 0
7 13.42 0 0
10 29.35 0 0
13 43.44 0 0
*LOAD 2 (EQ R - L)
4 0
6 -3.79 0 0
9 -13.42 0 0
12 -29.35 0 0
15 -43.44 0 0
*LOAD 3 (DL CASE)
0 8
13 7
3 9.5 0.0 4.855 0.0
6 24.4 0.0 4.855 1.75
4 1.35 0.0 0.775 0.775
5 1.35 0.775 0.775 0.775
4 6.13 1.55 1.65 1.65
5 6.13 3.2 1.65 1.65
1 39.07 1.555 3.3 0.0
14 10
3 9.5 0.0 4.7 0.0
4 4.95 0.0 1.475 1.475
5 4.95 1.475 1.475 1.475
4 3.45 2.95 0.875 0.875
5 3.45 3.825 0.875 0.875
4 6.42 1.325 1.69 1.69
5 6.42 3.015 1.69 1.69
6 1.98 0.0 1.325 0.644
1 36.17 2.95 1.75 0.0
1 48.63 1.325 3.375 0.0

138
Chapter-4 Example Problem

15 7
3 9.5 0.0 4.855 0.0
6 24.4 0.0 4.855 1.75
4 1.35 0.0 0.775 0.775
5 1.35 0.775 0.775 0.775
4 6.13 1.55 1.65 1.65
5 6.13 3.2 1.65 1.65
1 39.07 1.555 3.3 0.0
16 10
3 9.5 0.0 4.7 0.0
4 4.95 0.0 1.475 1.475
5 4.95 1.475 1.475 1.475
4 3.45 2.95 0.875 0.875
5 3.45 3.825 0.875 0.875
4 6.42 1.325 1.69 1.69
5 6.42 3.015 1.69 1.69
6 1.98 0.0 1.325 0.644
1 36.17 2.95 1.75 0.0
1 48.63 1.325 3.375 0.0
17 7
3 9.5 0.0 4.855 0.0
6 24.4 0.0 4.855 1.75
4 1.35 0.0 0.775 0.775
5 1.35 0.775 0.775 0.775
4 6.13 1.55 1.65 1.65
5 6.13 3.2 1.65 1.65
1 39.07 1.555 3.3 0.0
18 10
3 9.5 0.0 4.7 0.0
4 4.95 0.0 1.475 1.475
5 4.95 1.475 1.475 1.475
4 3.45 2.95 0.875 0.875
5 3.45 3.825 0.875 0.875
4 6.42 1.325 1.69 1.69
5 6.42 3.015 1.69 1.69
6 1.98 0.0 1.325 0.644
1 36.17 2.95 1.75 0.0
1 48.63 1.325 3.375 0.0
19 7
3 3.125 0.0 4.855 0.0
6 39.04 0.0 4.855 1.75
4 2.16 0.0 0.775 0.775

139
Concepts in Frame Design

5 2.16 0.775 0.775 0.775


4 9.79 1.55 1.65 1.65
5 9.79 3.2 1.65 1.65
1 39.25 1.555 3.3 0.0
20 10
3 3.125 0.0 4.7 0.0
4 7.92 0.0 1.475 1.475
5 7.92 1.475 1.475 1.475
4 2.74 2.95 0.875 0.875
5 2.74 3.825 0.875 0.875
4 10.26 1.325 1.69 1.69
5 10.26 3.015 1.69 1.69
6 3.17 0.0 1.325 0.644
1 29.36 2.95 1.75 0.0
1 36.89 1.325 3.375 0.0
*LOAD 4 (LL CASE)
0 8
13 6
6 10.9 0.0 4.855 1.75
4 0.9 0.0 0.775 0.775
5 0.9 0.775 0.775 0.775
4 2.72 1.55 1.65 1.65
5 2.72 3.2 1.65 1.65
1 7.19 1.555 3.3 0.0
14 9
4 2.2 0.0 1.475 1.475
5 2.2 1.475 1.475 1.475
4 0.77 2.95 0.875 0.875
5 0.77 3.825 0.875 0.875
4 2.85 1.325 1.69 1.69
5 2.85 3.015 1.69 1.69
6 0.88 0.0 1.325 0.644
1 5.3 2.95 1.75 0.0
1 7.97 1.325 3.375 0.0
15 6
6 10.9 0.0 4.855 1.75
4 0.9 0.0 0.775 0.775
5 0.9 0.775 0.775 0.775
4 2.72 1.55 1.65 1.65
5 2.72 3.2 1.65 1.65
1 7.19 1.555 3.3 0.0
16 9
4 2.2 0.0 1.475 1.475

140
Chapter-4 Example Problem

5 2.2 1.475 1.475 1.475


4 0.77 2.95 0.875 0.875
5 0.77 3.825 0.875 0.875
4 2.85 1.325 1.69 1.69
5 2.85 3.015 1.69 1.69
6 0.88 0.0 1.325 0.644
1 5.3 2.95 1.75 0.0
1 7.97 1.325 3.375 0.0
17 6
6 10.9 0.0 4.855 1.75
4 0.9 0.0 0.775 0.775
5 0.9 0.775 0.775 0.775
4 2.72 1.55 1.65 1.65
5 2.72 3.2 1.65 1.65
1 7.19 1.555 3.3 0.0
18 9
4 2.2 0.0 1.475 1.475
5 2.2 1.475 1.475 1.475
4 0.77 2.95 0.875 0.875
5 0.77 3.825 0.875 0.875
4 2.85 1.325 1.69 1.69
5 2.85 3.015 1.69 1.69
6 0.88 0.0 1.325 0.644
1 5.3 2.95 1.75 0.0
1 7.97 1.325 3.375 0.0
19 6
6 8.2 0.0 4.855 1.75
4 0.45 0.0 0.775 0.775
5 0.45 0.775 0.775 0.775
4 2.05 1.55 1.65 1.65
5 2.05 3.2 1.65 1.65
1 5.19 1.555 3.3 0.0
20 9
4 1.65 0.0 1.475 1.475
5 1.65 1.475 1.475 1.475
4 0.57 2.95 0.875 0.875
5 0.57 3.825 0.875 0.875
4 2.14 1.325 1.69 1.69
5 2.14 3.015 1.69 1.69
6 0.66 0.0 1.325 0.644
1 3.75 2.95 1.75 0.0
1 5.98 1.325 3.375 0.0

141
Concepts in Frame Design

4.9 FRAME ON AXIS - D (Fig. 4.11)


Member 13/15/17 (Intermediate Floors)
1. Brick work + beam wt. = 16 kN/m
load type 3, a = 0, b = 3.3, h = 0
2. Bed room :
Ref. Axis – C frame, DL 6.13 kN, LL = 2.72 kN
load type 4, a = 0, b = 1.65, h = 1.65
load type 5, a = 1.65, b = 1.65, h = 1.65
Member 19 (Terrace floor)
1. Parapet + self wt of beam = 6.125 kN/m
load type 3, a = 0, b = 3.3, h = 0
2. Bed Room : DL = 9.79 kN, LL = 2.05 kN
load type 4, a = 0, b = 1.65, h = 1.65
3. load type 5, a = 1.65, b = 1.65, h = 1.65
Member 14/16/18 (Intermediate floors)
1. Brick work + self wt of beam = 16 kN/m
load type 3, a = 0, b = 4.7, h = 0
2. Toilet, triang, area = 1.3252/4 = 0.439 sqm
DL = 0.439 × 9 = 3.95 kN, LL = 0.439 × 2 = 0.88 kN
load type 4, a = 0, b = 0.66, h = 0.66
DL = 1.98 kN, LL = 0.44 kN
3. load type 5, a = 0.66, b = 0.66, h = 0.66
4. Bed Room :
Ref. Axis – C frame, DL = 6.42 kN, LL = 2.85 kN
load type 4, a = 1.325, b = 1.69, h = 1.69
5. load type 5, a = 3.015, b = 1.69, h = 1.69
DL = 6.42 kN, LL = 2.85 kN
6. Point load caused by Beam – 3 (ref. Axis – C)
DL (20.61+1.9+9.19+14.4+9.5×4.4) – 48.63 = 39.27 kN
LL = (9.16+0.84+0.85+3.2) – (7.97) = 6.08
load type 1, DL = 39.27 kN, LL = 6.08
a = 1.325, b = 3.375, h = 0
Member 20 (Terrace level)
1. Parapet + self wt of beam = 6.125 kN/m
load type 3, a = 0, b = 4.7, h = 0
2. Toilet :
DL = 0.439 × 7.2 = 3.16 kN, LL = 0.439 × 1.5 = 0.66 kN
load type 4, DL = 1.58 kN, LL = 0.33 kN
a = 0, b = 0.66, h = 0.66
3. load type 5, DL = 1.58 kN, LL = 0.33 kN
a = 0.66, b = 0.66, h = 0.66
4. Bed Room (Ref. Axis – C frame)
load type 4, DL = 10.26 kN, LL = 2.14 kN

142
Chapter-4 Example Problem

a = 1.325, b = 1.69, h = 1.69


5. load type 5, DL = 10.26 kN. LL = 2.14 kN
a = 3.015, b = 1.69, h = 1.69
6. Point load caused by Beam – 3 (ref. Axis – C frame)
DL = (32.69+3.02+5.16+11.52+3.125×4.4 ) - (36.89) = 29.25 kN
LL = (6.81 +0.64+0.67+2.4) - (5.98) = 4.54 kN
load type 1, a = 1.325, b = 3.375, h = 0

FILE D.DAT
COMPUTER EXAMPLE FRAME AXIS D
*UNIT METER KNS
4
20 15 9 3 0.22E8 15.0 415.0 30.0 0.25
*JOINT COORDINATES
1 0.0 0.0
2 3.3 0.0
3 8.0 0.0
4 0.0 3.05
5 3.3 3.05
6 8.0 3.05
7 0.0 6.1
8 3.3 6.1
9 8.0 6.1
10 0.0 9.15
11 3.3 9.15
12 8.0 9.15
13 0.0 12.2
14 3.3 12.2
15 8.0 12.2
*MEMBER INCI AND THEIR PROP, COL/BEAM MARK
1 1 4 0.25 0.50 10
2 4 7 0.25 0.50 10
3 7 10 0.25 0.50 10
4 10 13 0.25 0.50 10
5 2 5 0.25 0.50 11
6 5 8 0.25 0.50 11
7 8 11 0.25 0.50 11
8 11 14 0.25 0.50 11
9 3 6 0.25 0.50 12
10 6 9 0.25 0.50 12
11 9 12 0.25 0.50 12
12 12 15 0.25 0.50 12
13 4 5 0.25 0.50 0

143
Concepts in Frame Design

14 5 6 0.25 0.50 0
15 7 8 0.25 0.50 0
16 8 9 0.25 0.50 0
17 10 11 0.25 0.50 0
18 11 12 0.25 0.50 0
19 13 14 0.25 0.50 0
20 14 15 0.25 0.50 0
*SUPPORT
1 1 1 1
2 1 1 1
3 1 1 1
*LOAD 1 (EQ CASE L-R)
4 0
4 4.72 0 0
7 11.2 0 0
10 21.88 0 0
13 26.37 0 0
*LOAD 2 (EQ CASE R - L)
4 0
6 -4.72 0 0
9 -11.2 0 0
12 -21.88 0 0
15 -26.37 0 0
*LOAD 3 (DL CASE )
0 8
13 3
3 16.0 0.0 3.3 0.0
4 6.13 0.0 1.65 1.65
5 6.13 1.65 1.65 1.65
14 6
3 16.0 0.0 4.7 0.0
4 1.98 0.0 0.66 0.66
5 1.98 0.66 0.66 0.66
4 6.42 1.325 1.69 1.69
5 6.42 3.015 1.69 1.69
1 39.27 1.325 3.375 0.0
15 3
3 16.0 0.0 3.3 0.0
4 6.13 0.0 1.65 1.65
5 6.13 1.65 1.65 1.65
16 6
3 16.0 0.0 4.7 0.0
4 1.98 0.0 0.66 0.66

144
Chapter-4 Example Problem

5 1.98 0.66 0.66 0.66


4 6.42 1.325 1.69 1.69
5 6.42 3.015 1.69 1.69

Fig. 4.11 : F r a me o n A XI S - D

1 39.27 1.325 3.375 0.0


17 3
3 16.0 0.0 3.3 0.0
4 6.13 0.0 1.65 1.65

145
Concepts in Frame Design

5 6.13 1.65 1.65 1.65


18 6
3 16.0 0.0 4.7 0.0
4 1.98 0.0 0.66 0.66
5 1.98 0.66 0.66 0.66
4 6.42 1.325 1.69 1.69
5 6.42 3.015 1.69 1.69
1 39.27 1.325 3.375 0.0
19 3
3 6.125 0.0 3.3 0.0
4 9.79 0.0 1.65 1.65
5 9.79 1.65 1.65 1.65
20 6
3 6.125 0.0 4.7 0.0
4 1.58 0.0 0.66 0.66
5 1.58 0.66 0.66 0.66
4 10.26 1.325 1.69 1.69
5 10.26 3.015 1.69 1.69
1 29.25 1.325 3.375 0.0
*LOAD 4 (LL CASE )
0 8
13 2
4 2.72 0.0 1.65 1.65
5 2.72 1.65 1.65 1.65
14 5
4 0.88 0.0 0.66 0.66
5 0.88 0.66 0.66 0.66
4 2.85 1.325 1.69 1.69
5 2.85 3.015 1.69 1.69
1 6.08 1.325 3.375 0.0
15 2
4 2.72 0.0 1.65 1.65
5 2.72 1.65 1.65 1.65
16 5
4 0.88 0.0 0.66 0.66
5 0.88 0.66 0.66 0.66
4 2.85 1.325 1.69 1.69
5 2.85 3.015 1.69 1.69
1 6.08 1.325 3.375 0.0
17 2
4 2.72 0.0 1.65 1.65
5 2.72 1.65 1.65 1.65
18 5

146
Chapter-4 Example Problem

4 0.88 0.0 0.66 0.66


5 0.88 0.66 0.66 0.66
4 2.85 1.325 1.69 1.69
5 2.85 3.015 1.69 1.69
1 6.08 1.325 3.375 0.0
19 2
4 2.05 0.0 1.65 1.65
5 2.05 1.65 1.65 1.65
20 5
4 0.33 0.0 0.66 0.66
5 0.33 0.66 0.66 0.66
4 2.14 1.325 1.69 1.69
5 2.14 3.015 1.69 1.69
1 4.54 1.325 3.375 0.0

4.10 Operational tips for program runs


The tips are with reference to frame on axis-A. and on axis-1AC which
intersect at column A1 (Refer Fig. 4.1).

Steps Program Input File Output File

1 FSTEEL.EXE A.DAT*1 A.RES*2


A.OUT*3

2 EQL.EXE A.OUT AD.OUT*4

3 EREAD.EXE AD.OUT A1.EQD*5


1AC.OUT*6
EQF.DAT*7

4 EQ.EXE EQ.DAT EQ.RES

5 FSTEEL.EXE A.DAT*8 A.RES


A.OUT

6 STEEL.EXE A.OUT AB.OUT*9


AC.OUT*10

7 CREAD.EXE AC.OUT A1.CLD


1ACC.OUT*11
COL.DAT*12

8 COLD.EXE COL.DAT COL.RES

147
Concepts in Frame Design

Notes:

*1 : Refer chapter 4.6 where DL and LL data are compiled in A.DAT. The
earthquake load has dummy values, since it will be assessed
subsequently by the program.
*2 : File A.RES has text titles to comprehend the output.

*3 : File A.OUT is same as A.RES only, text titles are absent.

*4 : File AD.OUT is column load (refer chapter 5.2, step-5)

*5 : File 1AC.OUT is obtained after running FSTEEL.EXE using data


1AC.DAT (ref. chapter 4.3)
*6 : A1.EQD is column load data file (ref. chapter 5.2, step-6)

*7: EQF.DAT is the column load for all the columns together (ref. chapter
5.2, step-7), all *.EQD are assembled in EQ.DAT. Refer chapter 5.3
for EQF.DAT

*8 : A.DAT has now computed values of earthquake load (ref. chapter 5.3,
5.4, and 5.5)

*9 : AB.OUT has beam reinforcement designed by STEEL.EXE

*10 : AC.OUT is the columns’ loads and moments (refer chapter 6.0) for
the columns along the frame on axis-A.

*11 : 1ACC.OUT is the columns loads and moments for the columns
along the frame on axis 1-AC.
*12 : COL.DAT (refer chapter 6.0, 6.1, and 6.2)

148
Chapter-5 Lateral Load Analysis

CHAPTER 5

LATERAL LOAD ANALYSIS

5.0 INTRODUCTION:
The natural forces due to earthquake and wind induce dominant lateral
loads on the buildings. Their magnitude is varying and it is hard to predict
precisely. The earthquake causes random ground motion. The horizontal
component is more dominant and usually adopted in design. The ground
disturbances (Fig. 5.1) cause the lower part of the building to move whereas
the upper part maintains the static position. The building is thus distorted,
and it oscillates as if the lateral loads are applied at various storey levels.
The floors behave as lumped mass along the column height and the
dynamic analysis using the vibration and damping effects is carried out.
The dynamic behaviour for tall structures is too complex to be exactly mod-
elled. Pseudo - static method utilising the seismic coefficients is applied to
low and medium rise (< 40m) buildings. A certain percentage of the total
vertical load is applied as base shear on the building; storey

shears are worked out by an idealised distribution pattern of the base shear
using floor loads and the storey heights (measured from the foundation base)
as functions. The idealisation of wind load as lateral load is carried out using
the maximum wind velocity experienced in the zone of the building site. The
velocity is converted into pressure which is applied on the frontal area of the
building. Unlike seismic forces, the stroey shear in case of wind load is
simple to calculate. The respective storey height and the inter-frame spac-
ing contribute to give effective area for a particular storey. Once the storey
shears are worked out the analysis is simple. The storey shears are applied

149
Concepts in Frame Design

to the frame as joint loads in horizontal direction parallel to the ground. Due
to their violent nature, short duration, and unpredictable intensity wind and
earthquake are never considered to occur simultaneously. The buildings are
checked separately against wind and earthquake with due combination of
Dead Load and appropriate Live Load. The example problem is solved using
the previous version of the Indian Earthquake code, IS:1893. However, the
base ground force using the latest IS:1893 - 2002 has been illustrated in
Appendix-C.

5.1 EARTHQUAKES
It is believed to occur due to a global natural phenomenon of earth spinning.
The earth has two motions. It spins (rotates) in anticlock direction on its
axis causing day and night, and also keeps making revolutions around the
sun on an elliptical path causing seasonal cyclic variations. The spinning
rate on equator is 465 m/s and the speed during revolution on the ecliptic
(the elliptical path around sun) is 29.8 km/s. In the galaxy of stars and
planets the earth is like a speck and it maintains its spatial position in
equilibrium due to interplanetary gravitational forces. The centrifugal force of
spinning has caused the earth to bulge along equator. This has lent apple -
like spherical shape to the earth; the equatorial radius is 6378.2 km, and
the polar radius is 6356.8 km.
EARTH MASS
The different locations inside the earth sphere is called by several names,
viz., inner solid core, outer molten core, mantle, and crust. The crust
is the top earth surface of about 35 km thickness composed of solid rock
with soil in upper thin layer; the rock and soil of the crust is called
lithosphere. Under the oceans the crust is about 10 km thick. Over the
crust, about 71% of the earth surface area, is the water body in the form of
oceans, seas, inland lakes and rivers which all combined together is called
hydrosphere. About 100 km of space above the earth surface is composed
of gases and is called atmosphere. The upper mantle underneath the
earth crust is molten rock which is about 250 km thick and is called
asthenosphere. The crust floats over the molten rock of the mantle. The
propagation of artificial seismic waves inside the earth mass shows consid-
erable change in the wave velocity at two locations. One is at the boundary
of the core and the mantle which is half way between the earth surface and
the earth centre; the other is between the solid crust and the molten mantle.
These two locations are called discontinuity; the former as Weichert -
Gutenberg discontinuity, and the latter as Mohorovicic (Moho) discontinu-
ity.

PLATE TECTONICS
There are several prevailing theories and thoughts over the formation of
the earth and the oceans. It is generally believed, in the beginning of geo-

150
Chapter-5 Lateral Load Analysis

logical antiquity, there was only a single central land mass called Pangaea,
meaning in Greek , "all earth". Subsequently it broke into two parts, southern
hemisphere as Gondwanaland, and the northern hemisphere as Laurasia.
The name Gondawanaland is after a central Indian tribe. Canada, Greenland
is called Laurentia and combined with Asia it is called Laurasia. At some
time, on geological scale, Tethys sea existed between Laurasia and
Gondwanaland. Their further successive fragmentation gave rise to the
present continents and oceans. It is assumed about 70 million years ago
the present world took its geographical shape. India was at one time near
the Antarctica and Japan was near the present North Pole. The present day
North America, Greenland, and Eurasia formed Laruasia. The Gondwanaland
had present South America, Africa, India, Australia, and Antarctica. Like
zigsaw puzzle if the continents are brought closer they snugly fit at several
locations with each other. The eastern margin of South America has a close
fit with the southwestern margin of Africa. There have been several models of
continental drift based on the close fitting of the continents, and similarities
of flora and fauna relics locked in the rock mass. One, popular model finds
India situated between Australia and Madagascar. It is assumed, India started
moving away from western Australia and moved west - northward and col-
lided with Asia. This gave rise to Himalayas on closing the Tethys sea. The
continental drift is based on plate tectonic theory. The rock mass supporting
continents are called continental plates. There are about 10 (variously taken
upto 20) such major floating plates of varying sizes having thickness 90 -
100 km. They converge, diverge, move parallel to each other such that the
movement of the floating plates over the molten earth mantle is quite irregu-
lar and erratic. The plate tectonics gave rise to seismic disturbances, vol-
canic eruptions and mountain building. As the Himalayas came into being
due to collision of Indian and Eurasian plate, the Alps, Pyrannes, and Apen-
nines took their form by collision of African Plate with the European plate.

EXPANDING EARTH
The plate tectonics theory sometimes fail to convince the explanation
fully. The drifting of South America due west of Africa is not convincing
where as other continents, viz., India has moved northwardly. An
independent theory of sea floor spreading and the expanding earth came
into being way back in 1899. This later, picked up, and briefly, it says,
the earth in the era of Pangaea was only 60% of its present size. The
present globe is due to increase in size of the earth which took place at
different rates in the past. The land mass remained constant although
they broke and took different shapes but the ocean area increased and it
is progressively increasing. The sea floor spreading is conceded in the
plate tectonic theory also. This is further supported by the fall in sea levels
and coming up of new land mass in the continental margin. Similar to
plate tectonics, the expanding earth, also supports the occurrences of seis-

151
Concepts in Frame Design

mic disturbances. It is expected more work on the expanding earth inte-


grated with plate tectonics would consolidate the views on the drifting of the
continents.

INDIAN PLATE
Six major plates were initially considered over the entire globe. However, the
final tally as identified by the noted geologists goes upto 20. The Indian
Plate is identified with Peninsular India, a major portion of the Indian Ocean,
and Australia. There are several sub-plates identified but with diverging opin-
ions. There is a common assumption that Indian main plate might break
along Sri Lanka and Australia. This is based on several shallow earthquakes
experienced in the sea along this line. Indian land mass is put into three
distinct geological divisions;
the Himalayas with east and west extensions,
the Indo-Gangetic plains on south of the Himalayas,
the Peninsular India.
The Indian plate compressing the eastern part of the Eurasian plate has
caused the appearance of the Himalayas. The crust lying below Tibet has
been found twice thick which is considered to be because of Indian plate
pushing beneath it. This further supports the formation of trough like tec-
tonic foredeep of the Indo-Gangetic plains. These formations are considered
young and of recent origin on the geological time scale. The Indian desert,
Thar, is the part of the foredeep forming Indo-Gangetic plains. On the
west the Baluchistan - Iran line makes a boundary between the Eurasian
and Arabian plates. The Indian, Eurasian, and Arabian Plates form a junc-
tion near Karachi. The Himalayas and the Indo-Gangetic plains are more
prone to seismic disturbances. The Peninsular India is stable and the rock
mass in this zone is considered to be as old as the earth itself. The coastal
plains surrounding the Peninsula are considered to be of recent origin. Geo-
logical evidences collected by Oil and Natural Gas Commission of India
suggests that the extra-peninsular region is made of folded and faulted moun-
tains whereas the Peninsular portion has experienced little deformation.

INDIAN SEISMIC ZONES


Seismic disturbance is a global phenomena but it is more devastating in
its epicentral zone. Epicentre is a place on the surface of the earth just
above the focus from where the elastic seismic waves originate. Globally
Indian Plate has its own characteristics but there are some loacal faults
and foldings which attract the seismic disturbances. Based on such evi-
dences the Indian territory has been put into five seismic zones.
OROGENIC UNIT is made of the Himalayan faults including Shillong massif
and it makes the zone V and IV. In this zone the shocks of 5 - 8 on the
Richter scale has been experienced.

152
Chapter-5 Lateral Load Analysis

FOREDEEP AND MARGINAL DEPRESSION UNIT is the Himalayan


foredeep making Indo - Gangetic plains with Patna faults, and also includes
the Kutch fault. This has zone IV and III with islet of zone V.
WEST COAST AND NARMADA TAPTI UNIT has zone III with islets of
zone IV. This has Narmada - Sone rift, Tapti rift and their postulated
extensions.
GONDWANA RIFTS UNIT make the zone III.
PENINSULAR SHIELD UNIT has localised faults and makes the zone I
and II with islets of zone III.
It has been observed severe earthquakes usually visit orogenic zones,
mid-oceanic ridges, oceanic trenches and island arcs. In Indian context
the Himalayas make the orogenic belt and the north and northeast under-
thrusting of the Indian plate with the Eurasian plate cause violent seismic
disturbance in the Himalayas. In the trans - Himalayan zone southwest
underthrusting has caused the earthquakes which appears to be because
of the mutual under-thrusting of the Indian and the Eurasian plates. The
Indian plate is moving north and northeast which causes the reactionary
thrust from the Eurasian plate in the southwest direction.

SEISMIC INTENSITY
Seismic disturbances are identified by ground shaking. Initially there has
been qualitative measure of ground shaking. This is subjective and ini-
tially De Rossi in Italy developed an intensity scale between 1874 and
1878. Later in 1881 Forel in Switzerland proposed a similar scale. Their joint
scale is called R - F Scale (Rossi - Forel Scale). This scale has ten inten-
sity divisions. This has subsequently been revised several times, and in
1888, Mercalli proposed a scale with twelve divisions. In 1904, Cancani co-
related the Mercali intensity scale with the ground acceleration. In 1923,
Seiberg published an elaborated Mercalli scale covering all sorts of earth-
quakes. The modified Mercalli scale is popularly called MM Scale. There
have been two more modifications in the Mercalli scale; Wood and Newman
in USA did it in 1931, and in 1956, Richter published the intensity scale
linked with the magnitude measuring the energy released in an earthquake.
This expresses the trace amplitude on logarithmic scale of base 10. The
short period torsion seismometer would register the earthquake at an epi-
central distance of 100 km. The Richter scale has now become popular and
the earthquakes are now commonly expressed on this scale. The earth-
quake showing 6 and above on Richter scale indicates its devastating na-
ture. In order to have a combined feel of Modified Mercalli Scale and Richter
Scale the following table may be referred.

INTENSITY No. of GROUND JERKS RICHTER

153
Concepts in Frame Design

SCALE(MM Scale) and TREMORS Magnitude


I Instrumental imperceptible < 3.5
II Feeble 10 3.5
III Slight 25 4.2
IV Moderate 50 4.3
V Rather Strong 100 4.8
VI Strong 250 4.9 - 5.4
VII Very Strong 500 5.5 - 6.1
VIII Destructive 1000 6.2
IX Ruinous 2500 6.9
X Disastrous 5000 7.0 - 7.3
XI Very Disastrous 7500 7.4 - 8.1
XII Catastrophic 9800 > 8.1
Some of the most violent earthquakes witnessed and recorded, in Indian
context, are as following.
DATE LOCATION RICHTER (magn)
June 16, 1819 Kutch, Gujrat 8.0
Jan. 10, 1869 Near Cachar, Assam 7.5
May 30, 1885 Sopor, J&Kashmir 7.0
June 12, 1897 Shillong Plateau 8.7
April 4, 1905 Kangra, HP 8.0
July 8, 1918 Srimangal, Assam 7.6
July 2, 1930 Dhubri, Assam 7.1
Jan 15, 1934 Bihar - Nepal Border 8.3
June 26, 1941 Andaman Islands 8.1
Oct. 23, 1943 Assam 7.2
Aug. 15, 1950 Arunachal Pradesh 8.5
July 21, 1956 Anjar, Gujrat 7.0
Dec. 10, 1967 Koyna, Maharashtra 6.5
Jan. 19, 1975 Kinnaur, HP 6.2
Aug. 6, 1988 Manipur-Myanmar Border 6.6
Aug. 21, 1988 Bihar - Nepal Border 6.4
Oct. 20, 1991 Uttarkashi, UP Hills 6.6
Sept. 30, 1993 Latur - Osmanabad 6.3
May 22, 1997 Jabalpur, MP 6.0
Mar. 29, 1999 Chamoli Dist. UP 6.8
Jan. 26, 2001 Bhuj, Gujrat 7.9

There are several publications of Bureau of Indian Standards worth


referring; IS:1893 -Criteria for Earthquake Resistant Design of Structures
SP:22 - Explanatory Handbook on codes for Earthquake Engineering
IS :13920- Ductile Detailing of R.C. Structures subjected to Seismic forces
IS:4326 -Earthquake Resistant Design and Construction of Buildings.

154
Chapter-5 Lateral Load Analysis

The example problem is the case of a four storeyed residential building.


The codal requirement is to analyse the frames using quasi-static method.
This is also called seismic - coefficient method. Earthquake is a natural
force with unpredictable frequency of occurrence. As stated earlier the In-
dian national territory has been put into five seismic zones. Each zone has
been assigned a value for basic seismic coefficients which increases in
magnitude from zone I to V. Zone V is the severest and zone I is the
mildest.

The latest version of IS:1893-2002 merged Zone-I with Zone II. There are
now four zones only from Zone II through Zone V. The zonal basic seismic
coefficients varies from 0.01 to 0.08 and their adoption is based on Assam
earthquake of 1950. Before occurrence of 1950 earthquake in Assam,
some of the buildings were designed there using 0.08 basic horizontal seis-
mic coefficient. Those buildings suffered no damage in 1950 earthquake.
This gave an upper bound value for seismic coefficients. Accordingly the
other zones were evaluated using the past seismic disturbances and their
degree of devastation. In a way, the seismic coefficients assigned to the
respective zones are rather arbitrary and subjective. All future refinements
require enormous data base which has been lacking in the Indian subconti-
nent.

In pseudo - static method the total column load (DL + appropriate fraction
of LL) is converted into lateral load (called base shear) by multiplying it
with the design horizontal seismic coefficient. The base shear is further
distributed into storey shears to act as joint loads laterally at different floor
levels. The design horizontal seismic coefficients is obtained by modifying
the basic seismic coefficient by soil - structure factor and the structural
importance factor. The example problem demonstrates the method followed
in this regard.
Zone IV : Patna (Ref. IS 1893 for appropriate values adopted here
below)
Basic seismic coefficient, α0 = 0.05
Design horizontal seismic coefficient = αh = β I α0 = 1 x 1 x 0.05 = 0.05
Here, β is soil - structure factor and I is the importance factor. The values
used are based on the guide lines provided in IS 1893. For pile foundation in
good soil β is 1. For ready reference, α0 for various seismic zones is
zone I, 0.01, zone IV, 0.05
zone II, 0.02, zone V, 0.08
zone III, 0.04,
and value of β for different soil conditions and foundation types is
Pile - resting in medium, hard soil / rock, 1.0

155
Concepts in Frame Design

soft soil 1.2


Raft 1.0
Footing (combined / isolated with tie beam)
medium, hard soil / rock 1.0
soft soil 1.2
Footing without tie beam
hard soil / rock 1.0
medium soil 1.2
soft soil 1.5

Base Shear, VB = K C αh W , where K is performance factor and for RCC


moment resisting frames with ductile steel detailing it is 1. The factor C
stands for frame flexibility and is a product of fundamental period of vibra-
tion. Fundamental period of vibration is T = 0.1 x n , where n is number of
storeys. For n = 4, T = 0.4 sec. From graph (IS 1893 Fig. 3, reproduced as
Fig. 5.2) C = 0.9
Base Shear, VB = K C αh W = 1 x 0.9 x 0.05 W = 0.045 W

0.8
C

0.6

0.4

0.2

0
0.3 0.4 0.8 1.2 1.4 2 2.4 2.6 2.8 3

T,sec

F i g. 5 . 2 : T v s C gr a ph

A reference may be made to Appendix-C, which shows that according to


new IS:1893-2002, VB = 0.06 W

5.2 COLUMN LOAD (EREAD):


For each column the base shear is computed separately. The value of W in
the above formula is DL + 0.25 LL of the respective column. This has been
obtained through program runs and finally compiled in the form of EQ. DAT.
The stepwise method adopted to compute the values is as follows.

The programs are used in the following sequence.

Step 1 For example, Take A .DAT which contains DL and appropriate LL

156
Chapter-5 Lateral Load Analysis

data for Earthquake. In the example Problem appropriate LL is


25% LL. This is because the residential building as per IS 1893 is
required to be designed for 25% LL, where LL is upto 3.0 kN/sqm.
For higher LL , it is 50 % of LL.

Step 2 In order to compute column loads A .DAT is input to FSTEEL.EXE

Step 3 There are two output files, A .RES and A .OUT. The file A .RES
contains member end forces due to DL and 25% LL with text -
title of the forces and A .Out is compilation of only member end
forces for all the load cases consecutively. The text titles are
kept absent for easy data - picking by subsequent program. A .
RES is convenient to inspect where as A . OUT is specially meant
to be used as input file for further run.

Step 4 A .OUT is input to EQL.EXE which reads A .OUT and separates


the column loads which is output as a file AD.OUT

Step 5 All the frames are run (steps 1 through 4 above) and their output
from EQL.EXE is finally collected in *D.OUT (* is called wild
card in computer terminology and it is used to designate all files
ending with D before the extension. Like the name of a person,
a file has also a name. For AD . OUT , AD is the first name, dot
/ decimal is the middle name, OUT is the last name, and .OUT
is usually together called extension. For Axis - B, the column
load file is BD.OUT; for axis 1 it is 1D.OUT; for axis 2 it is
2D.OUT and so on; all such files having first name ending with
D can thus be called *D.OUT)

Step 6 A column falls at the intersection point of two frames and total
load over a column is obtained from both the intersecting frames.
For example, column A1 is at the intersection of the frames on
Axes A and 1 (A -C). To obtain data for column A1, EREAD. EXE
is run. The input data is AD.OUT and 1ACD .OUT. The program is
self prompting and asks for stronger axis data and weaker axis
data. As the column is oriented in plan with its depth (larger di-
mension) along Axis A, so the stronger axis data is from Axis A
data, i.e., AD . OUT and the weaker axis (the frame axis parallel
to the width of the column) is 1 A-C and therefore the weaker axis
data input is 1ACD . OUT. The output file is created after the
name of the column and in this case it is A1.EQD

Step 7 After completion of run of EREAD.EXE for all the columns, the

157
Concepts in Frame Design

files *.EQD are copied in one file named as EQ. DAT. This file
contains loads (DL + 0.25LL) on all the columns. EQ.EXE is
run and output is collected in EQ.RES which contains the
stroey shear and base shear for all the columns. Column loads
obtained from the program run and compiled at intermediate
stage as EQ . DAT is below.

55.10
EQ. DAT C1 70.10
270.90 351.90 33.80
A1 194.90 192.70 33.60
206.70 201.30 254.40 12.60
169.90 145.10 136.30 B3
168.90 129.90 158.80 251.70
135.20 95.00 80.30 175.40
130.00 57.30 69.90 186.20
100.60 44.70 26.60 127.80
90.30 D1 C2 119.30
65.60 114.90 568.10 79.50
70.00 177.20 294.20 51.70
26.40 85.30 415.60 30.50
B1 (see Note 1) 130.70 220.20 C3
220.70 52.50 267.20 294.00
240.70 85.20 147.60 336.50
220.70 18.50 121.20 217.70
205.70 A2 75.80 245.10
185.40 342.70 D2 139.10
187.20 176.10 394.40 156.10
185.40 266.90 166.50 59.20
152.30 139.60 279.50 68.80
148.50 193.40 125.00 D3
134.20 102.10 169.40 208.30
148.50 120.90 82.80 174.10
99.90 63.90 61.60 151.90
110.50 69.80 40.10 131.50
81.90 26.50 A3 93.60
110.50 B2 141.50 87.70
44.10 452.50 75.60 34.40
69.90 249.60 106.50 43.20
26.70

158
Chapter-5 Lateral Load Analysis

Note 1:
Columns A1 and B1 unlike others have several intermediate floors due
to stair mid- level landing. Refer the frame diagram (Fig. 4.5)
for Axis 1 (A-C). The column B1 is seen to be made of mem-
bers 6, 7, 8, 9, 10, 11, 12, 13, and 14. The column load from
Axis B frame is obtained only for main storey levels and not
for intermediate level floors. A little reflection will make it clear
that as regards load from frame B, member 7 will have load
similar to the member 6. Similarly other members are dealt
with .
The following is the final earthquake data which may be termed as
EQF.DAT file which is made after inserting requisite earth-
quake data to the above file EQ. DAT, i.e.,total number of
columns, base shear coefficient, number of storeys, their
heights etc. to each column separately as compiled below.
In parentheses explanations are given.

5.3 INPUT DATA FOR STOREY SHEAR


EQF . DAT
12 0.045 (total number of cols, base shear coeff)
A1
5 (number of storeys to col A1)
1.53 2 (storey ht in m, data from 2 intersecting frames)
206.70 (Gr floor load in kN on A1 from Axis A frame)
169.90 (Gr floor load in kN on A1 from Axis 1-AC frame)
3.05 2 (storey ht, data from 2 frames)
168.90 (1st floor load in kN on A1 from Axis A frame)
135.20 (1st floor load in kN on A1 from Axis 1 A-C frame)
3.05 2 (storey ht, data from 2 frames)
130.00 (2nd floor load in kN on A1 from Axis A frame)
100.60 (2nd floor load in kN on A1 from Axis 1 A-C frame)
3.05 2 (storey ht, data from 2 frames)
90.30 (3rd floor load in kN on A1 from Axis A frame)
65.60 (3rd floor load in kN on A1 from Axis 1 A-C frame)
4.02 2 (storey ht, data from 2 frames)
70.00 (Top floor load in kN on A1 from Axis A frame)
26.40 (Top floor load in kN on A1 from Axis 1 A-C frame)

159
Concepts in Frame Design

B1
114.90 4
9 26.60
177.20 3.05 2
1.53 2 C2
3.05 2 251.70
220.70 4
85.30 175.40
240.70 3.05 2
130.70 3.05 2
1.53 2 568.10
3.05 2 186.20
220.70 294.20
52.50 127.80
205.70 3.05 2
85.20 3.05 2
1.53 2 415.60
3.05 2 119.30
185.40 220.20
18.50 79.50
187.20 3.05 2
39.80 3.05 2
1.53 2 267.20
A2 51.70
185.40 147.60
5 30.50
152.30 3.05 2
3.05 2 C3
1.53 2 121.20
342.70 4
148.50 75.80
176.10 3.05 2
134.20 D2
3.05 2 294.00
1.53 2 4
266.90 336.50
148.50 3.05 2
139.60 3.05 2
99.90 394.40
3.05 2 217.70
1.53 2 166.50
193.40 245.10
110.50 3.05 2
102.10 3.05 2
81.90 279.50
3.05 2 139.10
1.53 2 125.00
120.90 156.10
110.50 3.05 2
63.90 3.05 2
44.10 169.40
2.5 2 59.20
2.5 2 82.80
69.80 68.80
69.90 3.05 2
26.50 D3
26.70 61.60
B2 4
C1 40.10
5 3.05 2
4 A3
3.05 2 208.30
3.05 2 4
452.50 174.10
270.90 3.05 2
249.60 3.05 2
194.90 141.50
3.05 2 151.90
3.05 2 75.60
351.90 131.50
201.30 3.05 2
192.70 3.05 2
145.10 106.50
3.05 2 93.60
3.05 2 55.10
254.40 87.70
129.90 3.05 2 3.05 2
95.00 136.30 70.10 34.40
3.05 2 3.05 2 33.80 43.20
57.30 158.80 3.05 2
44.70 80.30 33.60
D1 2.5 2 12.60
4 69.90 B3
3.05 2

Program EQ . EXE is now run using the above EQF . DAT as input file and
the output file having storey shear along with the base shear of each column
is EQ . RES and is reproduced below. This may be noted that column A1
should have been handled as col. B1 with respect to height for intermediate
floors. Instead it has been dealt as seen in frame 1 (A-C). It is left as an
exercise for the keen observer to compute and compare the critical forces
including all floors seen from both the frames on axis A and 1 (A-C).

5.4 BASE SHEAR AND STOREY SHEAR


EQ . RES
A1
VB1= 16.947000
FLOOR NO= 1 STOREY SHEAR = 8.540168E-02
FLOOR NO= 2 STOREY SHEAR = 7.758248E-01

160
Chapter-5 Lateral Load Analysis

FLOOR NO= 3 STOREY SHEAR = 2.188343


FLOOR NO= 4 STOREY SHEAR = 3.415113
FLOOR NO= 5 STOREY SHEAR = 10.482320
total of storey shears= 16.947000

B1
VB1= 20.763000
FLOOR NO= 1 STOREY SHEAR = 3.855649E-02
FLOOR NO= 2 STOREY SHEAR = 2.370674E-01
FLOOR NO= 3 STOREY SHEAR = 3.460166E-01
FLOOR NO= 4 STOREY SHEAR = 9.694203E-01
FLOOR NO= 5 STOREY SHEAR = 9.446344E-01
FLOOR NO= 6 STOREY SHEAR = 2.220854
FLOOR NO= 7 STOREY SHEAR = 2.040408
FLOOR NO= 8 STOREY SHEAR = 4.089190
FLOOR NO= 9 STOREY SHEAR = 9.876854
total of storey shears= 20.763000

C1
VB1= 20.961000
FLOOR NO= 1 STOREY SHEAR = 7.485397E-01
FLOOR NO= 2 STOREY SHEAR = 3.046822
FLOOR NO= 3 STOREY SHEAR = 6.934339
FLOOR NO= 4 STOREY SHEAR = 10.231300
total of storey shears= 20.961000

D1
VB1= 13.144500
FLOOR NO= 1 STOREY SHEAR = 4.911360E-01
FLOOR NO= 2 STOREY SHEAR = 2.021338
FLOOR NO= 3 STOREY SHEAR = 4.611901
FLOOR NO= 4 STOREY SHEAR = 6.020126
total of storey shears= 13.144500

A2
VB1= 23.346000
FLOOR NO= 1 STOREY SHEAR = 5.036440E-01
FLOOR NO= 2 STOREY SHEAR = 1.991254
FLOOR NO= 3 STOREY SHEAR = 4.468213
FLOOR NO= 4 STOREY SHEAR = 6.350487
FLOOR NO= 5 STOREY SHEAR = 10.032400
total of storey shears= 23.346000

B2

161
Concepts in Frame Design

VB1= 31.594500
FLOOR NO= 1 STOREY SHEAR = 7.470863E-01
FLOOR NO= 2 STOREY SHEAR = 2.920040
FLOOR NO= 3 STOREY SHEAR = 6.471901
FLOOR NO= 4 STOREY SHEAR = 10.822550
FLOOR NO= 5 STOREY SHEAR = 10.632920
total of storey shears= 31.594500

C2
VB1= 38.803500
FLOOR NO= 1 STOREY SHEAR = 1.412408
FLOOR NO= 2 STOREY SHEAR = 5.512444
FLOOR NO= 3 STOREY SHEAR = 12.223410
FLOOR NO= 4 STOREY SHEAR = 19.655240
total of storey shears= 38.803500

D2
VB1= 25.240500
FLOOR NO= 1 STOREY SHEAR = 1.053456
FLOOR NO= 2 STOREY SHEAR = 4.103359
FLOOR NO= 3 STOREY SHEAR = 9.123439
FLOOR NO= 4 STOREY SHEAR = 10.960250
total of storey shears= 25.240500
A3
VB1= 9.769501
FLOOR NO= 1 STOREY SHEAR = 3.509887E-01
FLOOR NO= 2 STOREY SHEAR = 1.459607
FLOOR NO= 3 STOREY SHEAR = 3.284115
FLOOR NO= 4 STOREY SHEAR = 4.674789
total of storey shears= 9.769501

B3
VB1= 19.219500
FLOOR NO= 1 STOREY SHEAR = 7.397397E-01
FLOOR NO= 2 STOREY SHEAR = 3.013900
FLOOR NO= 3 STOREY SHEAR = 6.863687
FLOOR NO= 4 STOREY SHEAR = 8.602174
total of storey shears= 19.219500

C3
VB1= 28.372500
FLOOR NO= 1 STOREY SHEAR = 1.083620
FLOOR NO= 2 STOREY SHEAR = 4.331896

162
Chapter-5 Lateral Load Analysis

FLOOR NO= 3 STOREY SHEAR = 9.723506


FLOOR NO= 4 STOREY SHEAR = 13.233480
total of storey shears= 28.372500

D3
VB1= 17.208000
FLOOR NO= 1 STOREY SHEAR = 6.351239E-01
FLOOR NO= 2 STOREY SHEAR = 2.620046
FLOOR NO= 3 STOREY SHEAR = 5.987483
FLOOR NO= 4 STOREY SHEAR = 7.965350
total of storey shears= 17.208000
The result obtained for storey shear as mentioned above in EQ . RES is
compared for any one column, for example A2. The manual calculation is
done in accordance with the procedure laid down in IS 1893. The value of
storey shear, Qi , matches exactly which demonstrates the reliability of the
computer method.
col col load Wi hi Wi hi2 Wi hi2 / Qi
2
A2 (kN) (kN) (m) sum (Wi hi ) (kN)
342.7 518.8 112.3 3.05 1044.671 0.021573 0.503644
176.1

266.9 406.5 111 6.1 4130.31 0.085293 1.991254


139.6

193.4 295.5 110.7 9.15 9268.081 0.191391 4.468213


102.1

120.9 184.8 88.5 12.2 13172.34 0.272016 6.350486


63.9
69.8 96.3 96.3 14.7 20809.47 0.429727 10.0324
26.5
sum= 48424.87 1.0 23.346
Base shear = 0.045 x 518.8 = 23.346 kN

5.5 ADDITIONAL FORCE DUE TO SEISMIC TORSIONAL MOMENT:


When the centre of rigidity does not fall on the centre of mass of the building
torsional seismic moment is induced on the building. The torsional seismic
moment is converted into lateral forces acting at column joints at all floor
levels. The following procedure is adopted to work out additional storey shears
on the column joints.

163
Concepts in Frame Design

Rigidity centre: It is the c.g. of the stiffness of the columns lying in a


horizontal plane at a particular floor level. For the example problem it is
worked out as follows.
As all the columns are of similar stiffness, the stiffness term cancels out in
the formula. Taking moment of the columns about grid - A,
Crx= 3 (2.4+5.9+10.3)/12 = 4.65 m.
Similarly, taking moment about the gird -1,
Cry = {4(4.855+9.555)+1.555} / 12 = 4.93 m.
Precisely, moment should have been taken about the column c.g. but with
the very marginal loss of accuracy it has been conveniently taken from
the grid lines.
Mass centre: It is the c.g. of the column loads.
Column loads along grid A: A1+A2+A3= 377+519+217 = 1113
Column loads along gird B: B1+B2+B3=462+702+427=1591 kN
Column loads along grid C = C1+C2+C3= 466+862+631=1959 kN
Column loads along grid D= D1+D2+D3=293+561+383=1237 kN
Column loads along gird 1 = A1+B1+ C1=377+462+466=1305 kN
Column loads along gird 1 = D1 = 293 kN
Column loads along gird 2=A2+B2+C2+D2=519+702+862+561=2644 kN
Column loads along gird 3 = A3+B3+C3+D3=217+427+631+383=1718 kN
Cmx = {2.4x1591 + 5.9x1959 + 10.3x1237} / {1113+1591+1959+1237} = 4.76 m
Cmy = {4.855x2644 + 9.555 x 1718 + 293x1.555} / {5900} = 4.86 m

Storey Shear (kN) is summarised below from EQ.RES as previously dis-


cussed. Looking to the significantly low value of the Storey shear at lower
intermediate leveles of column B1, the data is compiled only for the main
storey levels.

STOREYS
cols 1st 2nd 3rd 4th 5th
A1 0.085 0.78 2.1 3.4 10.4
B1 0.24 1.35 3.14 6.13 9.88
C1 0.74 3.04 6.93 10.23
D1 0.49 2.02 4.61 6.02
A2 0.5 1.99 4.47 6.35 10.03
B2 0.74 2.92 6.47 10.82 10.63
C2 1.41 5.51 12.22 19.65
D2 1.05 4.1 9.12 10.96
A3 0.35 1.46 3.28 4.67

164
Chapter-5 Lateral Load Analysis

217 427 631 383

CR
Crx=4.65 m CM
Cmx=4.76 m 862

519 702 561

C r y = 4.93 m

293

377 462 466

Fig. 5.3: CENTRE OF RIGIDITY / MASS, COL LOADS IN kN

B3 0.74 3.01 6.86 8.6


C3 1.08 4.33 9.72 13.23
D3 0.64 2.62 5.99 7.96
storey shear
of all columns 7.85 31.88 73.97 105.99 40.94
Shear force, 260.63 252.78 220.9 146.93 40.94
kN

Centre of rigidity and Centre of mass (Fig. 5.3) :


crx = 4.65 m, cry = 4.93 m
cmx=4.76 m, cmy = 4.86 m
ex = 0.11 m, design ex = 1.5x0.11 = 0.165 m
ey = 0.07 m, design ey = 1.5x0.07 = 0.105 m
MI of one column, Ix =0.25x0.53/12 = 0.002604 m4
MI of one column, Iy =0.5x0.253/12 = 0.000651m4
Considering columns only to resist the torsional forces, their stiffness is
Kx= (12 Ec Ix)/(L3) and Ky= (12 Ec Iy)/(L3). Formula 5000(fck)0.5 gives
concrete Ec in Mpa. When fck = 15 Mpa, Concrete modulus value EC
= 1.94x107 kN/m2 .
Kx= (12 Ec Ix)/(L3) = 12 x 1.94x107 x0.002604 / (3.05)3 = 21366 kN/m

165
Concepts in Frame Design

Ky= (12 Ec Iy)/(L3) = 12 x 1.94x107 x0.000651 / (3.05)3 = 5341.5 kN/m

However, Moment of Inertia Ix and Iy may also be used as stiffness, Kx


and Ky respectively. In final calculation the common terms cancel out.

Total torsional stiffness about centre of rigidity is Ip= Σ(Kx Y2 + Ky X2)


Σ(Kx Y2 )=21366(3x4.932 + 3.3752 + 4x0.0752 + 4x4.6252) =3629877
kN-m Σ(Ky X2 )=5341.5(3x4.652 + 3x2.252 + 3x1.252 +3x5.652) =
964194 kN-m Ip= Σ(Kx Y2 + Ky X 2 ) = 4594071kN-m
Considering seismic force in X - direction, Torsional moment T at
various floors is V. eY:
T1= 260.63 x 0.105 = 27.37 kN - m
T2 = 252.78 x .105 = 26.54 kN - m

T3 = 220.9 x 0.105 = 23.19 kN - m

T4 = 146.33 x 0.105 = 15.36 kN - m

T5 = 0 kN - m (columns rigidity and mass centre coincide)

Torsional shear at each column line is as follows.


Vx = T/Ip x Y x ΣKxx

Vx for 1st storey:


columns on grid 1 = 27.37/4594071 x 4.93 x 3 x21366=1.88 kN
column D1 =27.37/ 4594071x 3.375 x 1x21366 = 0.43 kN
columns on grid 2 = 27.37/ 4594071x0.075x4x21366 = 0.038 kN
columns on grid 3 = 27.37/ 4594071x 4.625x4x21366 =2.35 kN
Vx for 2nd storey:
columns on grid 1 = 26.54/4594071 x 4.93 x 3 x21366=1.82 kN
column D1 =26.54/ 4594071x 3.375 x 1x21366 = 0.42 kN
columns on grid 2 = 26.54/ 4594071x0.075x4x21366 = 0.037 kN
columns on grid 3 = 26.54/ 4594071x 4.625x4x21366 =2.27 kN

Similarly, other storey values are calculated and they are summarised as
below.

cols. 1st 2nd 3rd 4th 5th


A1,B1,C1 1.88 1.82 1.59 1.06 0

D1 0.43 0.42 0.36 0.24 0

A2,B2,C2,D2 0.038 0.037 0.032 0.021 0

166
Chapter-5 Lateral Load Analysis

A3,B3,C3,D3 2.35 2.27 1.99 1.32 0

Considering seismic force in Y - direction, Torsional moment T at

various floors is V. ex :

T1= 260.63 x 0.165 = 43 kN - m


T2 = 252.78 x .165 = 41.7 kN - m

T3 = 220.9 x 0.165 = 36.4 kN - m

T4 = 146.33 x 0.165 = 24.2 kN - m

T5 = 0 kN - m (columns rigidity and mass centre coincide)

Torsional shear at each column line is as follows.


Vy = T/Ip x X x ΣKyy

For 1st storey:


cols. A1, A2, A3 Vy = 43/4594071 x 4.65 x 3 x5341.5 = 0.70 kN
cols. B1, B2, B3 Vy = 43/4594071 x 2.25 x 3 x5341.5 = 0.34 kN
cols. C1, C2, C3 Vy = 43/4594071 x 1.25 x 3 x5341.5 = 0.19 kN
cols. D1, D2, D3 Vy = 43/4594071 x 5.65 x 3 x5341.5 = 0.85 kN

Similarly, other storey values are calculated and summarised as below.

Cols 1st 2nd 3rd 4th 5th


A1,A2,A3 0.70 0.68 0.59 0.39 0
B1,B2,B3 0.34 0.33 0.29 0.19 0
C1,C2,C3 0.19 0.18 0.16 0.11 0
D1,D2,D3 0.85 0.82 0.72 0.47 0

TABLE - 1 Final Storey shear (kN) acting in X - direction


Col. 1st 2nd 3rd 4th 5th
A1 1.97 2.61 3.67 4.46 10.48
B1 2.12 3.17 4.73 7.19 9.88
C1 2.62 4.87 8.53 11.29 0
D1 0.92 2.44 4.97 6.26 0
A2 0.54 2.03 4.50 6.37 10.03
B2 0.78 2.96 6.50 10.84 10.63

167
Concepts in Frame Design

C2 1.45 5.55 12.25 19.67 0


D2 1.09 4.14 9.15 10.98 0
A3 2.70 3.74 5.28 5.99 0
B3 3.09 5.29 8.86 9.93 0
C3 3.43 6.61 11.72 14.56 0
D3 2.99 4.90 7.99 9.29 0

TABLE - 2: Final Storey shear (kN) acting in Y - direction


Cols. 1st 2nd 3rd 4th 5th
A1 0.78 1.46 2.69 3.79 10.48
A2 1.19 2.67 5.06 6.74 10.03
A3 1.05 2.14 3.87 5.06 0
B1 0.58 1.68 3.43 6.32 9.88
B2 1.08 3.25 6.76 11.01 10.63
B3 1.08 3.34 7.14 8.79 0
C1 0.93 3.22 7.09 10.34 0
C2 1.59 5.69 12.38 19.76 0
C3 1.27 4.51 9.88 13.34 0
D1 1.34 2.84 5.33 6.49 0
D2 1.89 4.92 9.84 11.44 0
D3 1.49 3.44 6.71 8.44 0

The data compiled in Table - 1 and 2 are now used as storey shears of the
respecive frames. As discussed previously, the frame load data are
primarily of four types,
LOAD 1 : Earthquake acting from Left to Right (+ve horizontal)
LOAD 2 : Earthquake acting from Right to Left (-ve horizontal)
LOAD 3: Dead Load (acting vertically downward)
LOAD 4: Live Load (acting vertically downward)
Calculation of LOAD 3 and 4 has already been discussed at length.
LOAD 1 and 2 are explained as the following.
Frame on Axis 1 (C - D): It is a single bay frame with only one column D1.
At each floor level one end of the beam rests on the column D1
where as the other end rests on a beam. The joints resting on
beams are 2, 4 , 6, and 8. In the support condition they have been
modelled as roller support allowing the frame to sway horizontally
due to lateral forces. Had there been a column at the said joints
the sway must have been substantially restricted due to the col-
umn stiffness. The joint loads for col. D1 at joint 3, 5, 7 and 9 are
taken from the Table - 1 as the frame is parallel to the X -
direction. For each joint there is only one force Fx and other forces
Fy and Mz are zero. The joint wise forces are
LOAD 1:

168
Chapter-5 Lateral Load Analysis

3 0.92 0.0 0.0


5 2.44 0.0 0.0
7 4.97 0.0 0.0
9 6.26 0.0 0.0
LOAD 2: The lateral forces are same as LOAD 1 only they reverse
in direction and therefore have -ve signs.
Frame on Axis 1 (A - C): The frame has three columns A1, B1, C1. Joint
wise values are taken for the respective columns from Table - 1 as
the frame is parallel to X - axis. The data compiled in file 1AC .
DAT is self explanatory.
Frame on Axis 2 : The frame has four columns A2, B2, C2 and D2. The
lateral forces (storey shears) at respective levels have been
summed and applied to only one joint i.e., joint 5 has summed
up values of first storey for joints 5, 6, 7 and 8 from Table - 1 for
columns A2, B2, C2 and D2 respectively.
joint 5 has Fx = (0.54+0.78+1.45+1.09 ) = 3.86 kN
Similarly values at other joints have been calculated and file 2 .
DAT illustrates the appropriate joint forces in LOAD 1 and 2 cases.
Frame on Axis 3: are dealt similar to Frame 2. Data are taken from Table
- 1 for the columns A3, B3, C3 and D3 and compiled in file 3 .
DAT.

Frame on Axis A, B, C and D: The frames are parallel to Y axis; there-


fore the joint forces values are taken from Table - 2 for the respec-
tive columns at their respective storeys. They are compiled in files
A . DAT, B . DAT, C . DAT and D . DAT (refer chap. 4). For exam-
ple, frame on Axis - C is illustrated (Fig.5.4 & 5.5). The frame (on
Axis - C) has three columns C1, C2 and C3. There could be two
ways of applying the stroey shears. One, storey shear for each
column is applied separately at all storey level joints; and the
other is combined storey-wise shear of all the columns is applied
at respective storey levels at any of the outer column joints. The
latter method makes the input data compact and this option has
been adopted in example problem. How storey - wise shear data
has been prepared for the frame on Axis- C is illustrated as an
example. The storey shears are taken from Table -2. The file C.
DAT (Load Case 1 and 2) in chapter 4 has the values of storey
shear applied at joints 4, 7, 10 and 13 of column C1 as Load Case
1; and in Load case 2, loads are applied at joints 6, 9, 12 and 15
of column C3. In load case 1, the joint loads are +ve because it
is applied in +ve x-direction representing the earthquake acting
from left to right; the forces applied in load case 2 are -ve as they
are applied in -ve x-direction because they represent earth quake

169
Concepts in Frame Design

4 3 .4 4 kN

2 9 .3 5 k N

1 3.42 k N

3 .7 9 k N

F ig . 5 .4: A X I S - C ( l o a d c a s e 1 - E Q L e f t to R i g h t)

4 3 .4 4 k N

2 9 .3 5 k N

1 3 .4 2 k N

3 .7 9 k N

F i g . 5 .5 : A X I S - C ( l o a d c a s e 2 - E Q R i g h t t o L e f t)

170
Chapter-5 Lateral Load Analysis

acting from right to left.


Level Col. C1 Col. C2 Col. C3 Total

1st storey 0.93 159 1.27 3.79


2nd storey 3.22 5.69 4.51 13.42
3rd storey 7.09 12.38 9.88 29.35
4th storey 10.34 19.76 13.34 43.44

5.6 FILE A.RES


COMPUTER EXAMPLE FRAME AXIS A
no.of loading system= 4
STRUCTURE INFORMATION

NUMBER OF MEMBERS= 23
NUMBER OF JOINTS= 17
NUMBER OF SUPPORT JOINTS= 3
MODULUS OF MATERIAL USED= .2200E+08 kN/SQM

JOINT COORDINATES(in Meter)


JOINT X-COORD Y-COORD
1 .00 .00
2 4.86 .00
3 9.56 .00
4 .00 3.05
5 4.86 3.05
6 9.56 3.05
7 .00 6.10
8 4.86 6.10
9 9.56 6.10
10 .00 9.15
11 4.86 9.15
12 9.56 9.15
13 .00 12.20
14 4.86 12.20
15 9.56 12.20
16 .00 14.70
17 4.86 14.70

MEMBER INFORMATION
(AREA in SQM, MI in M^4, LENGTH in Meter)
MEM. J-END K-END B/AREA D/MI LENGTH
1 1 4 .250 .500 3.050 1
2 4 7 .250 .500 3.050 1
3 7 10 .250 .500 3.050 1
4 10 13 .250 .500 3.050 1
5 13 16 .250 .500 2.500 1
6 2 5 .250 .500 3.050 2
7 5 8 .250 .500 3.050 2
8 8 11 .250 .500 3.050 2
9 11 14 .250 .500 3.050 2
10 14 17 .250 .500 2.500 2
11 3 6 .250 .500 3.050 3
12 6 9 .250 .500 3.050 3
13 9 12 .250 .500 3.050 3
14 12 15 .250 .500 3.050 3
15 4 5 .250 .500 4.855 0
16 5 6 .250 .500 4.700 0
17 7 8 .250 .500 4.855 0
18 8 9 .250 .500 4.700 0
19 10 11 .250 .500 4.855 0
20 11 12 .250 .500 4.700 0
21 13 14 .250 .500 4.855 0
22 14 15 .250 .500 4.700 0
23 16 17 .250 .500 4.855 0

171
Concepts in Frame Design

SUPPORT RESTRAINTS
1 111
2 111
3 111

*** SEISMIC FROM LEFT CASE ***

NO OF LOADED NO OF LOADED
JOINTS MEMBERS

5 0

JOINT LOADS (in kN and kN-M)

JOINT X-FORCE Y-FORCE MOMENT


4 .99 .00 .00
7 4.47 .00 .00
10 10.39 .00 .00
13 15.20 .00 .00
16 20.43 .00 .00

MEMBER END FORCES


(AXIAL and SHEAR in kN and MOMENT in kN-M)
MEM AXIAL SHEAR MOMENT AXIAL SHEAR MOMENT
SPAN MOMENT
1 -54.57 15.22 33.39 54.57 -15.22 13.03
00
2 -41.35 13.17 20.86 41.35 -13.17 19.31
00
3 -27.07 12.10 17.01 27.07 -12.10 19.89
.00
4 -15.00 8.62 10.87 15.00 -8.62 15.41
.00
5 -6.13 8.64 7.20 6.13 -8.64 14.41 .
00
6 3.49 20.85 39.14 -3.49 -20.85 24.45
.00
7 4.35 23.75 37.19 -4.35 -23.75 35.24
.00
8 5.30 21.70 31.97 -5.30 -21.70 34.22
.00
9 6.41 16.21 23.05 -6.41 -16.21 26.39
.00
10 6.13 11.79 14.13 -6.13 -11.79 15.34
.00
11 51.08 15.42 33.58 -51.08 -15.42 13.44
.00
12 37.00 13.57 21.41 -37.00 -13.57 19.99
.00
13 21.77 12.22 17.41 -21.77 -12.22 19.86
.00
14 8.59 10.80 12.63 -8.59 -10.80 20.32
.00
15 -1.06 -13.22 -33.88 1.06 13.22 -30.32
.00
16 1.84 -14.08 -31.32 -1.84 14.08 -34.85
.00
17 3.40 -14.28 -36.32 -3.40 14.28 -33.00
.00
18 1.36 -15.24 -34.21 -1.36 15.24 -37.40
.00
19 6.91 -12.07 -30.76 -6.91 12.07 -27.85
.00
20 1.42 -13.17 -29.42 -1.42 13.17 -32.49
.00
21 15.23 -8.87 -22.61 -15.23 8.87 -20.45
.00
22 10.80 -8.59 -20.07 -10.80 8.59 -20.32
.00
23 11.79 -6.13 -14.41 -11.79 6.13 - 15.34
.00

172
Chapter-5 Lateral Load Analysis

support reactions
(RX and RY in kN and MZ in kN-M)
JOINT RX RY MZ
1 -15.22 -54.57 33.39
2 -20.85 3.49 39.14
3 -15.42 51.08 33.58

*** SEISMIC FROM RIGHT CASE ***

NO OF LOADED NO OF LOADED
JOINTS MEMBERS

5 0

JOINT LOADS (in kN and kN-M)

JOINT X-FORCE Y-FORCE MOMENT


6 -.99 .00 .00
9 -4.47 .00 .00
12 -10.39 .00 .00
15 -15.20 .00 .00
17 -20.43 .00 .00

*** DEAD LOAD CASE ***

NO OF LOADED NO OF LOADED
JOINTS MEMBERS

0 9

MEMBER LOADS (kN and kN-M)

J - END FORCE K - END FORCE


MEM X-DIR Y-DIR MOMENT X-DIR Y-DIR MOMENT
15 .00 38.84 31.43 .00 38.84 -31.43
16 .00 33.81 31.10 .00 35.03 -30.52
17 .00 38.84 31.43 .00 38.84 -31.43
18 .00 33.81 31.10 .00 35.03 -30.52
19 .00 38.84 31.43 .00 38.84 -31.43
20 .00 33.81 31.10 .00 35.03 -30.52
21 .00 19.72 15.96 .00 19.72 -15.96
22 .00 32.45 28.60 .00 30.96 -27.34
23 .00 69.11 62.86 .00 69.11 -62.86

MEMBER END FORCES


(AXIAL and SHEAR in kN and MOMENT in kN-M)
MEM AXIAL SHEAR MOMENT AXIAL SHEAR MOMENT SPAN
MOMENT
1 205.86 -5.66 -5.95 -205.86 5.66 -11.31
.00
2 168.07 -9.93 -15.76 -168.07 9.93 -14.54
.00
3 129.20 -10.61 -15.56 -129.20 10.61 -16.81
.00
4 89.50 -6.65 -14.18 -89.50 6.65 -6.09
.00
5 69.24 -25.13 -14.15 -69.24 25.13 -48.69
.00
6 337.49 .17 .06 -337.49 -.17 0.44
.00
7 262.78 -.04 -.04 -262.78 .04 -.09
.00
8 190.38 1.50 1.12 -190.38 -1.50 3.45
.00
9 118.96 -7.08 -6.09 -118.96 7.08 -15.51
.00
10 68.98 25.13 14.78 -68.98 -25.13 48.05
.00

173
Concepts in Frame Design

11 137.28 5.49 5.57 -137.28 -5.49 11.18


.00
12 103.26 9.98 15.26 -103.26 -9.98 15.17
.00
13 68.02 9.11 14.17 -68.02 -9.11 13.63
.00
14 32.62 13.73 17.01 -32.62 -13.73 24.87
.00
15 -4.27 37.79 27.07 4.27 39.89 -32.18
47.14
16 -4.48 34.82 31.78 4.48 34.02 -26.44
48.17
17 -.68 38.87 30.10 .68 38.81 -29.94
47.14
18 .86 33.59 28.91 -.86 35.24 -29.34
48.17
19 3.97 39.70 30.99 -3.97 37.98 -26.82
47.14
20 -4.62 33.44 29.47 4.62 35.40 -30.64
48.17
21 -18.49 20.26 20.24 18.49 19.19 -17.63
23.94
22 13.73 30.79 18.36 -13.73 32.62 -24.87
43.08
23 25.13 69.24 48.69 -25.13 68.98 -48.05
96.19

support reactions
(RX and RY in kN and MZ in kN-M)
JOINT RX RY MZ
1 5.66 205.86 -5.95
2 -.17 337.49 .06
3 -5.49 137.28 5.57

*** LIVE LOAD CASE ***

NO OF LOADED NO OF LOADED
JOINTS MEMBERS

0 5

MEMBER LOADS (kN and kN-M)

J - END FORCE K - END FORCE


MEM X-DIR Y-DIR MOMENT X-DIR Y-DIR MOMENT
16 .00 4.33 4.10 .00 4.19 -3.96
18 .00 4.33 4.10 .00 4.19 -3.96
20 .00 4.33 4.10 .00 4.19 -3.96
22 .00 4.33 4.10 .00 4.19 -3.96
23 .00 3.29 3.16 .00 3.29 -3.16

MEMBER END FORCES


(AXIAL and SHEAR in kN and MOMENT in kN-M)
MEM AXIAL SHEAR MOMENT AXIAL SHEAR MOMENT
SPAN MOMENT
1 3.15 -.01 -.05 -3.15 .01 .02
.00
2 3.25 -.02 .00 -3.25 .02 -.06
.00
3 3.26 -.07 -.10 -3.26 .07 -.13
.00
4 3.18 -.08 -.19 -3.18 .08 -.06
.00
5 3.27 -.96 -.10 -3.27 .96 -2.29
.00
6 20.75 -.69 -.74 -20.75 .69 -1.36
.00
7 16.29 -1.24 -1.93 -16.29 1.24 -1.86
.00
8 11.97 -1.04 -1.63 -11.97 1.04 -1.54

174
Chapter-5 Lateral Load Analysis

.00
9 7.77 -1.62 -2.17 -7.77 1.62 -2.79
.00
10 3.31 .96 .00 -3.31 -.96 2.40
.00
11 16.76 .70 .68 -16.76 -.70 1.45
.00
12 12.60 1.26 1.99 -12.60 -1.26 1.86
.00
13 8.40 1.11 1.76 -8.40 -1.11 1.64
.00
14 4.15 1.71 2.14 -4.15 -1.71 3.06
.00
15 -.01 -.10 -.02 .01 .10 -.45
.00
16 -.56 4.36 3.73 .56 4.16 -3.44
6.25
17 -.05 -.01 .16 .05 .01 -.19
.00
18 .15 4.31 3.68 -.15 4.21 -3.62
6.25
19 -.01 .08 .32 .01 -.08 .05
.00
20 -.59 4.28 3.66 .59 4.24 -3.78
6.25
21 -.88 -.09 .16 .88 .09 -.58
.00
22 1.71 4.37 3.38 -1.71 4.15 -3.06
6.25
23 .96 3.27 2.29 -.96 3.31 -2.40
4.87

support reactions
(RX and RY in kN and MZ in kN-M)
JOINT RX RY MZ
1 .01 3.15 -.05
2 .69 20.75 -.74
3 -.70 16.76 .68

5.7 FILE A.OUT


COMPUTER EXAMPLE FRAME AXIS A
.250 15.000 415.000 30.000 92
1 .250 .500 1 -54.6 15.2 33.4 54.6 -15.2 13.0 .0
2 .250 .500 1 -41.3 13.2 20.9 41.3 -13.2 19.3 .0
3 .250 .500 1 -27.1 12.1 17.0 27.1 -12.1 19.9 .0
4 .250 .500 1 -15.0 8.6 10.9 15.0 -8.6 15.4 .0
5 .250 .500 1 -6.1 8.6 7.2 6.1 -8.6 14.4 .0
6 .250 .500 2 3.5 20.8 39.1 -3.5 -20.8 24.4 .0
7 .250 .500 2 4.3 23.7 37.2 -4.3 -23.7 35.2 .0
8 .250 .500 2 5.3 21.7 32.0 -5.3 -21.7 34.2 .0
9 .250 .500 2 6.4 16.2 23.1 -6.4 -16.2 26.4 .0
10 .250 .500 2 6.1 11.8 14.1 -6.1 -11.8 15.3 .0
11 .250 .500 3 51.1 15.4 33.6 -51.1 -15.4 13.4 .0
12 .250 .500 3 37.0 13.6 21.4 -37.0 -13.6 20.0 .0
13 .250 .500 3 21.8 12.2 17.4 -21.8 -12.2 19.9 .0
14 .250 .500 3 8.6 10.8 12.6 -8.6 -10.8 20.3 .0
15 .250 .500 0 -1.1 -13.2 -33.9 1.1 13.2 -30.3 .0
16 .250 .500 0 1.8 -14.1 -31.3 -1.8 14.1 -34.9 .0
17 .250 .500 0 3.4 -14.3 -36.3 -3.4 14.3 -33.0 .0
18 .250 .500 0 1.4 -15.2 -34.2 -1.4 15.2 -37.4 .0
19 .250 .500 0 6.9 -12.1 -30.8 -6.9 12.1 -27.8 .0
20 .250 .500 0 1.4 -13.2 -29.4 -1.4 13.2 -32.5 .0
21 .250 .500 0 15.2 -8.9 -22.6 -15.2 8.9 -20.5 .0
22 .250 .500 0 10.8 -8.6 -20.1 -10.8 8.6 -20.3 .0
23 .250 .500 0 11.8 -6.1 -14.4 -11.8 6.1 -15.3 .0
1 .250 .500 1 54.5 -15.2 -33.4 -54.5 15.2 -13.0 .0
2 .250 .500 1 41.3 -13.1 -20.8 -41.3 13.1 -19.3 .0
3 .250 .500 1 27.0 -12.0 -16.9 -27.0 12.0 -19.8 .0
4 .250 .500 1 15.0 -8.6 -10.8 -15.0 8.6 -15.4 .0
5 .250 .500 1 6.1 -8.6 -7.2 -6.1 8.6 -14.4 .0

175
Concepts in Frame Design

6 .250 .500 2 -3.3 -20.8 -39.1 3.3 20.8 24.4 .0


7 .250 .500 2 -4.2 -23.7 -37.2 4.2 23.7 -35.2 .0
8 .250 .500 2 -5.2 -21.7 -32.0 5.2 21.7 -34.2 .0
9 .250 .500 2 -6.4 -16.2 -23.0 6.4 16.2 -26.4 .0
10 .250 .500 2 -6.1 -11.8 -14.2 6.1 11.8 -15.4 .0
11 .250 .500 3 -51.2 -15.4 -33.6 51.2 15.4 -13.4 .0
12 .250 .500 3 -37.1 -13.6 -21.5 37.1 13.6 -20.0 .0
13 .250 .500 3 -21.8 -12.3 -17.5 21.8 12.3 -19.9 .0
14 .250 .500 3 -8.6 -10.8 -12.7 8.6 10.8 -20.4 .0
15 .250 .500 0 2.1 13.2 33.8 -2.1 -13.2 30.3 .0
16 .250 .500 0 -.8 14.1 31.3 .8 -14.1 34.9 .0
17 .250 .500 0 1.1 14.2 36.2 -1.1 -14.2 33.0 .0
18 .250 .500 0 3.1 15.3 34.3 -3.1 -15.3 37.5 .0
19 .250 .500 0 3.4 12.0 30.6 -3.4 -12.0 27.8 .0
20 .250 .500 0 9.0 13.2 29.5 -9.0 -13.2 32.6 .0
21 .250 .500 0 .0 8.9 22.5 .0 -8.9 20.4 .0
22 .250 .500 0 4.4 8.6 20.1 -4.4 -8.6 20.4 .0
23 .250 .500 0 8.6 6.1 14.4 -8.6 -6.1 15.4 .0
1 .250 .500 1 205.9 -5.7 -6.0 -205.9 5.7 -11.3 .0
2 .250 .500 1 168.1 -9.9 -15.8 -168.1 9.9 -14.5 .0
3 .250 .500 1 129.2 -10.6 -15.6 -129.2 10.6 -16.8 .0
4 .250 .500 1 89.5 -6.6 -14.2 -89.5 6.6 -6.1 .0
5 .250 .500 1 69.2 -25.1 -14.1 -69.2 25.1 -48.7 .0
6 .250 .500 2 337.5 .2 .1 -337.5 -.2 .4 .0
7 .250 .500 2 262.8 .0 .0 -262.8 .0 -.1 .0
8 .250 .500 2 190.4 15 1.1 -190.4 -1.5 3.4 .0
9 .250 .500 2 119.0 -7.1 -6.1 -119.0 7.1 -15.5 .0
10 .250 .500 2 69.0 25.1 14.8 -69.0 -25.1 48.1 .0
11 .250 .500 3 137.3 5.5 5.6 -137.3 -5.5 11.2 .0
12 .250 .500 3 103.3 10.0 15.3 -103.3 -10.0 15.2 .0
13 .250 .500 3 68.0 9.1 14.2 -68.0 -9.1 13.6 .0
14 .250 .500 3 32.6 13.7 17.0 -32.6 -13.7 24.9 .0
15 .250 .500 0 -4.3 37.8 27.1 4.3 39.9 -32.2 47.1
16 .250 .500 0 -4.5 34.8 31.8 4.5 34.0 -26.4 48.2
17 .250 .500 0 -.7 38.9 30.1 .7 38.8 -29.9 47.1
18 .250 .500 0 .9 33.6 28.9 -.9 35.2 -29.3 48.2
19 .250 .500 0 4.0 39.7 31.0 -4.0 38.0 -26.8 47.1
20 .250 .500 0 -4.6 33.4 29.5 4.6 35.4 -30.6 48.2
21 .250 .500 0 -18.5 20.3 20.2 18.5 19.2 -17.6 23.9
22 .250 .500 0 13.7 30.8 18.4 -13.7 32.6 -24.9 43.1
23 .250 .500 0 25.1 69.2 48.7 -25.1 69.0 -48.1 96.2
1 .250 .500 1 3.2 .0 -.1 -3.2 .0 .0 .0
2 .250 .500 1 3.3 .0 .0 -3.3 .0 -.1 .0
3 .250 .500 1 3.3 -.1 -.1 -3.3 .1 -.1 .0
4 .250 .500 1 3.2 -.1 -.2 -3.2 .1 -.1 .0
5 .250 .500 1 3.3 -1.0 -.1 -3.3 1.0 -2.3 .0
6 .250 .500 2 20.7 -.7 -.7 -20.7 .7 -1.4 .0
7 .250 .500 2 16.3 -1.2 -1.9 -16.3 1.2 -1.9 .0
8 .250 .500 2 12.0 -1.0 -1.6 -12.0 1.0 -1.5 .0
9 .250 .500 2 7.8 -1.6 -2.2 -7.8 1.6 -2.8 .0
10 .250 .500 2 3.3 1.0 .0 -3.3 -1.0 2.4 .0
11 .250 .500 3 16.8 .7 .7 -16.8 -.7 1.4 .0
12 .250 .500 3 12.6 1.3 2.0 -12.6 -1.3 1.9 .0
13 .250 .500 3 8.4 1.1 1.8 -8.4 -1.1 1.6 .0
14 .250 .500 3 4.2 1.7 2.1 -4.2 -1.7 3.1 .0
15 .250 .500 0 .0 -.1 .0 .0 .1 -.4 .0
16 .250 .500 0 -.6 4.4 3.7 .6 4.2 -3.4 6.3
17 .250 .500 0 -.1 .0 .2 .1 .0 -.2 .0
18 .250 .500 0 .1 4.3 3.7 -.1 4.2 -3.6 6.3
19 .250 .500 0 .0 .1 .3 0 -.1 .0 .00
20 .250 .500 0 -.6 4.3 3.7 .6 4.2 -3.8 6.3
21 .250 .500 0 -.9 -.1 .2 .9 .1 -.6 .00
22 .250 .500 0 1.7 4.4 3.4 -1.7 4.2 -3.1 6.3
23 .250 .500 0 1.0 3.3 2.3 -1.0 3.3 -2.4 4.9

5.8 FREE - BODY DIAGRAM OF THE FORCES:


The members 1, 2 and 15 of the frame on Axis - A, (Fig. 4.8), have been
taken for example and the load case is earthquake acting from left i.e.,
load case 1. The output result, A. RES, compiled in foregoing section 5.6,

176
Chapter-5 Lateral Load Analysis

provides the member forces. Right hand screw rule is utilised to understand
the positive sense of the forces. The member forces are in local axes sys-
tem which is also called member axes system. For any member, the local
axis -X has its origin at the start joint and the +ve direction is from the start
joint to the end joint along the length of the member. Once the X - axis is
fixed which is always along the length of the member, the next step is to fix
the Z - axis. The local Z is parallel to the global Z, and

C O L U M N S H O W IN G L O C A L A X E S
( C o lu m n - A 1 , M e m b e r - 1 )

BEAM SHOWING LOCAL AXES


(Beam first floor level, Member - 15)

L AXES
- 1)

Fig. 5.6: Force Free Body diagm

177
Concepts in Frame Design

therefore, it is also determined easily. The global Z is perpendicular to the


vertical plane containing the frame under reference (in this case it is Frame
along grid A of the example problem). Having fixed the local X, and local Z,
it is easy to fix the local Y axis. It is easily done using the right-hand -
screw rule. Fig. 5.6 readily demonstrate the local axes of both the column
member and the beam member separately.
The common junction of the members 1, 2 and 15 is joint 4. The
end -joint of member 1, the start - joint of member 2, and the start - joint of
the member is the joint 4. The free - body diagram of the member forces is
first done. The joint forces are the opposite of the member forces. The stati-
cal summation of the joint forces meet the equilibrium criteria
ΣH= 0, Σ V = 0, and Σ M = 0.
ΣH = 13.17 + 1.06 - 15.22 = -0.99 kN
This suggests there is an external force acting at the joint of 0.99 kN in the
+ve direction. This is true; there is a joint force, earthquake force (storey
shear) acting from left to right, at joint 4 of the said magnitude.
Σ V = 13.22 + 41.35 - 54.57 = 0 kN
Σ M = 33.88 - 20.86 - 13.03 = 0 kN - m

Similarly, the free - body diagram of member forces is drawn for the
Dead Load case and the equilibrium of the joint 4 is checked. As there is no
externally applied joint force in this load case the statical summation of all
the forces are by themselves in equilibrium.

5.9 PORTAL METHOD OF ANALYSIS


When computer is not used and calculation is done by hand, frame analy-
sis is often based on a simplified approach. The analysis is put into two
steps. In the first step, vertical load analysis is done using Moment Distri-
bution. In the second step, lateral load analysis, due to earthquake or wind
forces, is done mostly using Portal Method. For obtaining the final design
data, the result of the two analyses are combined together. The accuracy of
the vertical load analysis is related to the number of cycles used in the
Moment distribution. Converging values after several cycles of computation
are precise and compare well with Matrix Method of Analysis on which the
computer program is based. For a large sized frame, where hand - compu-
tation is cumbersome, substitute frame is used. Frame is idealised such
that at a time beams at only one floor level is considered and the far ends of
the columns in the adjacent upper and lower storeys are considered fixed.
Such simplification in vertical load analysis introduces a little inaccuracy
as the sway correction resulting from either unsymmetry in load or geometry
is not properly carried out. The lateral load analysis using Portal is approxi-
mate and its application may be unsafe in certain situations. An attempt

178
Chapter-5 Lateral Load Analysis

43.32

6.8 7.03
10.83 21.66 10.83
3.05
-6.8 -0.23 7.03

29.03

18.16 18.76
18.08 35.16 18.08
3.05
-24.96 -0.83 25.79

12.94

24.75 25.57
21.32 42.64 21.32
3.05
-49.71 -1.65 51.35

3.25
1.02
22.69 23.45
22.14 44.28 22.14

-72.4 -2.4 74.8 2.03m

4.855m 4.700m

Fig. 5.7 A : PORTAL SF

has been made to compare the Portal result with computer analysis for one
frame, i.e., on Axis - C.
The basic assumptions used in the Portal analysis is development of hinges
at mid span of all the beams and at mid height of all the columns except
ground floor columns (Fig. 5.7A). If the foundation is isolated footing the
hinge in ground floor columns are taken at 1/3 height from the foundation
level. In case of piles, rafts and combined footings hinges are taken at 2/3
height from the base of the column. The lateral force applied at floor levels is
distributed such that exterior columns resist half the forces shared by those
of the interior columns; all interior columns share equal forces and all exte-
rior columns also get equal forces. The following example illustrates the
procedure.

COLUMN SHEAR (Fig. 5.7A)


Frame on Axis - C has 43.32 kN storey shear applied at left top terrace
level. Assuming P kN is the shear at mid height of the exterior columns (at

179
-45.16 -32.51 -27.57 -16.52
-22.58 -32.51 -27.57 -16.52

55.09
60.08
44.09
16.52

Fig. 5.7 B
-90.33 -65.02 -55.14 -33.03

180
-45.15 -65.02 -55.14 -33.03

(PORTAL
60.08 60.09
44.09 44.08
16.52 16.51

55.09 55.10
Concepts in Frame Design

BM)
-45.16 -32.51 -27.56 -16.51
60.09
44.08
16.51

55.10
-22.53 -32.51 -27.56 -16.51
8.61 8.89

-8.61

-0.28

8.89
10.87 21.53 10.92

17.45 18.25
-26.06

-1.07

27.13
19.37 33.42 19.56

23.17 24.35
-49.23

-2.26

51.48
22.52 39.86 22.91

22.39 23.61
-71.61

-3.48

75.09

26.32 35.65 26.57

Fig. 5.8 C (STAAD SF)

181
Concepts in Frame Design

-22.61 -19.17 -19.19 -22.59

22.61

38.36

22.59
27.29

10.72
10.55

-44.4 -40.34 -40.92 -44.83


33.84

53.97

34.11
47.97

25.54
25.24

-59.09 -53.39 -54.43 -60.01


33.85

59.85

34.48
61.74

35.38
34.83

-57.47 -51.21 -52.37 -58.58


22.64

41.84

23.2
57.65

66.89

57.82

Fig. 5.8 D (STAAD BM)

182
Chapter-5 Lateral Load Analysis

column hinge point), P + 2P + P = 43.32 which provides P = 10.83 kN. At


top storey 43.32 kN of storey shear is distributed 10.83 kN to exterior col-
umns and 21.66 kN to interior column. The calculation of share of storey
shears to columns is more convenient if it proceeds from top to bottom;
however, it can be carried out from bottom to top also.
In second storey from top the total applied lateral force is 43.32 + 29.03 =
72.35 kN and the share to columns at mid height is P + 2P + P = 72.35, P
= 18.08 kN. Exterior columns get 18.08 kN and interior column gets 36.16
kN.
In third storey from top the total lateral force is 43.32+29.03+12.94 = 85.29
kN and share to external columns is 21.32 kN and internal column is 42.64
kN.
The ground floor columns have to resist 43.32+29.03+12.94+3.25 = 88.54
kN, and the external columns share 22.14 kN and the internal column shares
44.28 kN and they are applied at 2/3 rd height above base i.e., 2.03 m from
the column base.

BEAM SHEAR (Fig. 5.7A)


This also proceeds from top to bottom and from left span to right span. The
left hand external column has shear 10.83 kN acting at mid height. The
couple formed is 10.83 x 3.05/2 which is resisted by the beam shears act-
ing at mid span hinge point. If P1 is the left span beam shear, then (P1) x
(half of left span), i.e., P1 x 4.855/2 = 10.83 x 3.05/2, which gives P1 = 6.8
kN. Now, for right span beam shear, spans couples are balanced by the
internal column couple i.e., 6.8 x 4.855/2 + P2 x 4.7/2 = 21.66 x 3.05/2
where P2 is the right span shear. Now P2 = 7.03 kN acting at mid of right
span hinge point. The beam shears at all other floor levels are computed as
exemplified here above for the top terrace level beam. The beam shears are
shown in the Fig. 5.7A, and also summarised here below, where all values
are in kN.
Level Left Span Right Span
Terrace 6.8 7.03
2nd from top 18.16 18.76
3rd from top 24.75 25.57
ground roof 22.69 23.45

COLUMN MOMENT (Fig. 5.7B)


The column shear computed are applied at mid height of the columns
except for ground floor columns as mentioned earlier. Except ground floor
columns the moment developed at column ends in each storey is (column
shear) x (half the column height). The external column in top storey has
10.83 x 3.05/2 = 16.52 kN-m, and the internal column has 21.66 x 3.05/2
= 33.03 kN-m. Similarly, moments for all other story columns are calcu-
lated. The ground floor external column has top end moment 22.14 x 1.02
= 22.58 kN-m and the base end moment is 45.16 kN-M. The values are
shown in the accompanying sketch183- B. All the column moments are of
similar sign / nature.
Concepts in Frame Design

BEAM END MOMENT (Fig. 5.7B)


It is easy to calculate and is equal to beam shear multiplied by half the span
length because the beam shear is applied at the mid span (imaginary hinge).
The couple would form by shear x lever arm (i.e., half the span length). For
example, top floor / terrace floor left-span beam-end moment = 6.8 x 4.855/
2 = 16.52 kN-M, and the right-span beam-end = 7.03 x 4.7/2 = 16.51 kN-m.
Similarly second floor form top has beam-end moments for left and right
span beams 18.16 x 4.855/2 = 44.09 kN-M, and 18.76x4.7/2 = 44.08 kN-m
respectively. Likewise, beam-end moments for other storeys are computed
and they are shown in Fig. 5.7B. They all have similar sign / nature.

COLUMN AXIAL FORCE (Fig. 5.7A)


LEFT SIDE EXTERNAL COLUMN
Start with top storey external left side column. The column axial force is the
balancing force of the beam shear computed previously. Top left-span beam
has 6.8 kN, column axial force is -6.8 kN. In the second storey from top
column axial force is -(6.8+18.16)= -24.96 kN. The column of 3rd storey
from top has -(6.8+18.16+24.75)= -49.71 kN axial force. The ground floor
column has -(6.8+18.16+24.75+22.69) = -72.4 kN. This is illustrated in sketch
- A. The -ve sign indicates the column is in tension.

COLUMN AXIAL FORCE (Fig. 5.7A)


RIGHT SIDE EXTERNAL COLUMN
The right bay beam shears are added and the column axial force balances
the beam shears. Top storey 7.03 kN; 2nd from top has 7.03+18.76 = 25.79
kN; 3rd from top has 7.03+18.76+25.57=51.35 kN; and ground floor column
has 51.35+23.45=74.8 kN axial force. This is illustrated in Fig. 5.7A. The
+ve sign indicates the column is in compression.

COLUMN AXIAL FORCE (Fig. 5.7A)


INTERNAL COLUMN
This is computed by using the statical equilibrium of the forces. Against
lateral forces all the columns develop vertical forces such that their sum
total is zero. The axial force in the left side external column is tension in
nature and is smaller than the right side external column in compression.
The difference would act in the internal column and would be tensile in na-
ture. Had the bays of the frame been equal the internal column would have
developed no axial force. The axial forces are illustrated in Fig. 5.7A.
For comparison of shear, axial force and moment obtained by the STAAD
run for applied lateral forces are illustrated in Fig. 5.8C and D. The graphs
have also been plotted comparing the Portal forces with the corresponding
computer run (matrix based method) values.

184
70

PORTAL BM
60
Chapter-5

50

40 STAAD BM RT-END
STAAD BM - LEFT END
30

BM , kN-m

185
20

10

0
13 14 15 16 17 18 19 2
MEMBER NUMBER
Lateral Load Analysis

Fig. 9A: BEAM - MOMENT (LEFT & RIGHT)


POTL-LWR POTL-UPR STD-LR STD-UPR

100
90
80
70

Concepts in Frame Design


60
BM, kN-m

50
40
186

30
20
10
0
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12
COLUMN NUMBERS

Fig. 9B: COLUMN - BM (LOWER AND UPPER ENDS)


PORTAL-AXIAL STAAD-AXIAL
80
Chapter-5

70

60

50

40

187
AXIAL kN
30

20

10

0
Lateral Load Analysis

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12
COL N U M B E R S

Fig. 9 C: COL - A X I A L F O R C E S
Concepts in Frame Design

Fig. 5.9 C, B, and A compare the column axial force, column upper and
lower end moments, and beam left and right-end moments respectively. The
column axial forces (Fig. 5.9C) are closely predicted by the Portal method.
The column end moments (Fig. 5.9B) have prominent difference at ground-
base level. Portal predicts, high and low both, compared to the computer
method values. The top storey terrace level beam - end moments (Fig. 5.9
A) are under - estimated by the Portal analysis. This suggests the blanket
use of the Portal Method for the sake of simplified calculation is not advis-
able and it should not be adopted unless very approximate analysis is to be
carried out.

5.10 WIND LOAD ANALYSIS


Like earthquake force, wind is also a natural force. For structural design,
only one of the two natural forces, either wind or earthquake is considered at
a time; both don't act simultaneously. There is another very important con-
sideration in lateral load analysis. The building in plan has usually two or-
thogonal directions and the lateral load acting from one direction at a time
creates the most critical situation; this means either wind or earthquake is
not considered acting simultaneously from both directions of the building.

Wind is predominantly horizontal air in motion caused by the earth rotation


and revolution, and variation in solar radiation. It has random direction but
the major effective component acts horizontally parallel to the earth surface.
The loading code, IS:875 suggests the method to calculate the maximum
wind pressure on the structure. Unless the structure is very tall where dy-
namic analysis is required, the Codal provisions are utilized to convert the
effect of high speed wind into static load acting laterally on the buildings.
The Indian territory is divided into several zones where critical regional basic
wind speed at an average height of 10 m above the earth surface is provided.
Important places of India with their seismic zones and regional basic wind
speed is given in Appendix - A.

DESIGN WIND SPEED


Depending on the zone, the basic speed varies from 33 m/s to 55 m/s. The
example problem belongs to the 47 m/s wind speed zone. The basic wind
speed is converted into design speed by the expression, VZ = Vb k1 k2 k3 ,
where VZ is design speed at Z m height, Vb is basic regional wind speed
in m/s at 10 m height, k1 is probability factor (risk coefficient), k2 is terrain,
height and structure size factor, and k3 is topography factor. For the ex-
ample problem k1 is 1.0; k2 is 0.91 for class - A and category - 3 building;
and k3 is 1.0. The design speed VZ = 47 x 1.0 x 0.91 x 1.0 = 42.77 m/s.

188
Chapter-5 Lateral Load Analysis

DESIGN WIND PRESSURE


16.6 kN

18.6 kN

18.6 kN

18.6 kN

F i g. 5.10: AXIS - C (load case 1- WIND Left to Right)

The design wind pressure is computed using the expression pZ = 0.6 VZ2
where pZ is in N/m2 and vz in m/s. The design wind pressure is 0.6 x
(42.77)2 =1.1 kN/m2 . The example problem is 12 m high structure except
its mumty portion. For the sake of simplicity in presentation, the 10 m height
values of the wind speed would be utilized. To fine tune the calculation,
strips of varying heights may be made and design speed / pressure is
accordingly worked out.

DESIGN WIND LOAD


There could be two ways of looking at this problem; one is from individual
component (external cladding) and the other is from consideration of the
building as a whole. In the former, the wind load is applied on the individual
member i.e., external brick wall cladding transfers the wind load to the re-
spective frames in the direction of the wind. The wind acts on the external
wall normal to the direction of the wind and the wind load is finally shared by
the plane frames in the direction of the wind. This involves working out the
wind pressure on both the external and internal surfaces of the outer brick
wall. The Second method uses the force coefficients on the entire structure
and wind load is worked out by multiplying the force coefficient to the wind-

189
Concepts in Frame Design

ward frontal area of the building and the design wind pressure.

INDIVIDUAL COMPONENT METHOD: (Fig. 5.11)


The expression used is F = (Cpe - Cpi) A pz where Cpe and Cpi are pressure
coefficients for external and internal surfaces; A is surface area of the struc-
tural element / cladding unit in m2 ; pz is design pressure in N/m2. The exter-
nal pressure coefficient, Cpe , depends on h, the height; w, the smaller plan
dimension; and l, the greater plan dimension of the building. In the example
D3

C3
Cpe. pd Cpi. pd
Cpi. = +- 0.7 ( opening > 20%)

B3

A3
Fig. 5.11 : Wind acting on external cladding

problem, h = 12.2m, w = 9.65 m, l = 10.3 m and the value of h/w = 1.26, l/w
= 1.06. The wind code IS:875 provides Cpe = 0.7 for the above values of h/w
and l/w . The internal pressure coefficient Cpi depends on the permeability of
the building. The permeability of a building is evaluated on the size of open-
ings provided and also the slits etc. which allow the wind to pass inside the
building. In the example problem the frame chosen for wind analysis is on
Axis - C. The wind blowing along frame on Axis - C would be normal to the
wall (Fig. 4.2) falling in the vertical plane of the columns A3 , B3 , C3 , and D3
. The openings due to windows and balconies are about 22% of the external
wall area. This suggests the internal pressure to be taken for openings
larger than 20 % and the relevant internal pressure coefficients are ±0.7.
The maximum of Cpe - Cpi now works out to 0.7 + 0.7 = 1.4 and the wind load
for the frame on Axis-C is calculated using 1.4 pz values. The contributory
area of wind load on Axis - C frame is worked out for each storey level
separately; the storey height, 3.05 m, multiplied by the half portion of the
building between columns B3 and D3 , (3.5+4.4)/2 = 3.95 m provides the
effective area 12.05 m2 for all the intermediate floor level joints. For the top
floor joint, the height is half the storey height plus the parapet height, i.e.,
3.05/2 + 1.2 = 2.73 m and the contributory area is 3.95 x 2.73 = 10.78 m2.
The intermediate floor wind load is 1.4 x 12.05 m2 x 1.1 kN/m2 = 18.6 kN and
the top floor wind load is 1.4 x 10.78 m2 x 1.1 kN/m2 = 16.6 kN. The wind

190
Chapter-5 Lateral Load Analysis

load thus worked out is applied as storey shear at respective joints shown in
Fig. 5.10. The total base shear in the wind load case is 3 x 18.6 + 16.6 =
72.4 kN which has been 88.54 kN in the seismic force case. In the input
data file C.DAT (chap. 4.8) of the frame on Axis - C, load case 1 and 2 may
now be replaced by the wind load shears and the final analysis could be
carried out which would reflect the forces due to wind in place of forces due
to earthquake. The critical forces would be used to design the members as
is done for the seismic force in combination with the dead and live loads.

STRUCTURE AS A WHOLE (Fig. 5.12)


The expression used is F = Cf Ae pz where Cf is the pressure coefficient
depending on the ratio of a/b and h/b; Ae is the front effective area; pz
design wind pressure. The variable, b, is the dimension of the building in
plan normal to the wind direction and, a, is the other dimension. In the
example problem, when the wind is in the direction parallel to the frame on
Axis - C, a/b = 9.65/10.3 = 0.94 and h/b = 12.2/10.3 =1.18. From the code
IS:875, Cf for such case is 1.2. In the previous method where individual
component is discussed the value of Cpe - Cpi = 1.4 and other factors are
similar. This indicates the former method of individual component governs
and the wind shear calculated earlier is the critical one.

a
F
b h
WIND
WIND F
PLAN

ELEVATION
Fig. 5.12: Wind on entire building

5.11 STRENGTHENING OF LOAD BEARING WALLS


In chapter 2, the load bearing wall type structure and framed structure have
been compared. It has been observed the load bearing brick walls can be
safely built for a 4 - storeyed building only. The performance of such struc-
tures under lateral loads is more a matter of experience. The analytical tools
of mechanics can be applied to such structures and masonry performance
can be judged. The limited storeys and room sizes hardly justify the precise
analysis for the evaluation of the performance of the masonry walls against
lateral forces. Under the situation, empirical approach of the IS:4326:1993
is followed.
CATEGORIES OF BUILDINGS

191
Concepts in Frame Design

The masonry building is categorized on the value of αh obtained by the


expression αh = αo I β, where αo is basic zonal seismic coefficient, I is
importance factor, and β is soil foundation factor (chap. 5.1, and Appendix-
A). The masonry building is categorized as
CATEGORY RANGE OF αh
A < 0.05
B 0.05 to 0.06
C > 0.06 and < 0.08
D 0.08 to < 0.12
E 0.12
RECOMMENDED MORTAR MIXES
For different categories of buildings the cement : sand proportion of the
mortar is as under
CATEGORY MORTAR MIX
(cement : sand)
A, B, C 1:6
D, E 1:4

SEISMIC STRENGTHENING ARRANGEMENT


For different categories of the buildings several strengthening arrange-
ments are suggested considering the roof and intermediate floors are
made of RCC continuous slab. The provisions are with respect to masonry
mortar, lintel band, vertical steel at jambs of openings, vertical steel at
corners and junctions of walls, plinth band as required, dowel bars.

BUILDING CATEGORY STOREYS PROVISION


TYPES
A 1 to 3 a
4 a, b

B 1 to 3 a, b, c
4 a, b, c, d

C 1, 2 a, b, c
3, 4 a, b, c, d, e

D 1, 2 a, b, c, d, e
3, 4 a, b, c, d, e, f
E 1 to 3 a, b, c, d, e, f
(4th storey not allowed)

Note: The symbols of the provisions are


a masonry mortar (as mentioned previously)

192
Chapter-5 Lateral Load Analysis

b lintel band (detailed hereafter)


c plinth band (as lintel band)
d vertical steel at corners and junctions of walls
e vertical steel at jambs of openings
f dowel bars
LINTEL BAND (Fig. 5.13 & 5.14)
This is RCC section 75 to 150 mm thick provided at lintel level continuously
over all the walls including the openings. The provision of bars in opening
portion shall be as per actual lintel requirement and in no case less than the
band detail provided. Where only 2 bars are provided in the lintel band (Fig.
5.13) the thickness of the band shall be 75 mm and the bars are held at mid
of 75 mm and they are kept in position using 6 mm dia plain links placed @
150 c/c. In case of 4 bars the section would be 150 mm thick with 2 bars at
top and two bars at bottom held in position with shear stirrups. The band
bars would never be placed in discontinuity; the bars would be adequately
lapped and at wall corners such lapping would be avoided. The closing loop
(Fig. 5.14) would be made of inner face bars at wall corners. The mix of
concrete would never be leaner than M15. The band bars are high strength
deformed bars with yield strength 415 Mpa conforming to IS:1786.

DETAILS OF BAND BARS


Unsupported BUILDING CATEGORIES

75 150

6 mm dia @ 150 mm c/c (Links)


6 mm dia @ 150 mm c/c (stirrups)

wall length (m) B C D E


upto 5 2-8 2-8 2-8 2-10
6 2-8 2-8 2-10 2-12
7 2-8 2-10 2-12 4-10
8 2-10 2-12 4-10 4-12
Note: 2-8 means 2 bars of 8 mm dia (high yield strength deformed bars)

193
Concepts in Frame Design

LINKS / STIRRUPS

LONGITUDINAL BARS

CORNER CLOSING LOOP

CORNER OF WALLS

Fig. 5.14 (a) Corner of Walls

LIN K S / STIRRU PS

LO N G ITU D IN A L BA RS
T- JU N CTIO N CLO SIN G LOO P

T-JU N CTIO N O F W A LLS

Fig. 5.14 (b) T- Junction of Walls

VERTICAL STEEL AT CORNER / JUNCTION OF WALLS (Fig. 5.15)


The corners and junctions of walls are reinforced with single vertical bar. The
diameter of bar varies for categories of buildings already defined. The walls

194
Chapter-5 Lateral Load Analysis

having thickness 230 mm - 340 mm (i.e., single brick to 1.5 brick thick wall)
are provided with single vertical bar. The pocket surrounding the bar is of the
size 115 mm x 115 mm (i.e., half brick x half brick) and is filled with either
1:3 cement sand mortar or M15 concrete with 12 mm and down stone chips.
The vertical bar is duly anchored in plinth band or foundation masonry and
passes through the lintel band and finally anchored in top roof slab. The bar
is allowed to be welded with 10 - 15 dia overlap. It has been observed in
practice that about 230 mm x 230 mm RCC stiffeners with 4 corner bars
having suitably placed lateral ties are provided. Such provisions are not rec-
ommended in the seismic codes. The provision of full wall thick RCC stiff-

single vertical bar

Fig. 5.15: PLAN SHOWING vertical corner bar

ener may introduce an incompatibility problem during sever earthquake.


The small pockets with single bar allows a better composite behaviour with
brick masonry than the RCC stiffeners in full wall thickness.

VERTICAL BAR DIAMETER (mm)


No. of storey Category of Building
storeys B C D E
one - - - 10 12
two top - - 10 12
bottom - - 12 16
three top - 10 10 12
middle - 10 12 16
bottom - 12 12 16
four top 10 10 10
third 10 10 12
second 10 12 16
bottom 12 12 20
Note: In category E building 4 th storey is not permitted.

195
Concepts in Frame Design

VERTICAL STEEL AT JAMBS OF OPENINGS OF WALLS


As required for an appropriate category of building the vertical steel similar
to wall corner and junctions are provided at jamb of the openings also and
they are anchored properly in the lintel bands.

196
Chapter-5 Lateral Load Analysis

197
Concepts in Frame Design

CHAPTER 6

FINAL ANALYSIS AND COMPONENTS DESIGN

6.0 INTRODUCTION
Once the earthquake forces are determined, the frame data is finalised.
The final analysis and design data are compiled by running the appropriate
programs in the following sequence.
(1) The final run of the program FSTEEL . EXE is done using the final
frame data. Like earlier discussed steps, input data are taken from the
files
1CD.DAT, 1AC.DAT, 2.DAT, 3.DAT, A.DAT, B.DAT, C.DAT, D.DAT. For
example, when input is A.DAT, the output is A.OUT and A.RES.

(2) In order to obtain the design forces for design of columns and beams
the program STEEL.EXE is run. The input data is file A.OUT. The output

Fig. 6.1: Typical Floor Plan

198
Chapter-6 Final Analysis and Design

files are AB.OUT and AC.OUT. The design forces for beam design is
contained in AB.OUT and file AC.OUT collects the column design
forces. The file names *B.OUT, i.e., files with B in the last of the name
symbolise BEAM DESIGN data file. Similarly file names *C.OUT i.e.,
files with C in the last of the name stand for COLUMN DESIGN data
file. The samples of column design data files are,
FILE AC.OUT (obtained from axis A data i.e., A.OUT)
Memb. col. Axial load (kN) Moment (kN-m)
no. mark DL LL EQ DL LL EQ
1 1 205.9 3.20 54.60 11.3 0.1 33.4
2 1 168.1 3.30 41.30 15.8 0.1 20.9
3 1 129.2 3.30 27.10 16.8 0.1 19.9
4 1 89.5 3.20 15.00 14.2 0.2 15.4
5 1 69.2 3.30 6.10 48.7 2.3 14.4
6 2 337.5 20.70 3.50 0.4 1.4 39.1
7 2 262.8 16.30 4.30 0.1 1.9 37.2
8 2 190.4 12.00 5.30 3.4 1.6 34.2
9 2 119.0 7.80 6.40 15.5 2.8 26.4
10 2 69.0 3.30 6.10 48.1 2.4 15.4
11 3 137.3 16.80 51.20 11.2 1.4 33.6
12 3 103.3 12.60 37.10 15.3 2.0 21.5
13 3 68.0 8.40 21.80 14.2 1.8 19.9
14 3 32.6 4.20 8.60 24.9 3.1 20.4

FILE 1ACC.OUT (obtained from axis 1A-C data i.e., 1AC.OUT)


1 1 160.8 36.90 150.80 4.6 1.3 24.5
2 1 128.4 27.50 114.30 3.1 0.9 22.1
3 1 96.2 18.80 73.80 3.4 1.0 20.6
4 1 63.5 9.90 38.60 4.4 1.1 15.6
5 1 26.1 1.10 13.00 3.4 0.6 12.8
6 4 229.7 44.30 62.30 4.0 0 .2 22.7
7 4 197.0 34.90 25.80 3.7 1.0 31.7
8 4 179.3 32.80 52.10 3.4 0 .9 27.8
9 4 146.5 24.10 11.80 3.6 0 .9 26.8
10 4 129.1 22.10 37.70 3.3 0 .9 24.8
11 4 96.8 13.50 2.50 3.6 0.9 25.0
12 4 79.7 11.40 24.30 3.4 0 .9 17.4
13 4 43.4 2.80 1.30 3.0 0.5 16.3
14 4 26.4 1.10 13.00 3.7 0.3 18.4
15 7 191.5 25.50 88.50 0.5 0.1 20.0
16 7 142.5 18.50 62.10 0.7 0.1 22.3
17 7 93.2 11.40 36.10 1.0 0 .2 19.4
18 7 43.6 4.30 14.30 2.4 0.3 17.8

(3) To segregate the column wise data CREAD.EXE program is run. It reads

199
Concepts in Frame Design

the column data file of each frame and separates the respective column
data. For example, A1, column data is obtained by running the CREAD .
EXE and the program is self prompting and a typical run is summarised as
follows
INPUT STRONGER AXIS FRAME DATA (prompt on the screen)
AC.OUT (user's response)
INPUT WEAKER AXIS FRAME DATA (prompt on the screen)
1ACC.OUT (user's response)
INPUT COLUMN FILE NAME (prompt on the screen)
A1.CLD (user's response)
INPUT TOTAL COL. NOS., COL MARKS, NO. OF STOREYS
100, 1, 10 (user's response)
INPUT COL NAME (prompt on the screen)
A1 (user's response)
In the foregoing interactive computer run and input data, the frame lying
along the longer dimension of the column is the stronger axis frame and
the one lying along the shorter dimension of the column is the weaker axis
frame. The input for TOTAL COL NOS, COL MARKS, NO OF STROEYS
need a little explanation. TOTAL COL NOS could be the precise number
of the columns in the plan. The present problem has 12 columns. The input
required is any value either equal to or greater than 12.
Each column is marked separately in plan which is shown in Fig. 6.1. The
column, A1, is given mark 1, A2 is given 2, A3 is given 3, B1 is given 4,
B2 is given 5, B3 is given 6 and likewise all columns are marked with an
identification number. The column marks are written either inside the col-
umn or nearer to the column in the referred figure / plan. Therefore for
column A1 the COL MARK entered is 1.
The input for number of storeys could either be exact storeys of the column
or any value greater than the actual number of storeys. In the said example,
it is input as 10 which is greater than the actual 5 storeys.

(4) Once all the *.CLD are obtained they are copied in one file using either
MS-DOS command COPY *.CLD COL.DAT or any suitable WINDOW
files merging technique. The column design data are collected in the file
COL.DAT. Beginning from the ground floor, the rows of data for each column
are double the number of storeys of the column. Each storey has two sets
of data one from the stronger axis and another from the weaker axis frame.
The data is in six vertical columns, first three for axial loads and last three
columns for moments. The sequence of forces are DL, LL and EQ.
6.1 FILE COL.DAT
DIRECT LOAD (kN) MOMENTS (kN)
DL LL EQ DL LL EQ
A1
205.90 3.20 54.60 11.30 .10 33.40
160.80 36.90 150.80 4.60 1.30 24.50
168.10 3.30 41.30 15.80 .10 20.90
128.40 27.50 114.30 3.10 .90 22.10
129.20 3.30 27.10 16.80 .10 19.90
96.20 18.80 73.80 3.40 1.00 20.60
89.50 3.20 15.00 14.20 .20 15.40
63.50 9.90 38.60 4.40 1.10 15.60

200
Chapter-6 Final Analysis and Design

69.20 3.30 6.10 48.70 2.30 14.40


26.10 1.10 13.00 3.40 .60 12.80
B1
214.80 23.40 67.90 11.00 1.90 43.60
229.70 44.30 62.30 4.00 1.20 22.70
214.80 23.40 67.90 11.00 1.90 43.60
197.00 34.90 25.80 3.70 1.00 31.70
180.90 18.20 50.70 16.10 2.70 27.00
179.30 32.80 52.10 3.40 .90 27.80
180.90 18.20 50.70 16.10 2.70 27.00
146.50 24.10 11.80 3.60 .90 26.80
145.30 12.80 32.20 16.00 2.70 25.90
129.10 22.10 37.70 3.30 .90 24.80
145.30 12.80 32.20 16.00 2.70 25.90
96.80 13.50 2.50 3.60 .90 25.00
108.70 7.20 16.80 17.30 2.70 20.60
79.70 11.40 24.30 3.40 .90 17.40
108.70 7.20 16.80 17.30 2.70 20.60
43.40 2.80 1.30 3.00 .50 16.30
69.10 3.30 6.50 50.30 2.50 15.20
26.40 1.10 13.00 3.70 .30 18.40

C1
259.60 50.80 71.70 22.20 4.70 57.20
191.50 25.50 88.50 0.50 0.10 20.00
193.40 37.30 49.20 29.00 6.20 34.60
142.50 18.50 62.10 0.70 0.10 22.30
125.40 23.50 26.00 27.40 5.90 33.70
93.20 11.40 36.10 1.00 0.20 19.40
55.50 9.40 8.60 40.90 7.40 22.50
43.60 4.30 14.30 2.40 0 .30 17.80

D1
112.50 9.80 73.70 6.50 .60 36.90
170.00 28.70 25.40 5.20 1.00 25.80
83.40 7.40 49.00 9.50 .90 24.90
125.50 20.80 16.90 .40 .10 20.60
51.30 4.80 24.50 10.00 1.00 22.90
81.90 13.20 8.60 .10 .00 18.40
18.00 2.00 7.20 12.10 1.40 13.30
38.40 5.50 2.60 .20 .30 11.60
A2
337.50 20.70 3.50 .40 1.40 39.10
166.20 39.80 176.40 3.20 .80 47.20
262.80 16.30 4.30 .10 1.90 37.20
132.00 30.50 119.40 4.90 1.30 39.70

201
Concepts in Frame Design

190.40 12.00 5.30 3.40 1.60 34.20


96.90 20.80 67.90 5.00 1.40 33.90
119.00 7.80 6.40 15.50 2.80 26.40
61.20 10.80 31.10 5.70 1.60 21.20
69.00 3.30 6.10 48.10 2.40 15.40
26.20 1.10 11.00 4.50 .70 12.10
B2
437.30 60.80 3.00 8.50 1.30 51.00
233.80 63.10 88.50 .40 .00 51.40
340.60 45.30 4.10 13.00 2.00 48.20
181.00 46.70 56.50 .30 .10 52.20
246.90 30.20 5.30 10.90 1.70 44.20
128.60 30.80 31.50 .30 .10 45.30
155.00 15.30 6.50 20.40 2.90 33.80
76.50 15.30 17.30 .80 .10 29.90
69.10 3.30 6.50 50.40 2.60 16.40
26.30 1.10 11.00 4.60 .70 15.50
C2
544.50 97.10 4.10 6.60 .20 66.90
280.80 53.70 8.00 4.50 .40 50.60
398.50 70.70 2.80 7.60 .10 61.90
210.30 39.40 9.90 6.60 .60 50.30
256.50 44.90 1.40 6.60 .20 54.00
141.30 25.20 8.60 5.70 .40 45.10
116.50 19.50 .40 6.70 .10 38.40
73.00 11.00 5.70 7.40 .40 33.80
D2
384.40 40.10 29.70 13.10 1.50 42.10
160.60 23.60 79.90 8.00 1.30 44.60
272.30 28.80 18.90 16.90 2.00 39.90
120.70 17.40 52.90 11.30 1.90 33.70
164.90 18.00 8.50 15.80 1.80 34.00
80.00 11.00 27.80 10.90 1.90 30.70
59.70 7.50 1.90 16.60 2.10 22.30
38.90 4.60 8.10 14.40 2.00 22.50
A3
137.30 16.80 51.20 11.20 1.40 33.60
74.40 4.90 119.80 2.20 .30 36.90
103.30 12.60 37.10 15.30 2.00 21.50
54.30 3.40 75.00 3.60 .50 31.00
68.00 8.40 21.80 14.20 1.80 19.90
33.40 1.70 35.00 3.60 .60 26.00
32.60 4.20 8.60 24.90 3.10 20.40

202
Chapter-6 Final Analysis and Design

12.50 -.40 8.30 4.10 .50 14.20


B3
242.30 37.50 65.10 21.70 3.50 43.80
169.50 23.70 58.00 1.50 .20 40.10
179.30 27.50 46.70 28.90 4.70 27.80
122.60 20.60 32.40 2.90 .40 40.40
115.00 17.30 27.00 26.50 4.40 26.20
75.10 17.50 12.10 3.40 .40 33.90
49.90 7.00 10.30 38.50 5.70 24.80
26.80 14.80 .70 3.40 1.50 19.90
C3
283.00 43.90 75.50 26.00 4.30 57.50
326.60 39.50 2.90 3.20 .50 39.30
209.60 32.50 51.80 37.20 6.10 35.40
237.10 31.80 4.60 4.80 .70 38.70
134.00 20.60 27.30 34.00 5.70 34.20
150.00 24.40 4.10 4.20 .60 33.40
57.10 8.50 8.90 47.70 7.40 22.70
64.60 17.00 2.30 8.00 .70 21.00
D3
203.20 20.60 44.20 18.30 2.00 35.00
170.10 15.80 58.90 7.70 1.00 34.70
148.10 15.30 30.30 26.80 2.90 20.30
128.60 11.50 38.00 11.10 1.40 26.10
91.20 9.70 16.00 25.30 2.80 20.30
85.90 7.10 18.90 11.00 1.60 23.10
33.40 4.10 5.30 29.40 3.70 13.40
42.50 2.60 5.20 15.50 1.40 14.10

6.2 COLUMN DESIGN DATA:


The above compiled data of all the columns are separated further for
each storey. The column is designed using a program COLD . EXE. It is
based on the limit state method of design with equal number of bars on
each face. Final design data file is prepared by inserting for each column
/ storey the following input.
Grade of concrete (Mpa),
Design yield strength of the reinforcing bars (Mpa)
Column size, width and depth (mm)
Concrete cover from bar centre (mm)
unsupported column height
(stronger and weaker direction separately in m)

The following is the final Column design data file with foregoing insertions.

203
Concepts in Frame Design

There are 56 columns counting storeys wise separately. The storey of the
columns are mentioned within the bracket as 1st, 2nd etc. Column B1 has,
due to mid level landing, within each storey lower and upper columns. Like
column B1, the column A1 has intermediate levels which have been simpli-
fied for the sake of simpler presentation. The keen observer may work out
the details as done for the column B1.

FILE COL.DAT
56
A1(1st)
20 415 250 500 52.5 2.55 1.03
205.90 3.20 54.60 11.30 .10 33.40
160.80 36.90 150.80 4.60 1.30 24.50
A1 (2nd)
20 415 250 500 52.5 2.55 2.55
168.10 3.30 41.30 15.80 .10 20.90
128.40 27.50 114.30 3.10 .90 22.10
A1 (3rd)
20 415 250 500 52.5 2.55 2.55
129.20 3.30 27.10 16.80 .10 19.90
96.20 18.80 73.80 3.40 1.00 20.60
A1 (4th)
20 415 250 500 52.5 2.55 2.55
89.50 3.20 15.00 14.20 .20 15.40
63.50 9.90 38.60 4.40 1.10 15.60
A1 (5th)
20 415 250 500 52.5 2.0 3.52
69.20 3.30 6.10 48.70 2.30 14.40
26.10 1.10 13.00 3.40 .60 12.80
B1(1st-lower)
20 415 250 500 52.5 2.55 1.03
214.80 23.40 67.90 11.00 1.90 43.60
229.70 44.30 62.30 4.00 1.20 22.70
B1(1st - upper)
20 415 250 500 52.5 2.55 1.03
214.80 23.40 67.90 11.00 1.90 43.60
197.00 34.90 25.80 3.70 1.00 31.70
B1(2nd - lower)
20 415 250 500 52.5 2.55 1.03
180.90 18.20 50.70 16.10 2.70 27.00
179.30 32.80 52.10 3.40 .90 27.80
B1(2nd - upper)
20 415 250 500 52.5 2.55 1.03
180.90 18.20 50.70 16.10 2.70 27.00
146.50 24.10 11.80 3.60 .90 26.80
B1(3rd - lower)
20 415 250 500 52.5 2.55 1.03

204
Chapter-6 Final Analysis and Design

145.30 12.80 32.20 16.00 2.70 25.90


129.10 22.10 37.70 3.30 .90 24.80
B1(3rd - upper)
20 415 250 500 52.5 2.55 1.03
145.30 12.80 32.20 16.00 2.70 25.90
96.80 13.50 2.50 3.60 .90 25.00
B1(4th - lower)
20 415 250 500 52.5 2.55 1.03
108.70 7.20 16.80 17.30 2.70 20.60
79.70 11.40 24.30 3.40 .90 17.40
B1(4th - upper)
20 415 250 500 52.5 2.55 1.03
108.70 7.20 16.80 17.30 2.70 20.60
43.40 2.80 1.30 3.00 .50 16.30
B1(5th)
20 415 250 500 52.5 2.0 2.0
69.10 3.30 6.50 50.30 2.50 15.20
26.40 1.10 13.00 3.70 .30 18.40
C1(1st)
20 415 250 500 52.5 2.55 2.55
259.60 50.80 71.70 22.20 4.70 57.20
191.50 25.50 88.50 .50 .10 20.00
C1(2nd)
20 415 250 500 52.5 2.55 2.55
193.40 37.30 49.20 29.00 6.20 34.60
142.50 18.50 62.10 .70 .10 22.30
C1(3rd)
20 415 250 500 52.5 2.55 2.55
125.40 23.50 26.00 27.40 5.90 33.70
93.20 11.40 36.10 1.00 .20 19.40
C1(4th)
20 415 250 500 52.5 2.55 2.55
55.50 9.40 8.60 40.90 7.40 22.50
43.60 4.30 14.30 2.40 .30 17.80
D1(1st)
20 415 250 500 52.5 2.55 2.55
112.50 9.80 73.70 6.50 .60 36.90
170.00 28.70 25.40 5.20 1.00 25.80
D1(2nd)
20 415 250 500 52.5 2.55 2.55
83.40 7.40 49.00 9.50 .90 24.90
125.50 20.80 16.90 .40 .10 20.60
D1(3rd)
20 415 250 500 52.5 2.55 2.55
51.30 4.80 24.50 10.00 1.00 22.90
81.90 13.20 8.60 .10 .00 18.40
D1(4th)
20 415 250 500 52.5 2.55 2.55

205
Concepts in Frame Design

18.00 2.00 7.20 12.10 1.40 13.30


38.40 5.50 2.60 .20 .30 11.60
A2 (1st)
20 415 250 500 52.5 2.55 2.55
337.50 20.70 3.50 .40 1.40 39.10
166.20 39.80 176.40 3.20 .80 47.20
A2 (2nd)
20 415 250 500 52.5 2.55 2.55
262.80 16.30 4.30 .10 1.90 37.20
132.00 30.50 119.40 4.90 1.30 39.70
A2 (3rd)
20 415 250 500 52.5 2.55 2.55
190.40 12.00 5.30 3.40 1.60 34.20
96.90 20.80 67.90 5.00 1.40 33.90
A2 (4th)
20 415 250 500 52.5 2.55 2.55
119.00 7.80 6.40 15.50 2.80 26.40
61.20 10.80 31.10 5.70 1.60 21.20
A2 (5th)
20 415 250 500 52.5 2.0 2.0
69.00 3.30 6.10 48.10 2.40 15.40
26.20 1.10 11.00 4.50 .70 12.10
B2 (1st)
20 415 250 500 52.5 2.55 2.55
437.30 60.80 3.00 8.50 1.30 51.00
233.80 63.10 88.50 .40 .00 51.40
B2 (2nd)
20 415 250 500 52.5 2.55 2.55
340.60 45.30 4.10 13.00 2.00 48.20
181.00 46.70 56.50 .30 .10 52.20
B2 (3rd)
20 415 250 500 52.5 2.55 2.55
246.90 30.20 5.30 10.90 1.70 44.20
128.60 30.80 31.50 .30 .10 45.30
B2 (4th)
20 415 250 500 52.5 2.55 2.55
155.00 15.30 6.50 20.40 2.90 33.80
76.50 15.30 17.30 .80 .10 29.90
B2 (5th)
20 415 250 500 52.5 2.0 2.0
69.10 3.30 6.50 50.40 2.60 16.40
26.30 1.10 11.00 4.60 .70 15.50
C2 (1st)
20 415 250 500 52.5 2.55 2.55
544.50 97.10 4.10 6.60 .20 66.90
280.80 53.70 8.00 4.50 .40 50.60

206
Chapter-6 Final Analysis and Design

C2 (2nd)
20 415 250 500 52.5 2.55 2.55
398.50 70.70 2.80 7.60 .10 61.90
210.30 39.40 9.90 6.60 .60 50.30
C2 (3rd)
20 415 250 500 52.5 2.55 2.55
256.50 44.90 1.40 6.60 .20 54.00
141.30 25.20 8.60 5.70 .40 45.10
C2 (4th)
20 415 250 500 52.5 2.55 2.55
116.50 19.50 .40 6.70 .10 38.40
73.00 11.00 5.70 7.40 .40 33.80
D2 (1st)
20 415 250 500 52.5 2.55 2.55
384.40 40.10 29.70 13.10 1.50 42.10
160.60 23.60 79.90 8.00 1.30 44.60
D2 (2nd)
20 415 250 500 52.5 2.55 2.55
272.30 28.80 18.90 16.90 2.00 39.90
120.70 17.40 52.90 11.30 1.90 33.70
D2 (3rd)
20 415 250 500 52.5 2.55 2.55
164.90 18.00 8.50 15.80 1.80 34.00
80.00 11.00 27.80 10.90 1.90 30.70
D2 (4th)
20 415 250 500 52.5 2.55 2.55
59.70 7.50 1.90 16.60 2.10 22.30
38.90 4.60 8.10 14.40 2.00 22.5
A3 (1st)
20 415 250 500 52.5 2.55 2.55
137.30 16.80 51.20 11.20 1.40 33.60
74.40 4.90 119.80 2.20 .30 36.90
A3 (2nd)
20 415 250 500 52.5 2.55 2.55
103.30 12.60 37.10 15.30 2.00 21.50
54.30 3.40 75.00 3.60 .50 31.00
A3 (3rd)
20 415 250 500 52.5 2.55 2.55
68.00 8.40 21.80 14.20 1.80 19.90
33.40 1.70 35.00 3.60 .60 26.00
A3 (4th)
20 415 250 500 52.5 2.55 2.55
32.60 4.20 8.60 24.90 3.10 20.40
12.50 -.40 8.30 4.10 .50 14.20
B3 (1st)
20 415 250 500 52.5 2.55 2.55
242.30 37.50 65.10 21.70 3.50 43.80

207
Concepts in Frame Design

169.50 23.70 58.00 1.50 .20 40.10


B3 (2nd)
20 415 250 500 52.5 2.55 2.55
179.30 27.50 46.70 28.90 4.70 27.80
122.60 20.60 32.40 2.90 .40 40.40
B3 (3rd)
20 415 250 500 52.5 2.55 2.55
115.00 17.30 27.00 26.50 4.40 26.20
75.10 17.50 12.10 3.40 .40 33.90
B3 (4th)
20 415 250 500 52.5 2.55 2.55
49.90 7.00 10.30 38.50 5.70 24.80
26.80 14.80 .70 3.40 1.50 19.90
C3 (1st)
20 415 250 500 52.5 2.55 2.55
283.00 43.90 75.50 26.00 4.30 57.50
326.60 39.50 2.90 3.20 .50 39.30
C3 (2nd)
20 415 250 500 52.5 2.55 2.55
209.60 32.50 51.80 37.20 6.10 35.40
237.10 31.80 4.60 4.80 .70 38.70
C3 (3rd)
20 415 250 500 52.5 2.55 2.55
134.00 20.60 27.30 34.00 5.70 34.20
150.00 24.40 4.10 4.20 .60 33.40
C3 (4th)
20 415 250 500 52.5 2.55 2.55
57.10 8.50 8.90 47.70 7.40 22.70
64.60 17.00 2.30 8.00 .70 21.00
D3 (1st)
20 415 250 500 52.5 2.55 2.55
203.20 20.60 44.20 18.30 2.00 35.00
170.10 15.80 58.90 7.70 1.00 34.70
D3 (2nd)
20 415 250 500 52.5 2.55 2.55
148.10 15.30 30.30 26.80 2.90 20.30
128.60 11.50 38.00 11.10 1.40 26.10
D3 (3rd)
20 415 250 500 52.5 2.55 2.55
91.20 9.70 16.00 25.30 2.80 20.30
85.90 7.10 18.90 11.00 1.60 23.10
D3 (4th)
20 415 250 500 52.5 2.55 2.55
33.40 4.10 5.30 29.40 3.70 13.40
42.50 2.60 5.20 15.50 1.40 14.10
6.3 LIVE LOAD REDUCTION: As mentioned earlier in Chap. 4, from practi-
cal consideration live load reduction as mentioned IS:875 (3.2) has been
ignored. However, this is discussed here for demonstration purpose so that

208
Chapter-6 Final Analysis and Design

if required it could be done in tall buildings. The live load reduction is applied
to columns supporting at least two floors; for beams it applies to such
arrangements where not less than 50 sqm of slab is supported by a beam.
Reduction to columns is done on the following pattern.
Floors from top Reduction (%)
1 0
2 10
3 20
4 30
5-10 40
over 10 50
An example is cited for column C2. The summary of loads obtained from
the final analysis and compiled in the previous section is again illustrated
for easy reference. The two rows of data against each storey represent
the data from frames on Axis - C, and Axis - 2 respectively. The storeys
indicated here are counted from the ground. Live load reduction required is
also shown and the data is unmodified.
col (storey) Direct vert load (kN) Moment (kN-m) LL reduc -
tion factor
DL LL EQ DL LL EQ
C2 (1st) 544.50 97.10 4.1 0 6.60 0.20 66.9 1 - 0.3=0.7
280.80 53.70 8.00 4.50 0.40 50.60

C2 (2nd) 398.50 70.70 2.80 7.60 0.10 61.90 1 - 0.2=0.8


210.30 39.40 9.90 6.60 0.60 50.30

C2 (3rd) 256.50 44.90 1.40 6.60 0.20 54.00 1 - 0.1=0.9


141.30 25.20 8.60 5.70 0.40 45.10

C2 (4th) 116.50 19.50 .40 6.70 0.10 38.40 1 - 0=1.0


73.00 11.00 5.70 7.40 0.40 33.80
The final data after live load reduction is as follows. The reinforcement design of
the columns presented in the subsequent sections does not consider the live load
reduction as explained previously. This presentation is only made with aca-
demic interest illustrating the technique involved in such exercise.
col (storey) Direct vert load (kN) Moment (kN-m)
DL LL EQ DL LL EQ
C2 (1st) 544.50 67.97 4.10 6.60 0.14 66.90
280.80 37.59 8.00 4.50 0.28 50.60

C2 (2nd) 398.50 56.56 2.80 7.60 0.08 61.90


210.30 31.52 9.90 6.60 0.48 50.30

C2 (3rd) 256.50 40.41 1.40 6.60 0.18 54.00


141.30 22.68 8.60 5.70 .0.36 45.10

C2 (4th) 116.50 19.50 0 .40 6.70 0.10 38.40

209
Concepts in Frame Design

73.00 11.00 5.70 7.40 0 .40 33.80

6.4 COLUMN DESIGN RESULT:


Program COLD. EXE is run using the COL . DAT as input file and the column
design output file COL . RES is as follows.

The tabular form of the result file is self -explanatory. There are five load case
combinations against which the reinforcement has been calculated in terms of
percentage of the cross - sectional area. The program has control on minimum
0.8 % and maximum 4 % reinforcement. A reference is made to IS : 456 and for
convenience the terms are explained also.

PU : The factored axial load


PUZ : The ultimate capacity of the section
MUX: The moment about stronger axis
MUXS : The flexural capacity of the section about stronger axis
MUY: The moment about weaker axis of the section
MUYS: The flexural capacity of the section about weaker axis
ALPHA: Exponential term of the control equation
CHECK: Not to exceed 1
FCK: Grade of concrete
Ast: % steel

PU PUZ MUX MUXS MUY MUYS ALPHA CHECK FCK AST


(kN) (kN) (kN-m) (kN-m) (kN-m) (kN-m) (MPa) (%)

A1(1st)
250.00 500.00
1.5(D+E in X DIR)
632.0 1427.3 67.0 109.7 12.0 46.0 1.40 0.65 20.0 0.80
1.5(D+E in Y DIR)
776.3 1502.8 16.0 108.8 43.0 47.1 1.53 .92 20.0 1.00
1.5(D+L)
610.2 1427.3 17.0 111.2 12.0 47.4 1.38 .23 20.0 .80
1.2(D+L+E in X DIR)
553.7 1427.3 53.0 113.1 11.0 47.4 1.31 .52 20.0 .80
1.2(D+L+E in Y DIR)
669.1 1427.3 14.0 107.3 36.0 46.0 1.45 .75 20.0 .80

A1 (2nd)
250.00 500.00
1.5(D+E in X DIR)
506.7 1427.3 55.0 114.3 10.0 48.8 1.26 .53 20.0 .80

210
Chapter-6 Final Analysis and Design

1.5(D+E in Y DIR)
616.2 1427.3 23.0 111.2 37.0 47.4 1.39 .82 20.0 .80
1.5(D+L)
491.0 1427.3 23.0 114.3 9.0 48.8 1.24 .26 20.0 .80
1.2(D+L+E in X DIR)
442.3 1427.3 44.0 114.5 8.0 49.0 1.18 .44 20.0 .80
1.2(D+L+E in Y DIR)
529.9 1427.3 19.0 113.8 31.0 48.8 1.29 .66 20.0 .80

A1 (3rd)
250.00 500.00
1.5(D+E in X DIR)
378.8 1427.3 55.0 113.3 7.0 48.8 1.11 .56 20.0 .80
1.5(D+E in Y DIR)
448.8 1427.3 25.0 114.5 36.0 49.0 1.19 .86 20.0 .80
1.5(D+L)
371.3 1427.3 25.0 113.3 7.0 48.8 1.10 .31 20.0 .80
1.2(D+L+E in X DIR)
329.5 1427.3 44.0 110.6 6.0 47.9 1.05 .49 20.0 .80
1.2(D+L+E in Y DIR)
385.6 1427.3 20.0 113.3 30.0 48.8 1.12 .73 20.0 .80

A1 (4th)
250.00 500.00
1.5(D+E in X DIR)
252.0 1427.3 44.0 104.7 6.0 46.4 1.00 .55 20.0 .80
1.5(D+E in Y DIR)
287.4 1427.3 21.0 108.9 30.0 46.4 1.00 .84 20.0 .80
1.5(D+L)
249.1 1427.3 21.0 104.7 8.0 46.4 1.00 .37 20.0 .80
1.2(D+L+E in X DIR)
217.3 1427.3 35.0 102.2 6.0 44.2 1.00 .48 20.0 .80
1.2(D+L+E in Y DIR)
245.6 1427.3 17.0 104.7 25.0 46.4 1.00 .70 20.0 .80

A1 (5th)
250.00 500.00
1.5(D+E in X DIR)
152.1 1502.8 94.0 111.1 5.0 48.1 1.00 .95 20.0 1.00
1.5(D+E in Y DIR)
162.4 1616.2 73.0 131.8 24.0 54.1 1.00 1.00 20.0 1.30
1.5(D+L)
149.6 1427.3 76.0 96.4 6.0 40.7 1.00 .94 20.0 .80

211
Concepts in Frame Design

1.2(D+L+E in X DIR)
127.0 1427.3 78.0 93.3 4.0 40.7 1.00 .93 20.0 .80
1.2(D+L+E in Y DIR)
135.2 1502.8 61.0 107.9 20.0 48.1 1.00 .98 20.0 1.00

The final design output for all other columns are similar and
they are not repeated. The summary of storey -wise column
reinforcement is given below.
SUMMARY OF COL REINF (in % of cross - sectional area)
COL 1st Storey 2nd Storey 3rd Storey 4th Storey 5th Storey
A1 1 0.8 0.8 0.8 1.3
B1 1.3 0.9 0.9 0.8 1.7
C1 1.4 0.8 0.8 1.3
D1 0.8 0.8 0.8 0.8
A2 3.2 2.3 1.4 0.9 1.3
B2 3.3 3.1 2.1 1.2 1.6
C2 3.8 3.5 2.4 1.6
D2 3.1 2.2 1.9 1.7
A3 1.5 1.3 1.1 1
B3 2 2.3 1.9 1.5
C3 2.5 2.6 2.1 2
D3 2 1.7 1.7 1.7

SUMMARY OF REINF. (in cm2)


COL 1st Storey 2nd Storey 3rd Storey 4th Storey 5th Storey
A1 12.5 10 10 10 16.25
B1 16.25 11.25 11.25 10 21.25
C1 17.5 10 10 16.25 0
D1 10 10 10 10 0
A2 40 28.75 17.5 11.25 16.25
B2 41.25 38.75 26.25 15 20
C2 47.5 43.75 30 20 0
D2 38.75 27.5 23.75 21.25 0
A3 18.75 16.25 13.75 12.5 0
B3 25 28.75 23.75 18.75 0
C3 31.25 32.5 26.25 25 0
D3 25 21.25 21.25 21.25 0

MAIN REINFORCING BAR DETAILS


(4-16 means 4 numbers of 16 mm dia HYS Fe 415 bars)

212
Chapter-6 Final Analysis and Design

COL 1st Storey 2nd Storey 3rd Storey 4th Storey 5th Storey
A1 4-16+4-12 4-16+4-12 4-16+4-12 4-16+4-16 4-16+4-16
B1 8-16 8-16 8-16 4-16+4-20 4-16+4-20
C1 4-20+4-16 4-20+4-16 4-20+4-16 4-20+4-16
D1 4-16+4-12 4-16+4-12 4-16+4-12 4-16+4-12
A2 8-25 8-20 8-20 8-20 8-20
B2 8-25 8-25 8-20 8-20 8-20
C2 8-28 8-28 4-28+4-25 4-28
D2 8-25 8-25 8-20 8-20
A3 4-20+4-16 4-20+4-16 8-16 8-16
B3 4-25+4-16 4-25+4-16 4-25+4-16 4-25
C3 4-25+4-20 4-25+4-20 4-25+4-16 4-25+4-16
D3 8-20 8-20 8-20 8-20

6.5 BEAM REINF. DESIGN (FRAME ON AXIS -A)


As explained in section 6.0, the final data for frame run is ready after the
earth quake analysis. First, FSTEEL . EXE is run with input data A.DAT.
The run ouput file A. OUT is used to run STEEL. EXE. The beam rein-
forcement file is obtained and it could be given any name but for the sake
of easy identification it is named AB.OUT. The output file is formatted as
given below. The output is self evident; beam wise reinforcement is pro-
vided. Frame A has beam members from 15 through 23. Note that ASC and
AST are in "cm2" ; and SV is 8 mm TOR 2-LEGGED shear stirrups spacing in "mm" .
Each member is preceded by its size in mm also. The earthquake
reversal steel is also provided which puts a further check on the minimum
steel. Reversal situation means the earthquake acting either from left to
right or from right to left.
MEMBER JOINT SUPPORT STEEL EQ REVERSAL STEEL SPAN STEEL

ASC AST SV ASC AST ASC AST


250.0 x 500.0
15 1 2.4 6.3 235.0
15 1 2.4 2.6
15 2 2.4 6.5 235.0
15 2 2.4 2.4
15 2.4 2.4
250.0 x 500.0
16 1 2.4 6.6 235.0
16 1 2.4 2.4
16 2 2.4 6.4 235.0
16 2 2.4 2.6
16 2.4 2.4

250.0 x 500.0

213
Concepts in Frame Design

17 1 2.4 7.0 235.0


17 1 2.4 2.7
17 2 2.4 6.6 235.0
17 2 2.4 2.5
17 2.4 2.4

250.0 x 500.0
18 1 2.4 6.6 235.0
18 1 2.4 2.6
18 2 2.4 7.1 235.0
18 2 2.4 2.8
18 2.4 2.4

250.0 x 500.0
19 1 2.4 6.4 235.0
19 1 2.4 2.4
19 2 2.4 5.6 235.0
19 2 2.4 2.4
19 2.4 2.4
250.0 x 500.0
20 1 2.4 6.1 235.0
20 1 2.4 2.4
20 2 2.4 6.6 235.0
20 2 2.4 2.4
20 2.4 2.4
250.0 x 500.0
21 1 2.4 4.2 235.0
21 1 2.4 2.4
21 2 2.4 3.7 235.0
21 2 2.4 2.4
21 2.4 2.4

250.0 x 500.0
22 1 2.4 3.7 235.0
22 1 2.4 2.4
22 2 2.4 4.5 235.0
22 2 2.4 2.4
22 2.4 2.4

250.0 x 500.0
23 1 2.4 6.6 235.0
23 1 2.4 2.4
23 2 2.4 6.7 235.0

214
Chapter-6 Final Analysis and Design

23 2 2.4 2.4
23 2.4 5.0

6.6 STAAD ANALYSIS


Frame on Axis - A is also run on STAAD. It helps in comparing the
result from two methods and thus ensuring the reliability to the programs
used herein. Both the programs, STAAD and the one used here (refer
Chap. 3) are based on STIFFNESS MATRIX method of structural
analysis. The preparation of STAAD DATA is explained so that one who
is not familiar with the STAAD can easily get along with the technique.

In the above load types (Fig. 6.2)


CONC is CONCENTRATED LOAD,
UNI is UNIFORMLY DISTRIBUTED LOAD,
TRAP is TRAPEZOIDAL LOAD,
LIN is Linearly varying load
(i.e., forming triangle on the whole span).

For any member the load is entered in the pattern as mentioned against
each type; direction is Y in which load acts and -ve sign indicates the
downward load as the positive Y is upward. The location of loads are
always mentioned in linear unit measured from the start of the member.

For AXIS - A frame (Fig. 6.3) the STAAD load data is computed as the
following.
STAAD LOAD DATA FOR AXIS A FRAME:
DEAD LOAD CASE:

Member 15/17/19 (Intermediate Floors) –


Brick work + Self weight of Beam = 16.0 kN/m

15 17 19 UNI Y -16

(Values of a and b (Fig. 6.2) are absent which means full member is
loaded)

Member 21 (supports mumty 125 mm brick work)


bk work + beam self = 8.125 kN/m

21 UNI Y -8.125
Member 23 (Terrace level) –
1. RCC tank wall + self weight of beam (UDL)
DL = 9.5 kN/m (load type UNI)

215
Concepts in Frame Design

Fig. 6.2: STAAD Load patterns (compare with Fig. 4.3)

F ig . 6 .3 : F r a m e o n A X IS - A

216
Chapter-6 Final Analysis and Design

23 UNI Y -9.5
2. water Tank Base/mumty slab (load type TRAP + UNI + TRAP) –
Loading intensity is 21 kN/sqm
trapezoidal height is 1.2 m, load ordinate is 1.2 x 21 = 25.2 kN
23 TRAP Y 0 -25.2 0 .0 1.2
23 UNI Y -25.2 1.2 3.655
23 TRAP Y -25.2 0 3.655 4.855
Member 16/18/20 (Intermediate floors) –
1. Verandah slab – (load type TRAP)
Triang. slab (Fig. 6.4) area is put into two TRAP type loads.
Intensity ordinate is 0.956 x 4.5 kN/sqm = 4.3 kN
16 18 20 TRAP Y 0.0 -4.3 0.0 0.956
16 18 20 TRAP Y -4.3 0.0 0.956 1.912
2. Kitchen slab (Fig. 6.4) – (load type TRAP + UNI + TRAP )
Load intensity = 1.2x4.5 = 5.4 kN
16 18 20 TRAP Y 0.0 -5.4 1.912 3.112
16 18 20 UNI Y -5.4 3.112 3.5

A B
2400
3

k itc h e n
2787.5

B E A M -5
4700

1750
B E A M -4

v e ra n d a h
1912.5
2

w a te r-ta n k
4855

o v e r s ta ir
1

F ig . 6 .4 : S la b L oad D is tr ib u tio n

217
Concepts in Frame Design

16 18 20 TRAP Y -5.4 0.0 3.5 4.7


3. Point load (load type CONC )
triang. area (kitch) = 1/2 (2.42/4) = 0.72 sqm
trapz.area(Ver)=1/2×1.4sqm (Frame Axis-2, Member 19/22)

slab DL = ( 0.72+0.7) sqm = 1.42 sqm × 4.5 kN/sqm = 6.5 kN


DL due to bk work + self wt of beam = 9.5 × 2.4/2 = 11.4 kN
Total DL = 6.5 + 11.4 = 17.9 kN

16 18 20 CONC Y -17.9 1.912

4. Bk work :
railing = 6.125 kN/m, (load type UNI )
wall = 9.5 kN/m, (load type UNI )

16 18 20 UNI Y -6.125 0 1.912


16 18 20 UNI Y -9.5 1.912 4.7

Member 22 (Terrace Level)


1. Verandah slab – (Load Type TRAP)
Load intensity = 0.956 x 7.2= 6.88 kN

22 TRAP Y 0.0 -6.88 0.0 0.956


22 TRAP Y -6.88 0.0 0.956 1.912

2. Kitchen slab (Load type TRAP + UNI + TRAP) –


Loading intensity = 1.2 x 7.2 = 8.64 kN

22 TRAP Y 0.0 -8.64 1.912 3.112


22 UNI Y -8.64 3.112 3.5
22 TRAP Y -8.64 0.0 3.5 4.7

3. Point Load (caused by Beam – 4, Fig. 6.4)


DL (Slab) = 1.42 × 7.2 kN/sqm = 10.22 kN
Self wt. of beam = 3.125 × 2.4/2 = 3.75 kN
Total DL = 13.98 kN

22 CONC Y -13.98 1.912

4. Parapet & self wt. of beam (load type 3, UDL) = 6.2 kN/m

22 UNI Y -6.2

218
Chapter-6 Final Analysis and Design

LIVE LOAD CASE:


Member 23 (Terrace level) –
. water Tank Base/mumty slab (load type TRAP + UNI + TRAP) –
LL Loading intensity is 1.5 kN/sqm
trapezoidal height is 1.2 m, load ordinate is 1.2 x 1.5 = 1.8 kN
23 TRAP Y 0 -1.8 0 .0 1.2
23 UNI Y -1.8 1.2 3.655
23 TRAP Y -1.8 3.655 4.855

Member 16/18/20 (Intermediate floors) –


1. Verandah slab – (load type TRAP)
Triang. slab (Fig. 6.4) area is put into two TRAP type loads.
Intensity ordinate is 0.956 x 2 kN/sqm = 1.912 kN

16 18 20 TRAP Y 0.0 -1.912 0.0 0.956


16 18 20 TRAP Y -1.912 0.0 0.956 1.912

2. Kitchen slab (Fig. 6.4) – (load type TRAP + UNI + TRAP )


Load intensity = 1.2x2 = 2.4 kN

16 18 20 TRAP Y 0.0 -2.4 0.0 3.112


16 18 20 UNI Y -2.4 3.112 3.5
16 18 20 TRAP Y -2.4 0.0 3.5 4.7

3. Point load (load type CONC )


triang. area (kitch) = 1/2 (2.42/4) = 0.72 sqm
trapz. area (Ver) = 1/2 × 1.4 sqm (Frame 2, memb 19/22)
slab LL = 2 kN/sqm × 1.44 sqm = 2.88 kN

16 18 20 CONC Y -2.88 1.912

Member 22 (Terrace Level)


1. Verandah slab – (Load Type TRAP)
Load intensity = 0.956 x 1.5 = 1.434 kN

22 TRAP Y 0.0 -1.434 0.0 0.956


22 TRAP Y -1.434 0.0 0.956 1.912

2. Kitchen slab (Load type TRAP + UNI + TRAP) –


Loading intensity = 1.2 x 1.5 kN/sqm = 1.8 kN

22 TRAP Y 0.0 -1.8 0.0 3.112

219
Concepts in Frame Design

22 UNI Y -1.8 3.112 3.5


22 TRAP Y -1.8 0.0 3.5 4.7

3. Point Load (caused by Beam – 4, Fig. 6.4)


LL (Slab) = 1.42 × 1.5 kN/sqm = 2.13 kN

22 CONC Y -2.13 1.912

The input data file for frame A is A . STD and it is as follows.


Lateral loads acting on the joints have been taken from section 5.6
STAAD PLANE COMPUTER EXAMPLE FRAME AXIS A
UNIT METER KNS
JOINT COORDINATES
1 0.0 0.0
2 4.855 0.0
3 9.555 0.0
4 0.0 3.05
5 4.855 3.05
6 9.555 3.05
7 0.0 6.1
8 4.855 6.1
9 9.555 6.1
10 0.0 9.15
11 4.855 9.15
12 9.555 9.15
13 0.0 12.2
14 4.855 12.2
15 9.555 12.2
16 0.0 14.7
17 4.855 14.7
MEMBER INCI
1 1 4
2 4 7
3 7 10
4 10 13
5 13 16
6 2 5
7 5 8
8 8 11
9 11 14
10 14 17
11 3 6
12 6 9

220
Chapter-6 Final Analysis and Design

13 9 12
14 12 15
15 4 5
16 5 6
17 7 8
18 8 9
19 10 11
20 11 12
21 13 14
22 14 15
23 16 17
MEMB PROP
1 TO 23 PR YD 0.5 ZD 0.25
CONSTANTS
E 2.2076E7
DEN 25
SUPPORT
1 TO 3 FIXED
LOAD 1 (EQ CASE L - R)
JOINT LOAD
4 FX 0.99
7 FX 4.47
10 FX 10.39
13 FX 15.2
16 FX 20.43
LOAD 2 (EQ CASE R - L)
JOINT LOAD
6 FX -0.99
9 FX -4.47
12 FX -10.39
15 FX -15.2
17 FX -20.43
LOAD 3 (DL CASE)
MEMBER LOAD
15 17 19 UNI Y -16
16 18 20 TRAP Y 0 -4.3 0 0.956
16 18 20 TRAP Y -4.3 0 0.956 1.912
16 18 20 TRAP Y 0 -5.4 1.912 3.112
16 18 20 UNI Y -5.4 3.112 3.5
16 18 20 TRAP Y -5.4 0 3.5 4.7
16 18 20 CONC Y -17.9 1.912
16 18 20 UNI Y -6.125 0 1.912
16 18 20 UNI Y -9.5 1.912 4.7

221
Concepts in Frame Design

21 UNI Y -8.125
22 TRAP Y 0 -6.88 0 0.956
22 TRAP Y -6.88 0 0.956 1.912
22 TRAP Y 0 -8.64 1.912 3.112
22 UNI Y -8.64 3.112 3.5
22 TRAP Y -8.64 0 3.5 4.7
22 CONC Y -13.97 1.912
22 UNI Y -6.2
23 UNI Y -9.5
23 TRAP Y 0 -25.2 0 1.2
23 UNI Y -25.2 1.2 3.655
23 TRAP Y -25.2 0.0 3.655 4.855
LOAD 4 (LL CASE)
MEMBER LOAD
16 18 20 TRAP Y 0 -1.91 0 0.956
16 18 20 TRAP Y -1.91 0 0.956 1.912
16 18 20 TRAP Y 0 -2.4 1.912 3.112
16 18 20 UNI Y -2.4 3.112 3.5
16 18 20 TRAP Y -2.4 0 3.5 4.7
16 18 20 CONC Y -2.88 1.912
22 TRAP Y 0 -1.43 0 0.956
22 TRAP Y -1.43 0 0.956 1.912
22 TRAP Y 0 -1.8 1.912 3.112
22 UNI Y -1.8 3.112 3.5
22 TRAP Y -1.8 0.0 3.5 4.7
22 CONC Y -2.13 1.912
23 TRAP Y 0 -1.8 0 1.2
23 UNI Y -1.8 1.2 3.655
23 TRAP Y -1.8 0 3.655 4.855
LOAD COMB 5 (1.5 D+EQ ACTING L TO R)
1 1.5 3 1.5
LOAD COMB 6 (1.5 D+EQ ACTING R TO L)
2 1.5 3 1.5
LOAD COMB 7 (1.2 D+L+E ACTUBG L TO R)
1 1.2 3 1.2 4 1.2
LOAD COMB 8 (1.2 D+L+E ACTING R TO L)
2 1.2 3 1.2 4 1.2
LOAD COMB 9 (1.5 D+L)
3 1.5 4 1.5
PERFORM ANALYSIS
PRINT SUPPORT REACTION
PRINT JOINT DISPL
PLOT BENDING LIST 1 2 15

222
Chapter-6 Final Analysis and Design

*START CONC DESIGN


*CODE INDIA
*TRACK 1
*FCK 15
*FYMAIN 415
*DESIGN BEAMS 15 TO 23
*END CONC DESIGN
FINISH

The output file of the STAAD run is A.ANL and it is


as below.
1. STAAD PLANE COMPUTER EXAMPLE FRAME AXIS A
2. UNIT METER KNS
3. JOINT COORDINATES
4. 1 0.0 0.0
5. 2 4.855 0.0
6. 3 9.555 0.0
7. 4 0.0 3.05
8. 5 4.855 3.05
9. 6 9.555 3.05
10. 7 0.0 6.1
11. 8 4.855 6.1
12. 9 9.555 6.1
13. 10 0.0 9.15
14. 11 4.855 9.15
15. 12 9.555 9.15
16. 13 0.0 12.2
17. 14 4.855 12.2
18. 15 9.555 12.2
19. 16 0.0 14.7
20. 17 4.855 14.7
21. MEMBER INCI
22. 1 1 4
23. 2 4 7
24. 3 7 10
25. 4 10 13
26. 5 13 16
27. 6 2 5
28. 7 5 8
29. 8 8 11
30. 9 11 14
31. 10 14 17
32. 11 3 6

223
Concepts in Frame Design

33. 12 6 9
34. 13 9 12
35. 14 12 15
36. 15 4 5
37. 16 5 6
38. 17 7 8
39. 18 8 9
40. 19 10 11
41. 20 11 12
42. 21 13 14
43. 22 14 15
44. 23 16 17
45. MEMB PROP
46. 1 TO 23 PR YD 0.5 ZD 0.25
47. CONSTANTS
48. E 2.2076E7
49. DEN 25
50. SUPPORT
51. 1 TO 3 FIXED
52. LOAD 1 (EQ CASE L - R)
53. JOINT LOAD
54. 4 FX 0.99
55. 7 FX 4.47
56. 10 FX 10.39
57. 13 FX 15.2
58. 16 FX 20.43
59. LOAD 2 (EQ CASE R - L)
60. JOINT LOAD
61. 6 FX -0.99
62. 9 FX -4.47
63. 12 FX -10.39
64. 15 FX -15.2
65. 17 FX -20.43
66. LOAD 3 (DL CASE)
67. MEMBER LOAD
68. 15 17 19 UNI Y -16
69. 16 18 20 TRAP Y 0 -4.3 0 0.956
70. 16 18 20 TRAP Y -4.3 0 0.956 1.912
71. 16 18 20 TRAP Y 0 -5.4 1.912 3.112
72. 16 18 20 UNI Y -5.4 3.112 3.5
73. 16 18 20 TRAP Y -5.4 0 3.5 4.7
74. 16 18 20 CONC Y -17.9 1.912
75. 16 18 20 UNI Y -6.125 0 1.912

224
Chapter-6 Final Analysis and Design

76. 16 18 20 UNI Y -9.5 1.912 4.7


77. 21 UNI Y -8.125
78. 22 TRAP Y 0 -6.88 0 0.956
79. 22 TRAP Y -6.88 0 0.956 1.912
80. 22 TRAP Y 0 -8.64 1.912 3.112
81. 22 UNI Y -8.64 3.112 3.5
82. 22 TRAP Y -8.64 0 3.5 4.7
83. 22 CONC Y -13.97 1.912
84. 22 UNI Y -6.2
85. 23 UNI Y -9.5
86. 23 TRAP Y 0 -25.2 0 1.2
87. 23 UNI Y -25.2 1.2 3.655
88. 23 TRAP Y -25.2 0 3.655 4.855
89. LOAD 4 (LL CASE)
90. MEMBER LOAD
91. 16 18 20 TRAP Y 0 -1.91 0 0.956
92. 16 18 20 TRAP Y -1.91 0 0.956 1.912
93. 16 18 20 TRAP Y 0 -2.4 1.912 3.112
94. 16 18 20 UNI Y -2.4 3.112 3.5
95. 16 18 20 TRAP Y -2.4 0 3.5 4.7
96. 16 18 20 CONC Y -2.88 1.912
97. 22 TRAP Y 0 -1.43 0 0.956
98. 22 TRAP Y -1.43 0 0.956 1.912
99. 22 TRAP Y 0 -1.8 1.912 3.112
100. 22 UNI Y -1.8 3.112 3.5
101. 22 TRAP Y -1.8 0.0 3.5 4.7
102. 22 CONC Y -2.13 1.912
103. 23 TRAP Y 0 -1.8 0 1.2
104. 23 UNI Y -1.8 1.2 3.655
105. 23 TRAP Y -1.8 0 3.655 4.855
106. LOAD COMB 5 (1.5 D+EQ ACTING L TO R)
107. 1 1.5 3 1.5
108. LOAD COMB 6 (1.5 D+EQ ACTING R TO L)
109. 2 1.5 3 1.5
110. LOAD COMB 7 (1.2 D+L+E ACTUBG L TO R)
111. 1 1.2 3 1.2 4 1.2
112. LOAD COMB 8 (1.2 D+L+E ACTING R TO L)
113. 2 1.2 3 1.2 4 1.2
114. LOAD COMB 9 (1.5 D+L)
115. 3 1.5 4 1.5
116. PERFORM ANALYSIS
SUPPORT REACTIONS -UNIT KNS METE STRUCTURE
TYPE = PLANE
JOINT LOAD FORCE-X FORCE-Y FORCE-Z MOM-X MOM-Y MOM Z

225
Concepts in Frame Design

1 1 -15.26 -54.56 .00 .00 .00 33.66


2 15.25 54.46 .00 .00 .00 -33.63
3 5.57 205.52 .00 .00 .00 -5.71
4 .01 3.17 .00 .00 .00 -.06
5 -14.54 226.44 .00 .00 .00 41.93
6 31.23 389.96 .00 .00 .00 -59.01
7 -11.62 184.96 .00 .00 .00 33.48
8 25.00 315.78 .00 .00 .00 -47.28
9 8.36 313.04 .00 .00 .00 -8.64
2 1 -20.78 3.58 .00 .00 .00 39.14
2 20.78 -3.37 .00 .00 .00 -39.14
3 -.16 337.99 .00 .00 .00 .05
4 .68 19.58 .00 .00 .00 -.72
5 -31.40 512.34 .00 .00 .00 58.78
6 30.93 501.93 .00 .00 .00 -58.64
7 -24.31 433.38 .00 .00 .00 46.17
8 25.56 425.04 .00 .00 .00 -47.77
9 .78 536.36 .00 .00 .00 -1.00
3 1 -15.44 50.98 .00 .00 .00 33.83
2 15.45 -51.09 .00 .00 .00 -33.85
3 -5.41 136.96 .00 .00 .00 5.34
4 -.69 15.73 .00 .00 .00 .65
5 -31.28 281.92 .00 .00 .00 58.75
6 15.06 128.82 .00 .00 .00 -42.77
7 -25.85 244.41 .00 .00 .00 47.77
8 11.22 121.93 .00 .00 .00 -33.44
9 -9.14 229.04 .00 .00 .00 8.98
118. PRINT JOINT DISPL
JOINT DISPLACEMENT (CM RADIANS) STRUCTURE TYPE = PLANE
JOINT LOAD X-TRANS Y-TRANS Z-TRANS X-ROTAN Y-ROTAN Z-ROTAN
1 1 .0000 .0000 .0000 .0000 .0000 .0000
2 .0000 .0000 .0000 .0000 .0000 .0000
3 .0000 .0000 .0000 .0000 .0000 .0000
4 .0000 .0000 .0000 .0000 .0000 .0000
5 .0000 .0000 .0000 .0000 .0000 .0000
6 .0000 .0000 .0000 .0000 .0000 .0000
7 .0000 .0000 .0000 .0000 .0000 .0000
8 .0000 .0000 .0000 .0000 .0000 .0000
9 .0000 .0000 .0000 .0000 .0000 .0000
2 1 .0000 .0000 .0000 .0000 .0000 .0000
2 .0000 .0000 .0000 .0000 .0000 .0000
3 .0000 .0000 .0000 .0000 .0000 .0000
4 .0000 .0000 .0000 .0000 .0000 .0000
5 .0000 .0000 .0000 .0000 .0000 .0000
6 .0000 .0000 .0000 .0000 .0000 .0000
7 .0000 .0000 .0000 .0000 .0000 .0000
8 .0000 .0000 .0000 .0000 .0000 .0000
9 .0000 .0000 .0000 .0000 .0000 .0000
3 1 .0000 .0000 .0000 .0000 .0000 .0000
2 .0000 .0000 .0000 .0000 .0000 .0000
3 .0000 .0000 .0000 .0000 .0000 .0000
4 .0000 .0000 .0000 .0000 .0000 .0000
5 .0000 .0000 .0000 .0000 .0000 .0000
6 .0000 .0000 .0000 .0000 .0000 .0000
7 .0000 .0000 .0000 .0000 .0000 .0000
8 .0000 .0000 .0000 .0000 .0000 .0000
9 .0000 .0000 .0000 .0000 .0000 .0000
4 1 .1502 .0060 .0000 .0000 .0000 -.0006
2 -.1500 -.0060 .0000 .0000 .0000 .0006
3 -.0016 -.0227 .0000 .0000 .0000 -.0001
4 -.0004 -.0004 .0000 .0000 .0000 .0000
5 .2229 -.0250 .0000 .0000 .0000 -.0010
6 -.2275 -.0431 .0000 .0000 .0000 .0006
7 .1778 -.0204 .0000 .0000 .0000 -.0008
8 -.1824 -.0349 .0000 .0000 .0000 .0005
9 -.0030 -.0346 .0000 .0000 .0000 -.0002
5 1 .1504 -.0004 .0000 .0000 .0000 -.0004
2 -.1504 .0004 .0000 .0000 .0000 .0004
3 -.0009 -.0374 .0000 .0000 .0000 .0000
4 -.0004 -.0022 0000 .0000 .0000 .0000
5 .2243 -.0566 0000 .0000 .0000 -.0006
6 -.2269 -.0555 0000 .0000 .0000 .0006
7 .1790 -.0479 .0000 .0000 .0000 -.0005

226
Chapter-6 Final Analysis and Design

8 -.1819 -.0470 .0000 .0000 .0000 .0005


9 -.0019 -.0593 .0000 .0000 .0000 .0000
6 1 .1501 -.0056 .0000 .0000 .0000 -.0005
2 -.1502 .0056 .0000 .0000 .0000 .0005
3 -.0001 -.0151 .0000 .0000 .0000 .0002
4 -.0003 -.0017 .0000 .0000 .0000 .0000
5 .2249 -.0312 .0000 .0000 .0000 -.0006
6 -.2255 -.0142 .0000 .0000 .0000 .0011
7 .1796 -.0270 .0000 .0000 .0000 -.0004
8 -.1807 -.0135 .0000 .0000 .0000 .0009
9 -.0006 -.0253 .0000 .0000 .0000 .0003
7 1 .3822 .0106 .0000 .0000 .0000 -.0006
2 -.3814 -.0106 .0000 .0000 .0000 .0006
3 -.0041 -.0413 .0000 .0000 .0000 -.0001
4 -.0009 -.0007 .0000 .0000 .0000 .0000
5 .5672 -.0460 .0000 .0000 .0000 -.0011
6 -.5783 -.0778 .0000 .0000 .0000 .0007
7 .4528 -.0376 .0000 .0000 .0000 -.0009
8 -.4636 -.0631 .0000 .0000 .0000 .0006
9 -.0074 -.0630 .0000 .0000 .0000 -.0002
8 1 .3816 -.0009 .0000 .0000 .0000 -.0004
2 -.3816 .0008 .0000 .0000 .0000 .0004
3 -.0040 -.0665 .0000 .0000 .0000 .0000
4 -.0009 -.0038 .0000 .0000 .0000 .0000
5 .5665 -.1010 .0000 .0000 .0000 -.0007
6 -.5784 -.0984 .0000 .0000 .0000 .0007
7 .4522 -.0854 .0000 .0000 .0000 -.0005
8 -.4637 -.0833 .0000 .0000 .0000 .0005
9 -.0072 -.1054 .0000 .0000 .0000 .0000
9 1 .3814 -.0097 .0000 .0000 .0000 -.0006
2 -.3822 .0097 .0000 .0000 .0000 .0006
3 -.0041 -.0265 .0000 .0000 .0000 .0002
4 -.0009 -.0030 .0000 .0000 .0000 .0000
5 .5660 -.0544 .0000 .0000 .0000 -.0007
6 -.5794 -.0252 .0000 .0000 .0000 .0011
7 .4517 -.0471 .0000 .0000 .0000 -.0005
8 -.4646 -.0238 .0000 .0000 .0000 .0009
9 -.0074 -.0443 .0000 .0000 .0000 .0003
10 1 .6042 .0136 .0000 .0000 .0000 -.0005
2 -.6024 -.0136 .0000 .0000 .0000 .0005
3 -.0093 -.0555 .0000 .0000 .0000 -.0001
4 -.0012 -.0011 .0000 .0000 .0000 .0000
5 .8924 -.0629 .0000 .0000 .0000 -.0010
6 -.9176 -.1036 .0000 .0000 .0000 .0006
7 .7125 -.0516 .0000 .0000 .0000 -.0008
8 -.7355 -.0842 .0000 .0000 .0000 .0004
9 -.0158 -.0849 .0000 .0000 .0000 -.0002
11 1 .6030 -.0015 .0000 .0000 .0000 -.0004
2 -.6030 .0014 .0000 .0000 .0000 .0004
3 -.0100 -.0875 .0000 .0000 .0000 .0001
4 -.0012 -.0050 .0000 .0000 .0000 .0000
5 .8896 -.1335 .0000 .0000 .0000 -.0005
6 -.9195 -.1292 .0000 .0000 .0000 .0007
7 .7102 -.1128 .0000 .0000 .0000 -.0004
8 -.7370 -.1094 .0000 .0000 .0000 .0005
9 -.0167 -.1388 .0000 .0000 .0000 .0001
12 1 .6028 -.0121 .0000 .0000 .0000 -.0005
2 -.6046 .0122 .0000 .0000 .0000 .0005
3 -.0092 -.0340 .0000 .0000 .0000 .0001
4 -.0012 -.0038 .0000 .0000 .0000 .0000
5 .8904 -.0692 .0000 .0000 .0000 -.0006
6 -.9206 -.0328 .0000 .0000 .0000 .0010
7 .7109 -.0600 .0000 .0000 .0000 -.0004
8 -.7379 -.0308 .0000 .0000 .0000 .0008
9 -.0155 -.0568 .0000 .0000 .0000 .0002
13 1 .7805 .0153 .0000 .0000 .0000 -.0004
2 -.7779 -.0152 .0000 .0000 .0000 .0004
3 -.0257 -.0654 .0000 .0000 .0000 .0001
4 -.0018 -.0014 .0000 .0000 .0000 .0000
5 1.1322 -.0752 .0000 .0000 .0000 -.0005
6 -1.2053 -.1209 .0000 .0000 .0000 .0007
7 .9036 -.0619 .0000 .0000 .0000 -.0004
8 -.9664 -.0985 .0000 .0000 .0000 .0005

227
Concepts in Frame Design

9 -.0412 -.1002 .0000 .0000 .0000 .0001


14 1 .7778 -.0022 .0000 .0000 .0000 -.0003
2 -.7779 .0021 .0000 .0000 .0000 .0003
3 -.0226 -.1007 .0000 .0000 .0000 -.0002
4 -.0016 -.0057 .0000 .0000 .0000 .0000
5 1.1329 -.1543 .0000 .0000 .0000 -.0007
6 -1.2006 -.1479 .0000 .0000 .0000 .0002
7 .9044 -.1304 .0000 .0000 .0000 -.0006
8 -.9625 -.1252 .0000 .0000 .0000 .0001
9 -.0363 -.1597 .0000 .0000 .0000 -.0003
15 1 .7760 -.0131 .0000 .0000 .0000 -.0003
2 -.7786 .0131 .0000 .0000 .0000 .0003
3 -.0249 -.0376 .0000 .0000 .0000 .0003
4 -.0019 -.0042 .0000 .0000 .0000 .0000
5 1.1267 -.0760 .0000 .0000 .0000 .0001
6 -1.2052 -.0368 .0000 .0000 .0000 .0010
7 .8991 -.0658 .0000 .0000 .0000 .0001
8 -.9664 -.0344 .0000 .0000 .0000 .0008
9 -.0401 -.0627 .0000 .0000 .0000 .0006
16 1 .8800 .0158 .0000 .0000 .0000 -.0002
2 -.8767 -.0158 .0000 .0000 .0000 .0002
3 -.0061 -.0717 .0000 .0000 .0000 -.0007
4 .0007 -.0017 .0000 .0000 .0000 .0000
5 1.3108 -.0838 .0000 .0000 .0000 -.0014
6 -1.3242 -.1312 .0000 .0000 .0000 -.0007
7 1.0495 -.0691 .0000 .0000 .0000 -.0012
8 -1.0585 -.1070 .0000 .0000 .0000 -.0006
9 -.0081 -.1101 .0000 .0000 .0000 -.0011
17 1 .8779 -.0027 .0000 .0000 .0000 -.0003
2 -.8782 .0027 .0000 .0000 .0000 .0003
3 -.0104 -.1070 .0000 .0000 .0000 .0006
4 .0005 -.0060 .0000 .0000 .0000 .0000
5 1.3012 -.1646 .0000 .0000 .0000 .0004
6 -1.3330 -.1564 .0000 .0000 .0000 .0012
7 1.0416 -.1389 .0000 .0000 .0000 .0004
8 -1.0658 -.1324 .0000 .0000 .0000 .0010
9 -.0149 -.1695 .0000 .0000 .0000 .0009
MEMBER END FORCES STRUCTURE TYPE = PLANE
MEMBER LOAD JT AXIAL SHEAR-Y SHEAR-Z TORSION MOM-Y MOM-Z
1 1 1 -54.56 15.26 .00 .00 .00 33.66
4 54.56 -15.26 .00 .00 .00 12.88
2 1 54.46 -15.25 .00 .00 .00 -33.63
4 -54.46 15.25 .00 .00 .00 -12.89
3 1 205.52 -5.57 .00 .00 .00 -5.71
4 -205.52 5.57 .00 .00 .00 -11.27
4 1 3.17 -.01 .00 .00 .00 -.06
4 -3.17 .01 .00 .00 .00 .03
5 1 226.44 14.54 .00 .00 .00 41.93
4 -226.44 -14.54 .00 .00 .00 2.42
6 1 389.96 -31.23 .00 .00 .00 -59.01
4 -389.96 31.23 .00 .00 .00 -36.24
7 1 184.96 11.62 .00 .00 .00 33.48
4 -184.96 -11.62 .00 .00 .00 1.97
8 1 315.78 -25.00 .00 .00 .00 -47.28
4 -315.78 25.00 .00 .00 .00 -28.96
9 1 313.04 -8.36 .00 .00 .00 -8.64
4 -313.04 8.36 .00 .00 .00 -16.86

2 1 4 -41.37 13.22 .00 .00 .00 20.98


7 41.37 -13.22 .00 .00 .00 19.34
2 4 41.28 -13.20 .00 .00 .00 -20.92
7 -41.28 13.20 .00 .00 .00 -19.34
3 4 167.78 -9.86 .00 .00 .00 -15.61
7 -167.78 9.86 .00 .00 .00 -14.45
4 4 3.28 -.02 .00 .00 .00 .00
7 -3.28 .02 .00 .00 .00 -.06
5 4 189.62 5.05 .00 .00 .00 8.05
7 -189.62 -5.05 .00 .00 .00 7.35
6 4 313.59 -34.58 .00 .00 .00 -54.80
7 -313.59 34.58 .00 .00 .00 -50.68
7 4 155.63 4.02 .00 .00 .00 6.44
7 -155.63 -4.02 .00 .00 .00 5.81
8 4 254.81 -27.69 .00 .00 .00 -43.84

228
Chapter-6 Final Analysis and Design

7 -254.81 27.69 .00 .00 .00 -40.61


9 4 256.59 -14.81 .00 .00 .00 -23.42
7 -256.59 14.81 .00 .00 .00 -21.76

3 1 7 -27.10 12.13 .00 .00 .00 17.02


10 27.10 -12.13 .00 .00 .00 19.96
2 7 27.04 -12.07 .00 .00 .00 -16.93
10 -27.04 12.07 .00 .00 .00 -19.87
3 7 128.98 -10.45 .00 .00 .00 -15.39
10 -128.98 10.45 .00 .00 .00 -16.50
4 7 3.29 -.06 .00 .00 .00 -.08
10 -3.29 .06 .00 .00 .00 -.11
5 7 152.83 2.51 .00 .00 .00 2.45
10 -152.83 -2.51 .00 .00 .00 5.19
6 7 234.04 -33.78 .00 .00 .00 -48.47
10 -234.04 33.78 .00 .00 .00 -54.56
7 7 126.21 1.93 .00 .00 .00 1.86
10 -126.21 -1.93 .00 .00 .00 4.02
8 7 191.18 -27.10 .00 .00 .00 -38.88
10 -191.18 27.10 .00 .00 .00 -43.79
9 7 198.41 -15.78 .00 .00 .00 -23.20
10 -198.41 15.78 .00 .00 .00 -24.92

4 1 10 -15.02 8.66 .00 .00 .00 10.88


13 15.02 -8.66 .00 .00 .00 15.54
2 10 15.00 -8.64 .00 .00 .00 -10.85
13 -15.00 8.64 .00 .00 .00 -15.50
3 10 89.37 -6.80 .00 .00 .00 -14.26
13 -89.37 6.80 .00 .00 .00 -6.48
4 10 3.26 -.05 .00 .00 .00 -.13
13 -3.26 .05 .00 .00 .00 -.01
5 10 111.53 2.79 .00 .00 .00 -5.07
13 -111.53 -2.79 .00 .00 .00 13.59
6 10 156.55 -23.16 .00 .00 .00 -37.67
13 -156.55 23.16 .00 .00 .00 -32.97
7 10 93.13 2.18 .00 .00 .00 -4.21
13 -93.13 -2.18 .00 .00 .00 10.86
8 10 129.15 -18.58 .00 .00 .00 -30.29
13 -129.15 18.58 .00 .00 .00 -26.39
9 10 138.95 -10.27 .00 .00 .00 -21.58
13 -138.95 10.27 .00 .00 .00 -9.74

5 1 13 -6.14 8.64 .00 .00 .00 7.13


16 6.14 -8.64 .00 .00 .00 14.46
2 13 6.14 -8.60 .00 .00 .00 -7.10
16 -6.14 8.60 .00 .00 .00 -14.41
3 13 69.22 -24.61 .00 .00 .00 -13.32
16 -69.22 24.61 .00 .00 .00 -48.22
4 13 3.28 -1.02 .00 .00 .00 -.22
16 -3.28 1.02 .00 .00 .00 -2.34
5 13 94.62 -23.96 .00 .00 .00 -9.27
16 -94.62 23.96 .00 .00 .00 -50.63
6 13 113.04 -49.82 .00 .00 .00 -30.62
16 -113.04 49.82 .00 .00 .00 -93.94
7 13 79.63 -20.40 .00 .00 .00 -7.69
16 -79.63 20.40 .00 .00 .00 -43.31
8 13 94.37 -41.09 .00 .00 .00 -24.76
16 -94.37 41.09 .00 .00 .00 -77.96
9 13 108.76 -38.46 .00 .00 .00 -20.31
16 -108.76 38.46 .00 .00 .00 -75.83

6 1 2 3.58 20.78 .00 .00 .00 39.14


5 -3.58 -20.78 .00 .00 .00 24.23
2 2 -3.37 -20.78 .00 .00 .00 -39.14
5 3.37 20.78 .00 .00 .00 -24.23
3 2 337.99 .16 .00 .00 .00 .05
5 -337.99 -.16 .00 .00 .00 .43
4 2 19.58 -.68 .00 .00 .00 -.72
5 -19.58 .68 .00 .00 .00 -1.35
5 2 512.34 31.40 .00 .00 .00 58.78
5 -512.34 -31.40 .00 .00 .00 36.98
6 2 501.93 -30.93 .00 .00 .00 -58.64
5 -501.93 30.93 .00 .00 .00 -35.69

229
Concepts in Frame Design

7 2 433.38 24.31 .00 .00 .00 46.17


5 -433.38 -24.31 .00 .00 .00 27.96
8 2 425.04 -25.56 .00 .00 .00 -47.77
5 -425.04 25.56 .00 .00 .00 -30.18
9 2 536.36 -.78 .00 .00 .00 -1.00
5 -536.36 .78 .00 .00 .00 -1.38

7 1 5 4.41 23.66 .00 .00 .00 37.08


8 -4.41 -23.66 .00 .00 .00 35.09
2 5 -4.23 -23.66 .00 .00 .00 -37.08
8 4.23 23.66 .00 .00 .00 -35.09
3 5 263.24 .00 .00 .00 .00 .00
8 -263.24 .00 .00 .00 .00 -.01
4 5 15.12 -1.22 .00 .00 .00 -1.90
8 -15.12 1.22 .00 .00 .00 -1.81
5 5 401.47 35.49 .00 .00 .00 55.61
8 -401.47 -35.49 .00 .00 .00 52.63
6 5 388.51 -35.50 .00 .00 .00 -55.62
8 -388.51 35.50 .00 .00 .00 -52.65
7 5 339.32 26.93 .00 .00 .00 42.21
8 -339.32 -26.93 .00 .00 .00 39.92
8 5 328.95 -29.86 .00 .00 .00 -46.78
8 -328.95 29.86 .00 .00 .00 -44.30
9 5 417.53 -1.83 .00 .00 .00 -2.86
8 -417.53 1.83 .00 .00 .00 -2.73

8 1 8 5.35 21.64 .00 .00 .00 31.88


11 -5.35 -21.64 .00 .00 .00 34.14
2 8 -5.23 -21.65 .00 .00 .00 -31.88
11 5.23 21.65 .00 .00 .00 -34.15
3 8 190.74 1.36 .00 .00 .00 .99
11 -190.74 -1.36 .00 .00 .00 3.17
4 8 10.78 -1.08 .00 .00 .00 -1.66
11 -10.78 1.08 .00 .00 .00 -1.64
5 8 294.14 34.51 .00 .00 .00 49.29
11 -294.14 -34.51 .00 .00 .00 55.97
6 8 278.27 -30.43 .00 .00 .00 -46.34
11 -278.27 30.43 .00 .00 .00 -46.46
7 8 248.25 26.31 .00 .00 .00 37.44
11 -248.25 -26.31 .00 .00 .00 42.81
8 8 235.56 -25.64 .00 .00 .00 -39.07
11 -235.56 25.64 .00 .00 .00 -39.13
9 8 302.29 .42 .00 .00 .00 -1.01
11 -302.29 -.42 .00 .00 .00 2.30

9 1 11 6.42 16.18 .00 .00 .00 22.97


14 -6.42 -16.18 .00 .00 .00 26.36
2 11 -6.37 -16.16 .00 .00 .00 -22.96
14 6.37 16.16 .00 .00 .00 -26.33
3 11 119.24 -6.70 .00 .00 .00 -5.63
14 -119.24 6.70 .00 .00 .00 -14.82
4 11 6.53 -1.37 .00 .00 .00 -1.93
14 -6.53 1.37 .00 .00 .00 -2.25
5 11 188.49 14.21 .00 .00 .00 26.02
14 -188.49 -14.21 .00 .00 .00 17.32
6 11 169.30 -34.30 .00 .00 .00 -42.89
14 -169.30 34.30 .00 .00 .00 -61.73
7 11 158.63 9.72 .00 .00 .00 18.50
14 -158.63 -9.72 .00 .00 .00 11.16
8 11 143.27 -29.08 .00 .00 .00 -36.63
14 -143.27 29.08 .00 .00 .00 -52.08
9 11 188.65 -12.11 .00 .00 .00 -11.34
14 -188.65 12.11 .00 .00 .00 -25.60

10 1 14 6.14 11.79 .00 .00 .00 14.12


17 -6.14 -11.79 .00 .00 .00 15.36
2 14 -6.14 -11.83 .00 .00 .00 -14.18
17 6.14 11.83 .00 .00 .00 -15.38
3 14 69.01 24.61 .00 .00 .00 13.83
17 -69.01 -24.61 .00 .00 .00 47.70
4 14 3.30 1.02 .00 .00 .00 .20
17 -3.30 -1.02 .00 .00 .00 2.37
5 14 112.73 54.60 .00 .00 .00 41.93

230
Chapter-6 Final Analysis and Design

17 -112.73 -54.60 .00 .00 .00 94.59


6 14 94.31 19.18 .00 .00 .00 -.52
17 -94.31 -19.18 .00 .00 .00 48.47
7 14 94.14 44.91 .00 .00 .00 33.78
17 -94.14 -44.91 .00 .00 .00 78.51
8 14 79.40 16.57 .00 .00 .00 -.18
17 -79.40 -16.57 .00 .00 .00 41.62
9 14 108.46 38.46 .00 .00 .00 21.04
17 -108.46 -38.46 .00 .00 .00 75.10

11 1 3 50.98 15.44 .00 .00 .00 33.83


6 -50.98 -15.44 .00 .00 .00 13.28
2 3 -51.09 -15.45 .00 .00 .00 -33.85
6 51.09 15.45 .00 .00 .00 -13.27
3 3 136.96 5.41 .00 .00 .00 5.34
6 -136.96 -5.41 .00 .00 .00 11.16
4 3 15.73 .69 .00 .00 .00 .65
6 -15.73 -.69 .00 .00 .00 1.45
5 3 281.92 31.28 .00 .00 .00 58.75
6 -281.92 -31.28 .00 .00 .00 36.66
6 3 128.82 -15.06 .00 .00 .00 -42.77
6 -128.82 15.06 .00 .00 .00 -3.16
7 3 244.41 25.85 .00 .00 .00 47.77
6 -244.41 -25.85 .00 .00 .00 31.07
8 3 121.93 -11.22 .00 .00 .00 -33.44
6 -121.93 11.22 .00 .00 .00 -.79
9 3 229.04 9.14 .00 .00 .00 8.98
6 -229.04 -9.14 .00 .00 .00 18.92

12 1 6 36.96 13.61 .00 .00 .00 21.51


9 -36.96 -13.61 .00 .00 .00 19.99
2 6 -37.05 -13.63 .00 .00 .00 -21.56
9 37.05 13.63 .00 .00 .00 -20.00
3 6 102.99 9.86 .00 .00 .00 15.08
9 -102.99 -9.86 .00 .00 .00 14.99
4 6 11.58 1.24 .00 .00 .00 1.95
9 -11.58 -1.24 .00 .00 .00 1.82
5 6 209.92 35.20 .00 .00 .00 54.89
9 -209.92 -35.20 .00 .00 .00 52.47
6 6 98.91 -5.65 .00 .00 .00 -9.72
9 -98.91 5.65 .00 .00 .00 -7.52
7 6 181.83 29.64 .00 .00 .00 46.25
9 -181.83 -29.64 .00 .00 .00 44.16
8 6 93.02 -3.04 .00 .00 .00 -5.43
9 -93.02 3.04 .00 .00 .00 -3.84
9 6 171.85 16.64 .00 .00 .00 25.56
9 -171.85 -16.64 .00 .00 .00 25.21

13 1 9 21.75 12.25 .00 .00 .00 17.42


12 -21.75 -12.25 .00 .00 .00 19.94
2 9 -21.81 -12.31 .00 .00 .00 -17.51
12 21.81 12.31 .00 .00 .00 -20.02
3 9 67.82 9.09 .00 .00 .00 14.09
12 -67.82 -9.09 .00 .00 .00 13.64
4 9 7.38 1.15 .00 .00 .00 1.77
12 -7.38 -1.15 .00 .00 .00 1.73
5 9 134.35 32.01 .00 .00 .00 47.26
12 -134.35 -32.01 .00 .00 .00 50.38
6 9 69.01 -4.82 .00 .00 .00 -5.14
12 -69.01 4.82 .00 .00 .00 -9.57
7 9 116.33 26.99 .00 .00 .00 39.93
12 -116.33 -26.99 .00 .00 .00 42.38
8 9 64.06 -2.48 .00 .00 .00 -1.99
12 -64.06 2.48 .00 .00 .00 -5.58
9 9 112.79 15.36 .00 .00 .00 23.78
12 -112.79 -15.36 .00 .00 .00 23.06

14 1 12 8.60 10.79 .00 .00 .00 12.55


15 -8.60 -10.79 .00 .00 .00 20.36
2 12 -8.62 -10.83 .00 .00 .00 -12.59
15 8.62 10.83 .00 .00 .00 -20.44
3 12 32.47 13.50 .00 .00 .00 16.70
15 -32.47 -13.50 .00 .00 .00 24.49

231
Concepts in Frame Design

4 12 3.15 1.42 .00 .00 .00 1.94


15 -3.15 -1.42 .00 .00 .00 2.37
5 12 61.61 36.44 .00 .00 .00 43.88
15 -61.61 -36.44 .00 .00 .00 67.27
6 12 35.77 4.02 .00 .00 .00 6.18
15 -35.77 -4.02 .00 .00 .00 6.07
7 12 53.06 30.85 .00 .00 .00 37.44
15 -53.06 -30.85 .00 .00 .00 56.66
8 12 32.39 4.91 .00 .00 .00 7.27
15 -32.39 -4.91 .00 .00 .00 7.71
9 12 53.43 22.38 .00 .00 .00 27.97
15 -53.43 -22.38 .00 .00 .00 40.29

15 1 4 -1.05 -13.19 .00 .00 .00 -33.86


5 1.05 13.19 .00 .00 .00 -30.18
2 4 2.05 13.18 .00 .00 .00 33.86
5 -2.05 -13.18 .00 .00 .00 30.18
3 4 -4.29 37.74 .00 .00 .00 26.75
5 4.29 39.94 .00 .00 .00 -32.39
4 4 -.01 -.10 .00 .00 .00 -.00
5 .01 .10 .00 .00 .00 -.00
5 4 -8.01 36.82 .00 .00 .00 -10.47
5 8.01 79.70 .00 .00 .00 -93.63
6 4 -3.35 76.37 .00 .00 .00 91.05
5 3.35 40.15 .00 .00 .00 -3.13
7 4 -6.42 29.33 .00 .00 .00 -8.41
5 6.42 63.88 .00 .00 .00 -75.47
8 4 -2.69 60.97 .00 .00 .00 72.80
5 2.69 32.25 .00 .00 .00 -3.07
9 4 -6.45 56.45 .00 .00 .00 40.28
5 6.45 60.07 .00 .00 .00 -49.08

16 1 5 1.84 -14.02 .00 .00 .00 -31.13


6 -1.84 14.02 .00 .00 .00 -34.79
2 5 -.83 14.04 .00 .00 .00 31.13
6 .83 -14.04 .00 .00 .00 34.79
3 5 -4.45 34.86 .00 .00 .00 31.98
6 4.45 33.98 .00 .00 .00 -26.11
4 5 -.55 4.36 .00 .00 .00 3.73
6 .55 4.15 .00 .00 .00 -3.40
5 5 -3.92 31.17 .00 .00 .00 1.03
6 3.92 72.00 .00 .00 .00 -91.54
6 5 -7.92 73.27 .00 .00 .00 94.45
6 7.92 29.91 .00 .00 .00 12.88
7 5 -3.79 30.17 .00 .00 .00 5.30
6 3.79 62.59 .00 .00 .00 -77.32
8 5 -7.00 63.85 .00 .00 .00 80.03
6 7.00 28.91 .00 .00 .00 6.22
9 5 -7.50 58.75 .00 .00 .00 53.32
6 7.50 57.20 .00 .00 .00 -44.47

17 1 7 3.37 -14.27 .00 .00 .00 -36.37


8 -3.37 14.27 .00 .00 .00 -32.90
2 7 1.13 14.24 .00 .00 .00 36.26
8 -1.13 -14.24 .00 .00 .00 32.86
3 7 -.60 38.80 .00 .00 .00 29.83
8 .60 38.88 .00 .00 .00 -30.02
4 7 -.05 -.02 .00 .00 .00 .14
8 .05 .02 .00 .00 .00 -.22
5 7 4.16 36.80 .00 .00 .00 -9.80
8 -4.16 79.72 .00 .00 .00 -94.39
6 7 .80 79.56 .00 .00 .00 99.15
8 -.80 36.96 .00 .00 .00 4.25
7 7 3.27 29.42 .00 .00 .00 -7.67
8 -3.27 63.80 .00 .00 .00 -75.77
8 7 .59 63.63 .00 .00 .00 79.49
8 -.59 29.59 .00 .00 .00 3.14
9 7 -.97 58.18 .00 .00 .00 44.96
8 .97 58.34 .00 .00 .00 -45.36

18 1 8 1.36 -15.21 .00 .00 .00 -34.06


9 -1.36 15.21 .00 .00 .00 -37.41
2 8 3.15 15.24 .00 .00 .00 34.11

232
Chapter-6 Final Analysis and Design

9 -3.15 -15.24 .00 .00 .00 37.51


3 8 .77 33.61 .00 .00 .00 29.05
9 -.77 35.17 .00 .00 .00 -29.07
4 8 .09 4.32 .00 .00 .00 3.70
9 -.09 4.20 .00 .00 .00 -3.58
5 8 3.19 27.61 .00 .00 .00 -7.53
9 -3.19 75.56 .00 .00 .00 -99.73
6 8 5.88 73.28 .00 .00 .00 94.73
9 -5.88 29.89 .00 .00 .00 12.66
7 8 2.66 27.27 .00 .00 .00 -1.59
9 -2.66 65.49 .00 .00 .00 -84.09
8 8 4.81 63.81 .00 .00 .00 80.22
9 -4.81 28.96 .00 .00 .00 5.83
9 8 1.29 56.90 .00 .00 .00 49.11
9 -1.29 59.05 .00 .00 .00 -48.99

19 1 10 6.93 -12.08 .00 .00 .00 -30.84


11 -6.93 12.08 .00 .00 .00 -27.80
2 10 3.43 12.04 .00 .00 .00 30.73
11 -3.43 -12.04 .00 .00 .00 27.75
3 10 3.65 39.61 .00 .00 .00 30.76
11 -3.65 38.07 .00 .00 .00 -27.02
4 10 .02 .03 .00 .00 .00 .24
11 -.02 -.03 .00 .00 .00 -.08
5 10 15.87 41.30 .00 .00 .00 -.12
11 -15.87 75.22 .00 .00 .00 -82.23
6 10 10.62 77.48 .00 .00 .00 92.23
11 -10.62 39.04 .00 .00 .00 1.09
7 10 12.72 33.08 .00 .00 .00 .19
11 -12.72 60.14 .00 .00 .00 -65.89
8 10 8.52 62.02 .00 .00 .00 74.08
11 -8.52 31.19 .00 .00 .00 .77
9 10 5.51 59.46 .00 .00 .00 46.50
11 -5.51 57.06 .00 .00 .00 -40.66

20 1 11 1.46 -13.15 .00 .00 .00 -29.31


12 -1.46 13.15 .00 .00 .00 -32.49
2 11 8.91 13.19 .00 .00 .00 29.36
12 -8.91 -13.19 .00 .00 .00 32.61
3 11 -4.41 33.44 .00 .00 .00 29.48
12 4.41 35.35 .00 .00 .00 -30.35
4 11 -.27 4.29 .00 .00 .00 3.65
12 .27 4.23 .00 .00 .00 -3.67
5 11 -4.43 30.43 .00 .00 .00 .25
12 4.43 72.75 .00 .00 .00 -94.26
6 11 6.75 69.93 .00 .00 .00 88.26
12 -6.75 33.24 .00 .00 .00 3.39
7 11 -3.87 29.49 .00 .00 .00 4.58
12 3.87 63.27 .00 .00 .00 -79.82
8 11 5.07 61.09 .00 .00 .00 74.99
12 -5.07 31.67 .00 .00 .00 -1.69
9 11 -7.02 56.59 .00 .00 .00 49.69
12 7.02 59.36 .00 .00 .00 -51.03

21 1 13 15.18 -8.88 .00 .00 .00 -22.67


14 -15.18 8.88 .00 .00 .00 -20.43
2 13 .03 8.86 .00 .00 .00 22.59
14 -.03 -8.86 .00 .00 .00 20.42
3 13 -17.81 20.15 .00 .00 .00 19.80
14 17.81 19.29 .00 .00 .00 -17.71
4 13 -.98 -.02 .00 .00 .00 .24
14 .98 .02 .00 .00 .00 -.36
5 13 -3.95 16.91 .00 .00 .00 -4.32
14 3.95 42.26 .00 .00 .00 -57.22
6 13 -26.66 43.52 .00 .00 .00 63.59
14 26.66 15.65 .00 .00 .00 4.05
7 13 -4.34 13.50 .00 .00 .00 -3.17
14 4.34 33.84 .00 .00 .00 -46.20
8 13 -22.51 34.78 .00 .00 .00 51.15
14 22.51 12.55 .00 .00 .00 2.81
9 13 -28.19 30.19 .00 .00 .00 30.05
14 28.19 28.98 .00 .00 .00 -27.11

233
Concepts in Frame Design

22 1 14 10.79 -8.60 .00 .00 .00 -20.05


15 -10.79 8.60 .00 .00 .00 -20.36
2 14 4.37 8.62 .00 .00 .00 20.10
15 -4.37 -8.62 .00 .00 .00 20.44
3 14 13.50 30.94 .00 .00 .00 18.70
15 -13.50 32.47 .00 .00 .00 -24.49
4 14 1.42 3.21 .00 .00 .00 2.41
15 -1.42 3.15 .00 .00 .00 -2.37
5 14 36.44 33.51 .00 .00 .00 -2.02
15 -36.44 61.61 .00 .00 .00 -67.27
6 14 26.82 59.34 .00 .00 .00 58.20
15 -26.82 35.77 .00 .00 .00 -6.07
7 14 30.85 30.65 .00 .00 .00 1.27
15 -30.85 53.06 .00 .00 .00 -56.66
8 14 23.15 51.32 .00 .00 .00 49.45
15 -23.15 32.39 .00 .00 .00 -7.71
9 14 22.38 51.21 .00 .00 .00 31.66
15 -22.38 53.43 .00 .00 .00 -40.29

23 1 16 11.79 -6.14 .00 .00 .00 -14.46


17 -11.79 6.14 .00 .00 .00 -15.36
2 16 8.60 6.14 .00 .00 .00 14.41
17 -8.60 -6.14 .00 .00 .00 15.38
3 16 24.61 69.22 .00 .00 .00 48.22
17 -24.61 69.01 .00 .00 .00 -47.70
4 16 1.02 3.28 .00 .00 .00 2.34
17 -1.02 3.30 .00 .00 .00 -2.37
5 16 54.61 94.62 .00 .00 .00 50.63
17 -54.61 112.73 .00 .00 .00 -94.59
6 16 49.83 113.04 .00 .00 .00 93.94
17 -49.83 94.31 .00 .00 .00 -48.47
7 16 44.91 79.63 .00 .00 .00 43.31
17 -44.91 94.14 .00 .00 .00 -78.51
8 16 41.09 94.37 .00 .00 .00 77.96
17 -41.09 79.40 .00 .00 .00 -41.62
9 16 38.46 108.76 .00 .00 .00 75.83
17 -38.46 108.46 .00 .00 .00 -75.10

6.7 CRITICAL BM AND SF FORCES:


The STAAD output for member end forces of members 15, 16 and
10 of frame on AXIS - A is compared (Appendix-B) with the one
obtained on running the FORTRAN program FSTEEL developed in
this book. The FSTEEL output file is A.RES (ref. chap 5.6) and
STAAD output file is A.ANL as given in the previous section 6.6.
Before discussing the reinforcement detailing it is useful to
discuss the nature of Bending Moment and Shear force under
various loading conditions. For example, Beam Member 16 and 15
are dealt with, and similar impression is drawn for the other
beam members. The following tabular presentation is for BM and
SF at 13 sections of the beam member, i.e., making 12 divisions
of the member.

ELBM is Bending Moment due to Earth quake acting from left


ELSF is Shear Force due to Earth quake acting from left
ERBM is Bending Moment due to Earth quake acting from right
ERSF is Shear force due to Earth quake acting from right
DBM is Bending Moment due to Dead load
DSF is Shear Force due to Dead load
LBM is Bending Moment due to Live load
LSF is Shear force due to Live load

234
Chapter-6 Final Analysis and Design

MEMBER 16 : (SF) unfactored (kN)

sections ELSF ERSF DSF LSF


0.00 -14.02 14.04 34.86 4.36
0.08 -14.02 14.04 32.18 4.23
0.17 -14.02 14.04 28.49 3.66
0.25 -14.02 14.04 24.71 3.05
0.33 -14.02 14.04 21.45 2.66
0.42 -14.02 14.04 0.70 -0.34
0.50 -14.02 14.04 -3.47 -0.55
0.58 -14.02 14.04 -8.56 -1.15
0.67 -14.02 14.04 -13.82 -1.83
0.75 -14.02 14.04 -19.52 -2.71
0.83 -14.02 14.04 -25.21 -3.59
0.92 -14.02 14.04 -29.74 -3.95
1.00 -14.02 14.04 -33.92 -4.15

235
1.5(D+ER) 1.2(D+L+ER) 1.5(D+EL) 1.2(D+L+EL) 1.5(D+L)
120
100
80
Concepts in Frame Design

60
BM (kN-m)

40

236
20
A C D
B
0
0 0.083 0.167 0.25 0.333 0.417 0.5 0.583 0.667 0.75 0.833 0.917
-20
-40
-60
sections
Fig. 6.5: Factored Combined BM Diagm (Member - 16)
D+EL D+ER DLEL DLER D+L

100
Chapter-6

80

60

40

20

237
0 0.083 0.167 0.25 0.333 0.417 0.5 0.583 0.667 0.75 0.833 0.917 1

-20

-40

-60

-80
Final Analysis and Design

SECTIONS

FI G. 6. 6 : FACTORED SF DIAGM (MEMB 16)


ELBM ERBM DLBM LLBM

40

30

20

10

0
0 0.083 0.167 0.25 0.333 0.417 0.5 0.583 0.667 0.75 0.833 0.917 1

238
-10

-20
Concepts in Frame Design

-30

-40
S E CTI O N

F I G. 6. 7: BM D iagm ( Member 16)


Fig. 6.8: F A CT O RED B M DI A G M ( MEMB 10, CO L A 2 )
60.00
Chapter-6

40.00

20.00

0.00
0.00 0.08 0.17 0.25 0.34 0.42 0.50 0.58 0.67 0.75 0.83 0.92 1.00

-20.00

239
-40.00

-60.00

-80.00
Final Analysis and Design

-100.00

-120.00
S EC T I ON

D+EL D+ER D+L+EL D+L+ER D+L


FI G. 6. 9: FA CTORED S F D I A GM ( COL A 2, MEMB - 10)
60.00

50.00

40.00

30.00

240
20.00

10.00
Concepts in Frame Design

0.00
0.00 0.08 0.17 0.25 0.34 0.42 0.50 0.58 0.67 0.75 0.83 0.92 1.00
SECTION

D+EL D+ER D+L+EL D+L+ER D+L


Chapter-6 Final Analysis and Design

MEMBER 16 : (BM) unfactored (kN - m)


sections ELBM ER BM D BM L BM
0.00 -31.13 31.13 31.96 3.73
0.08 -25.64 25.64 18.82 2.04
0.17 -20.14 20.14 6.88 0.47
0.25 -14.65 14.65 -3.58 -0.86
0.33 -9.16 9.16 -12.60 -1.98
0.42 -3.66 3.66 -19.62 -2.85
0.50 1.83 -1.83 -19.10 -2.69
0.58 7.32 -7.32 -16.84 -2.39
0.67 12.81 -12.81 -12.52 -1.84
0.75 18.31 -18.31 -5.97 -0.94
0.83 23.80 -23.80 2.82 0.31
0.92 29.29 -29.29 13.60 1.80
1.00 34.79 -34.79 26.11 3.40
Refer IS 456 :2000, Table 18 where partial safety factors for loads
have been suggested. In the Limit State Design there are three
loading combinations
1.5(DL + LL)
1.5(DL + EQ)
1.2(DL + LL + EQ).
The final design forces are modified by the above mentioned partial
safety factors and accordingly the factored values are tabulated
below.

MEMBER 16 : (SF) FACTORED (kN)


section D+EL D+ER D+EL+L D+ER+L D+L
Factor 1.5 1.5 1.2 1.2 1.5
0.00 31.26 73.35 30.24 63.91 58.83
0.08 27.24 69.33 26.87 60.54 54.62
0.17 21.71 63.80 21.76 55.43 48.23
0.25 16.04 58.13 16.49 50.16 41.64
0.33 11.15 53.24 12.11 45.78 36.17
0.42 -19.98 22.11 -16.39 17.28 0.54
0.50 -26.24 15.86 -21.65 12.02 -6.03
0.58 -33.87 8.22 -28.48 5.20 -14.57
0.67 -41.76 0.33 -35.60 -1.93 -23.48
0.75 -50.31 -8.22 -43.50 -9.83 -33.35
0.83 -58.85 -16.76 -51.38 -17.71 -43.20
0.92 -65.64 -23.55 -57.25 -23.58 -50.54
1.00 -71.91 -29.82 -62.51 -28.84 -57.11

MEMBER 16 : (BM) FACTORED (kN-m)


section D+EL D+ER D+EL+L D+ER+L D+L
1.5 xBM 1.5 xBM 1.2 xBM 1.2 xBM 1.5 xBM
0.00 1.25 94.64 5.47 80.18 53.54

241
Concepts in Frame Design

0.08 -10.23 66.69 -5.74 55.80 31.29


0.17 -19.89 40.53 -15.35 32.99 11.03
0.25 -27.35 16.61 -22.91 12.25 -6.66
0.33 -32.64 -5.16 -28.49 -6.50 -21.87
0.42 -34.92 -23.94 -31.36 -22.57 -33.71
0.50 -25.91 -31.40 -23.95 -28.34 -32.69
0.58 -14.28 -36.24 -14.29 -31.86 -28.85
0.67 0.44 -38.00 -1.86 -32.60 -21.54
0.75 18.51 -36.42 13.68 -30.26 -10.37
0.83 39.93 -31.47 32.32 -24.80 4.70
0.92 64.34 -23.54 53.63 -16.67 23.10
1.00 91.35 -13.02 77.16 -6.34 44.27

MEMBER 15 : (SF) unfactored (kN)


sections ELSF ERSF D SF L SF
0.00 -13.19 13.18 37.74 0.00
0.08 -13.19 13.18 31.20 0.00
0.17 -13.19 13.18 24.73 0.00
0.25 -13.19 13.18 18.26 0.00
0.33 -13.19 13.18 18.78 0.00
0.42 -13.19 13.18 5.31 0.00
0.50 -13.19 13.18 -1.16 0.00
0.58 -13.19 13.18 -7.64 0.00
0.67 -13.19 13.18 -14.11 0.00
0.75 -13.19 13.18 -20.58 0.00
0.83 -13.19 13.18 -27.06 0.00
0.92 -13.19 13.18 -33.58 0.00
1.00 -13.19 13.18 -39.94 0.00

MEMBER 15 : (BM) unfactored (kN-m)


sections ELBM ERBM DBM LBM
0.00 -33.86 33.86 26.75 0.00
0.08 -28.52 28.52 12.81 0.00
0.17 -23.19 23.19 1.50 0.00
0.25 -17.85 17.85 -7.20 0.00
0.33 -12.51 12.51 -13.27 0.00
0.42 -7.18 7.18 -16.73 0.00
0.50 -1.84 1.84 -17.57 0.00
0.58 3.49 -3.49 -15.79 0.00
0.67 8.83 -8.83 -11.39 0.00
0.75 14.17 -14.17 -4.38 0.00
0.83 19.50 -19.50 5.26 0.00
0.92 24.84 -24.84 17.51 0.00
1.00 30.18 -30.18 32.39 0.00
MEMBER 15: FACTORED SF (kN)
section D+EL D+ER D+EL+L D+ER+L D+L
factor 1.5 1.5 1.2 1.2 1.5

242
Chapter-6 Final Analysis and Design

0.00 36.74 76.29 29.39 61.03 56.52


0.08 27.02 66.57 21.61 53.26 46.80
0.17 17.31 56.87 13.85 45.49 37.10
0.25 7.61 47.16 6.08 37.73 27.39
0.33 8.39 47.94 6.71 38.35 28.17
0.42 -11.82 27.74 -9.46 22.19 7.97
0.50 -21.53 18.03 -17.22 14.42 -1.74
0.58 -31.25 8.31 -25.00 6.65 -11.46
0.67 -40.95 -1.40 -32.76 -1.12 -21.17
0.75 -50.66 -11.10 -40.52 -8.88 -30.87
0.83 -60.38 -20.82 -48.30 -16.66 -40.59
0.92 -70.16 -30.60 -56.12 -24.48 -50.37
1.00 -79.79 -40.23 -63.83 -32.18 -60.00

MEMBER 15: FACTORED BM (kN-m)


section D+EL D+ER D+ER+L D+EL+L D+L
factor 1.5 1.5 1.2 1.2 1.5
0.00 -10.67 90.92 72.73 40.13
0.08 -23.57 62.00 49.60 -18.85 19.22
0.17 -32.54 37.04 29.63 -26.03 2.25
0.25 -37.58 15.98 12.78 -30.06 -10.80
0.33 -38.67 -1.14 -0.91 -30.94 -19.91
0.42 -35.87 -14.33 -11.46 -28.69 -25.10
0.50 -29.12 -23.60 -18.88 -23.29 -26.36
0.58 -18.45 -28.92 -23.14 -14.76 -23.69
0.67 -3.84 -30.33 -24.26 -3.07 -17.09
0.75 14.69 -27.83 -22.26 11.75 -6.57
0.83 37.14 -21.36 -17.09 29.71 7.89
0.92 63.53 -11.00 -8.80 50.82 26.27
1.00 93.86 3.32 2.65 75.08 48.59

COLUMN MEMBER 10: SF (unfactored) (kN)

COL. A2 (AT TOP, TERRACE LEVEL)


section EL ER DL LL
0.00 11.79 -11.83 24.61 1.02
0.08 11.79 -11.83 24.61 1.02
0.17 11.79 -11.83 24.61 1.02
0.25 11.79 -11.83 24.61 1.02
0.34 11.79 -11.83 24.61 1.02
0.42 11.79 -11.83 24.61 1.02
0.50 11.79 -11.83 24.61 1.02
0.58 11.79 -11.83 24.61 1.02
0.67 11.79 -11.83 24.61 1.02
0.75 11.79 -11.83 24.61 1.02
0.83 11.79 -11.83 24.61 1.02
0.92 11.79 -11.83 24.61 1.02
1.00 11.79 -11.83 24.61 1.02

COLUMN MEMBER 10: BM (unfactored) kN -m

243
Concepts in Frame Design

COL. A2 (AT TOP, TERRACE LEVEL)


section EL ER DL LL
0.00 14.12 -14.12 13.83 0.20
0.08 11.66 -11.66 8.91 -0.02
0.17 9.21 -9.21 3.37 -0.23
0.25 6.75 -6.75 -1.55 -0.45
0.34 4.29 -4.29 -6.47 -0.66
0.42 1.84 -1.84 -12.01 -0.87
0.50 -0.62 0.62 -16.93 -1.09
0.58 -3.08 3.08 -21.86 -1.30
0.67 -5.53 5.53 -27.39 -1.50
0.75 -7.99 7.99 -32.32 -1.73
0.83 -10.45 10.45 -37.24 -1.94
0.92 -12.90 12.90 -42.78 -2.15
1.00 -15.36 15.36 -47.70 -2.37

COLUMN MEMBER 10: SF (factored) kN


COL. A2 (AT TOP, TERRACE LEVEL)
section (D+EL) (D+ER) (D+L+EL) (D+L+ER) (D+L)
(1.5) (1.5) (1.2) (1.2) (1.5)
0.00 54.60 19.17 44.90 16.56 38.45
0.08 54.60 19.17 44.90 16.56 38.45
0.17 54.60 19.17 44.90 16.56 38.45
0.25 54.60 19.17 44.90 16.56 38.45
0.34 54.60 19.17 44.90 16.56 38.45
0.42 54.60 19.17 44.90 16.56 38.45
0.50 54.60 19.17 44.90 16.56 38.45
0.58 54.60 19.17 44.90 16.56 38.45
0.67 54.60 19.17 44.90 16.56 38.45
0.75 54.60 19.17 44.90 16.56 38.45
0.83 54.60 19.17 44.90 16.56 38.45
0.92 54.60 19.17 44.90 16.56 38.45
1.00 54.60 19.17 44.90 16.56 38.45

COLUMN MEMBER 10: BM (factored) kN-m


COL. A2 (AT TOP, TERRACE LEVEL)
section (D+EL) (D+ER) (D+L+EL) (D+L+ER) (D+L)
(1.5) (1.5) (1.2) (1.2) (1.5)
0.00 41.93 -0.43 33.78 -0.11 21.05
0.08 30.86 -4.13 24.66 -3.32 13.34
0.17 18.87 -8.76 14.82 -7.28 4.71
0.25 7.80 -12.45 5.70 -10.50 -3.00
0.34 -3.27 -16.14 -3.41 -13.70 -10.70
0.42 -15.26 -20.78 -13.25 -17.66 -19.32
0.50 -26.33 -24.47 -22.37 -20.88 -27.03
0.58 -37.41 -28.17 -31.49 -24.10 -34.74
0.67 -49.38 -32.79 -41.30 -28.03 -43.34
0.75 -60.47 -36.50 -50.45 -31.27 -51.08
0.83 -71.54 -40.19 -59.56 -34.48 -58.77
0.92 -83.52 -44.82 -69.40 -38.44 -67.40
1.00 -94.59 -48.51 -78.52 -41.65 -75.11

244
Chapter-6 Final Analysis and Design

For column A2 (top story, member 10), as indicated in Fig. 6.9,


maximum shear is 54.6 kN in load case 1.5(D+EL). It is acting
uniformly through out the height of the column. The shear stress, tv
= 54.6 x 103 / (250x447.5) = 0.49 Mpa. Design shear strength for M20
Concrete (ref. Table 19 of IS 456 - 2000) is, tc = 0.68 Mpa for 1.3
% longitudinal steel ( section 6.4 column design) and concrete
grade M20, in the column. This suggests nominal stirrups are
required. Minimum Lateral ties spacing required designed as 2-
legged shear stirrups is, sv = (0.87 fy Asv)/(0.4 b) = 361 mm c/
c. The reinforcement detailing would be discussed, in more
detail, later.

6.8 REINFORCEMENT DESIGN FOR BEAMS:


Beam Member 15:
Concrete grade M 15
High Yield Strength bar, IS 1786, Fe 415

Moment Check:
Maximum support moment (member 15) Fig. 6.3 / Fig. 6.10:
Left end (joint 4) = 90.915 kN-m (DL + EQ Right)
Right end (joint 5) = 93.855 kN-m (DL +EQ Left)
Maximum span moment = 38.67 kN - m (DL + EQ from Left)

Beam size, b = 250 mm, D = 500 mm, d = 500 - 50 = 450 mm


Ku90 = 90.915 x 106 / ( 250 x 4502 ) = 1.8 N / mm2 , Ast = 0.6 %
Ku93 = 93.855 x 106 / ( 250 x 4502 ) = 1.85 N / mm2, ,Ast = 0.62 %
Ku38 = 38.67 x 106 / ( 250 x 4502 ) = 0.76 N / mm2, Ast = 0.22 %

For Member -16, (Fig. 6.3 and Fig. 6.10) the maximum support moment
is 94.635 kN-m, and Ku94 =1.87, and the Ast is 0.63 %.

As the value of Ku calculated above for members 15 and 16 are less than
2.08 N / mm2, the section is singly reinforced. The design tension steel is
provided on the tension face amounting to the % (worked out above) of
concrete effective section. In singly reinforced section only nominal com-
pression face reinforcement (not less than 0.2%) has been provided.
The % of support steel computed above at the supports are almost same.
Provide maximum 0.63 % = 7.08 cm2 , i.e., 3 - 12 + 2 - 16 bars. Actual
provided is 7.3 cm2 ( 0.64 %) . Here 3 - 12 means 3 numbers 12 mm dia
bars, and 2 - 16 is 2 nos, 16 mm dia bars. The detailing is shown in Fig.
6.11. The top 3 - 12 bars (> 0.2%) are provided continuous through out the
length; 2-16 top bars are provided in appropriate length as indicated by the
BM diagram (Fig. 6.5) at supports. Fig. 6.5 illustrates the BM diagram for
various load - combination cases where as Fig. 6.7 illustrates the BM dia-

245
Concepts in Frame Design

gram for each loading separately. The utility of all the combinations are well
explained by points A and D compared to points B and C in Fig. 6.5. Points
A and D represent the contraflexures (where BM is zero) in DEAD LOAD +
LIVE LOAD case and they are about at 1/5 th of the span from either sup-
port. In case of load combination DEAD LOAD + EQ from RIGHT the
contraflexure point shifts towards span and is at about 1/3rd span length
which is shown by point B; similarly point C is contraflexure point from right
support and load combination case is DEAD LOAD + EARTH QUAKE from
LEFT. The other load combination DEAD LOAD + LIVE LOAD + EARTH
QUAKE also almost closely follows the DEAD LOAD + EARTHQUAKE
case. Similarly, the bottom bars are maximum in the load combination of
DEAD LOAD + EARTHQUAKE from right. This suggests the relevance of
examining all the load combinations. Almost 1/3 rd of the beam length is in
tension at top from either end, and therefore, the extra steel 2-16 has been
provided in such appropriate length. In no case the length of the bar would
be less than its development length. The development length Ld = φ σs / (4
τbd ), where φ is bar diameter, σs allowable design stress equal to 0.87 x 415
Mpa in steel bar conforming to Fe 415, and τbd is design bond stress equal
to 1.6 Mpa for M15 concrete. For M20, bond stress τbd is 1.92 Mpa. The
development length, Ld , in terms of rod diameter, φ, for M15 and M20
grade concrete, are 57 φ and 47 φ respectively. This suggests, for 16 mm
bars, and M15 concrete the length would never be less than 912 mm on
either side from the face of the column. Actually provided is more than 912
mm, which has been done on the basis of point of contraflexure in the BM
diagram and also the zone of reversal (Fig. 6.5 and Fig. 6.11) of seismic
stresses.

The bottom steel required is 2.48 cm2 , i.e., 3 - 12 bars. It is evident from
the inspection of the BM values for Member 15 that the bottom fibre of the
beam is in tension upto support and the maximum moment is highest for
Dead Load + Earthquake acting from left, case. Earthquake combina-
tions suggest there is reversal of forces in this case in substantial length
(Fig. 6.5) of the beam, and therefore, throughout same steel is provided
at the bottom of the beam.

Anchorage of top and bottom bars in end columns is of utmost impor-


tance. In order to ensure proper frame action the beam bars must be
anchored fully in the column. This can be achieved if bars inside the column
measured from the column face is not less than the development length. If
bars terminate with bends in L - shape inside columns, a rebate of 4 φ for
each 45° may be allowed in the development length. Bars are usually termi-
nated (Fig. 6.12) at the ends either in hook or L form. In the former it turns
180° ,and in the latter, the bend is at 90°.

246
Chapter-6

BM
(KN.M)

247
SF
(KN)
Final Analysis and Design

Fig. 6.10: Factored BM & SF values for beam 15 and 16


g

REINF.

248
Concepts in Frame Design

SECT 1-1 SECT 2-2 SECT 3-3

Fig. 6.11: Beam 15 and 16 reinforcement details


Chapter-6 Final Analysis and Design

249
Concepts in Frame Design

Anchorage of top and bottom bars in end columns is of utmost impor-


tance. In order to ensure proper frame action the beam bars must be an-
chored fully in the column. This can be achieved if bars inside the column
measured from the column face is not less than the development length. If
bars terminate with bends in L - shape inside columns, a rebate of 4 φ for
each 45° may be allowed in the development length. Bars are usually termi-
nated (Fig. 6.12) at the ends either in hook or L form. In the former it turns
180° ,and in the latter, the bend is at 90°.
As columns are in concrete grade M20, development length may be (47 -
2 x 4) = 39 φ i.e., 624 mm for 16 mm bars and 468 mm for 12 mm bars.
Frame - A beams meet the end columns at A1 and A3 along the depth of
the column. Fig. 6.13 illustrates the beam - column joint in elevation,
where the beam bars, 2- 16 provided at top, in second layer, are extended
straight inside the column at least 350 mm (out of overall available col-
umn dimension of 500 mm), which further requires the 16 mm bars to
have L of at least 624 - 350 = 274 mm. The available beam overall depth
is 500 mm and this indicates the bars could be easily anchored inside the
column.

This problem is more critical for frames on grids 1, 2, and 3 ( Fig.


6.14) which meet the columns along their width. Assuming reinforce-
ment for axis -1 beam similar to that of axis- A, beam, the succeeding
discussion explains the techniques involved in adopting the appropriate
anchorage. The column width is 250 mm, out of which 150 mm, could be
conveniently utilised for taking the beam bars straight inside (Fig. 6.14)
the column. The balance 624 - 150 = 474 mm has to be obtained from L
length at the termination. This could be available along the beam depth
but may fall short at places of more bars in the beams and columns. It is,
therefore, safer to take the top beam bars downward by at least 100 mm
inside the column (Fig. 6.14) below the beam soffit. This requires the said
top portion of the column to be cast simultaneously with the beams cast-
ing. For 12 mm bars, there appears to be no problem, and they could be
safely anchored in the beam depth itself if they are taken at least 150 mm
straight inside the column.

Shear Check:
Among the critical shears shown at various sections ( Fig. 6.10) 79.785
kN is the highest and other values are practically close to it. The corre-
sponding shear stress, τv =79.785 x 103 / (250x450) = 0.69 Mpa. The
shear capacity, τc , of the section for 0.64 % steel (refer IS 456 -2000,
Table 19) 0.5 Mpa. Spacing of 8 mm dia 2 - legged stirrup, sv = 0.87 x 415
x 2 x 50 / {250(0.69 - 0.5)} = 760 mm c/c.

250
Chapter-6 Final Analysis and Design

Maximum Spacing of Shear stirrups


As per IS : 456 :
(i) 0.87 x 415 x 2 x 50 / ( 0.4 x 250) = 361 mm c/c
(ii) 0.75 d = 0.75 x 450 = 337 mm c/c
(iii) 300 mm c/c
As per IS : 13920:(Ductile - Detailing)
(i) In 2d stretch from either support face @ d / 4, where d is the effective
depth of the beam. This indicates at least in 900 mm length of the beam
from either column (inside face) provide 8 mm 2-legged stirrups @ 112
mm c/c. In Fig. 6.11, this is shown by stirrups type S1 which is 2-legged
8 mm dia stirrups @ 110 mm c/c..
(ii) In the balance central portion of the beam provide 2- legged 8 mm stir-
rups @ d/2 , i.e., @ 222 c/c which is shown by stirrups type S2 in the
sketch, and this is 2- legged 8mm dia stirrups @ 200 c/c .

The above provisions demonstrate the governing requirement of IS 13920


for earthquake resistant (ductile) detailing. The closer stirrups near the
column faces ensures better confinement of the beam concrete which
enhances the ductile capacity of the beam - column joints. Ensuring
adequate ductility means the joint would sustain large deformation without
immediate collapse. The stirrups must close with proper L - bends at the
ends with length of L not less than 8 x dia of the bar. Detailed guidelines in
this regard is available in SP:34 of Bureau of Indian Standards which is a
Handbook on Concrete Reinforcement and Detailing.

6.9 SLAB DESIGN:


Among all the slab panels as shown in the beams framing plan (Fig. 4.1
and Fig. 4.2) the drawing room is the largest. For sample calculation the
critical panel is selected. The short span is 3.5 m and the long span is
4.855 m; the ratio of long and short span is 1.4. It is a two - way slab and
it is designed using the coefficients of Table 26 (IS 456 :2000). A two-way
slab means it is supported along all the four edges and ratio of longer and
shorter span is less than or equal to two. The panel has Two Adjacent
Edges discontinuous. However, in RCC framed construction beam and
slabs are monolithic which may be taken as fixed / continuous edge. Fixed
end condition would induce torsion to the supporting beam which has to
be considered in the beam design. There could be another simplifying
assumption of neglecting such effect and design the slab with discontinu-
ous edge condition. The latter has been adopted here for slab design.

Short span Moment, Mx = αx w lx 2 and Long span moment, MY = αY w lx


2
where αx and αy are obtained from the Table 26 (IS 456), lx = 3.5

251
Concepts in Frame Design

m and w is the unit area load over the slab including its self weight.

From deflection criteria of IS 456, slab overall depth is 3.5/(40 x 0.8) =

110 mm The self wt = 0.11 x 25 kN/m3 = 2.75 kN /m2 and taking Live Load
= 2 kN / m2 total load is 4.75 kN /m2 . Add for floor finishes 1.25 kN / m2
. The value of w = 6.0 kN / m2 .

252
Chapter-6 Final Analysis and Design

Short span moment:


-ve moment at support = 0.071 x 6 x 3.52 = 5.22 kN - m
+ve moment in span = 0.053 x 6 x 3.52 = 3.9 kN - m
Long span moment:
-ve moment at support = 0.047 x 6 x 3.52 = 3.45 kN - m
+ve moment in span = 0.035 x 6 x 3.52 = 2.57 kN - m
Short span reinforcement:
-ve steel at support,
Ku = 1.5 x 5.22 x 106 / ( 1000 x 862 ) = 1.06 N / mm2, Ast = 0.35 %= 3.03
cm2 , provide 8 mm dia bars @ 160 mm c/c. Here effective depth is 110 -
20 - 8/2 = 86 mm

+ve steel in short span,


Ku = 1.5x3.9 x 106 / ( 1000 x 862 ) = 0.79 N / mm2, Ast = 0.26 %. This
requires 8 mm bars @ 226 mm c/c. The codal (IS 456 - Table 15) require-
ment is to provide bars not exceeding 180 mm spacing.

Long span reinforcement: (effective depth = 86 - 8 = 78 mm)


-ve steel at support is computed using Ku = 1.5x3.45 x 106 / ( 1000 x 782 )
= 0.85 N / mm2, Ast = 0.28 %= 2.2 cm2 . But the minimum spacing criteria
governs and the bars are to be provided @ 180 mm c/c.
Similarly + ve steel in span of the long span is also to be provided not
exceeding 180 mm c/c.
pattern of slab reinforcement:
The pattern of reinforcement is illustrated in Fig. 6.15. There are two ways
of doing slab reinforcement detailing. one, using cranked bars pattern,
and the other, using the cut-pieces pattern. The latter has been shown in
Fig. 6.15. This has the advantage of following different bar spacing in
different slab panels. The middle strip bar (bottom bar in the slab) is ex-
tended upto distance p (=0.15L) in the edge strip of the discontinuous
edge (Fig. 6.15), and, for a distance t (= 0.25L) at continuous support
case. The top bars at supports are provided of the length r (=0.15L)
beyond beam face on one side, and on the other side of the beam face it
is of length s (=0.3L). Top bars are also alternatively staggered in length as
shown in Fig. 6.15. Here, L is the slab length in the direction bar is consid-
ered. At discontinuous edges 50% top bars are also provided having length
q (=0.15L). In all the above cases bars shall never be less than their develop-
ment length which 57 x dia of bar for M15 concrete and 47 x dia of bar for
M20 concrete. The spacing of bars in both the directions shall never be
greater than thrice the effective depth of the slab.

253
Concepts in Frame Design

6.10 FOUNDATION DESIGN ( column B1):


The following is the engineering properties of the soil at various levels
below the existing ground level.
depth cohesion, c φ
( in m) in kg/cm2
2.0 0.50 5.15
3.5 0.51 5.85
5.0 0.62 6.0
Pile Capacity = Bearing + Friction
Bearing = toe and under - ream
= At . Nc. Ca + Au . Nc. C'a
At =toe area = π/4 .(0.3)2 = 0.07 sqm (refer Fig. 6.16, D = 0.3 m, Du =
0.6 m)
Nc = 9
Ca = cohesion at toe level (average value at toe and 3 x dia of pile
below the toe) = 0.62 kg/cm2 = 62 kN/m2
Au = Under-ream base area excluding toe area
= π/4 .(0.62 -0.32 ) = 0.21 sqm
C'a= cohesion at under-ream level, same as at toe level as the under
ream is at only bucket length above the pile toe = 0.62 kg/cm2 = 62 kN/m2
. Pile capacity in Bearing = (0.07 x 9 x 62) + (0.21 x 9 x 62) = 156.1 kN

Pile capacity in Friction = As. α . Ca + A's . C'a


As = shaft area above under - ream = π.D.H = π x 0.3 x 4 = 3.7 sqm
α = 0.5 , (this varies for soil consistency
Ca = 51 kN/m2
For single under -reamed case, A's = 0,
For double under-reamed case,
A's = π. Du . (1.5Du) = π x 0.6 x 0.9 = 1.7 sqm
Friction capacity = 3.7 x 0.5 x 51 = 94 kN (Single under - ream case)
Friction capacity = (3.7 x 0.5 x 51) + (1.7 x 51) = 181 kN (Double under -
ream case)

Total (ultimate pile capacity)=


Single under - ream = 156 + 94 = 250 kN
Double under - ream = 156 + 181 = 337 kN
Allowable pile Capacity (using average Safety Factor = 2.5)
Single under - ream = 250 / 2.5 = 100 kN
Double under - ream = 337 / 2.5 = 135 kN

For Column B1, 4 number of 0.3 m dia, double under - ream, pile would
suffice. The length of one pile would be 4 m (shaft above under - ream) +

254
Chapter-6 Final Analysis and Design

1.5 Du
Du

double under - reamed

single under - reamed


Fig. 6.16: Pile with stem and under - reams

Fig. 6.17: Pile cap plan

255
Concepts in Frame Design

0.9 m (distance between under-reams) + 0.45 m (bucket length) = 5.35 m


Load over entire group of piles due to pile cap = 1.5 x 1.5 x 0.6 m x 25 kN /
m3 = 33.8 kN
The load over piles is calculated for all the load combinations separately.
The load on column B1 is obtained from frame on Axis-B and frame on Axis-
1(A-C). The result file from computer run B.RES has not been incorporated
here, but it could be easily obtained from the computer run. The data com-
piled here is taken from the corresponding column members and their lower
joint as the lower joint is at the foundation level; for Axis - B frame the
column is member number 1 (Fig. 4.9) and the lower joint is 1; for Axis - 1(A-
C) the column is member number 6 and the foundation level joint is 2 (Fig.
4.5).
frame vertical load(kN) Moment(kN-m) Horizontal force (kN)
DL LL EQ DL LL EQ DL LL EQ
Axis - B 214.8 23.4 67.9 6.79 1.12 43.6 5.8 1.0 19.9
Axis - 1(A-C) 229.7 44.3 62.3 2.2 0.61 22.7 4.1 1.2 24.6

Load Combination DL + LL
The values of vertical loads and moments are un-factored and they will
be used unmodified because the pile capacity obtained from the soil data
is for normal case i.e., un-factored. Total vertical load due to DL + LL =
214.8+229.7+23.4+44.3= 512.2 kN and adding for pile cap weight it be-
comes 546 kN; load on each pile = 546/4=136.5 kN. The column mo-
ments are balanced by the couple acting through piles on either side of
the column axis. The couple component on either side of the column axis
is made of 2 piles; group of 2 piles on one side is in tension, and the
opposite side group of 2 piles forming the couple is in compression.
A little thought would reflect that any corner pile is most compressed and
the diagonally opposite pile is least compressed. The least compressed
pile should never go in tension otherwise the foundation would be ren-
dered unstable. The vertical loads on each pile due to DL and LL mo-
ments = ±(6.79+1.12)/(2x0.9) ± (2.2+0.61)/(2x0.9) = ±6 kN; here 2
represents two piles forming the couple and 0.9 m is the lever arm of the
couple, i.e., centre to centre distance of the plies groups on either side of
the columns forming the balancing couple. The most compressed pile
has 136.5 + 6.0 = 142.5 kN load and the least compressed is 136.5 - 6 =
129.5 kN.
Load Combination DL + LL+EQ
The forces due to earthquake would be considered acting at one time from
one direction frame only and the greater force is obtained from the Grid - B
frame, which would generate the worst case and therefore this case only
has been dealt with. The vertical load on a pile = (546 + 67.9)/4
±(6.79+1.12+43.6)/(2x0.9)±(2.2+0.61)/(2x0.9) = 153.5 ±28.6 ±1.6 = 183.7
kN, or 123.3 kN. No pile is in tension and the most compressed pile load

256
Chapter-6 Final Analysis and Design

need to be normalised as the pile carrying capacity is increased in earth-


quake case by a safety margin of 1.25; safe normal load on pile is 183.7/
1.25 = 147 kN.

Load Combination DL+EQ


Load on each pile is (214.8+229.7+67.9)/4 + (6.79+43.6)/(2x0.9) ±2.2/
(2x0.9) =128.1+28=157.3 or 154.9 kN; allowing earthquakes safety factor it
is 157.3/1.25=125.8 kN. Adding load due to pile cap it is 125.8 + 33.8/4 =
134.3 kN.

Compiling together the three load combinations, load on most compressed


pile is
DL + LL 142.5 kN
DL+LL+ EQ 147.0 kN
DL + EQ 134.3 kN.
The critical case load on a pile is 147 kN which is about 8% greater than
135 kN, load carrying capacity of the double under - reamed pile dis-
cussed above. Therefore, to be on safe side, overall length of the pile
may be increased to 6.0 m below the existing ground level and recalculate
the load capacity. However, in case of piles, final check is done through
actual pile load-test. some of the working piles is checked against 1.5 x
safe carrying capacity and declared safe if total settlement does not ex-
ceed 12 mm. The load - test details are covered in IS:2911. For large size
projects initial pile load-test is invariably conducted over a test pile which
is loaded 2.5 x safe carrying capacity and the pile is tested until failure.
The test provides final guide line to the pile foundation design.

In case of under - water concreting, where Tremie pipe is used, extra pile
length is required to be cast. The top 0.3 m usually consists of poor con-
crete mixed with mud. This portion is to be finally broken off before pile
cap casting. This is called cut - off length. Depending upon the situation
the pile overall length may be increased suitably to take into account the
cut - off length and accordingly the pile cap soffit level is fixed.

DESIGN OF PILE CAP:


As shown in the accompanying sketch of pile cap its overall size 1.5 m x
1.5 m x 0.65 m. The RCC pedestal 0.7 m x 0.7 m x 0.2 m is provided
symmetrical to the column.

Check in Shear ( WIDE BEAM SHEAR) (IS 456; 34.2.4.1.a) :


The critical section is at d/2 from pedestal face. The d for pile cap is 650
- 75 = 575 mm. The critical section is at 575/2 = 287.5 mm from pedestal
face. The pile centre is at (900-700)/2 = 100 mm from pedestal face. Pile
outer face from pedestal face is at 100 + 300/2 = 250 mm and pile inner

257
Concepts in Frame Design

face is 50 mm inside the pedestal. The critical section is at 37.5 mm on


outer side from the pile outer face. This would generate no shear on the
section as the entire pile section lies inside the critical section.

Check in Shear (TWO - WAY SHEAR) (IS 456: 34.2.4.1.b)


This is called punching shear also. The critical section is at d/2 from the
pedestal face; the periphery (IS 456: 31.6) b0 = 4 x (700+575)=5100 mm.

Fig. 6.18: Pile cap plan with shear section

Shear stress developed = (1.5 x 512.2 x 103) / (5100 x 575) = 0.26 Mpa.
The allowable is 0.25 (fck)1/2 = 0.968 Mpa. The section is safe against
punching. The seismic case factored total load is 1.2 x580 =696 kN which
is less than DL+LL factored case 1.5x512.2=768.3 kN. For punching, DL+LL
case has, therefore, been taken in consideration.

Check in MOMENT:
The critical section is at pedestal face. The moment due to piles = 2 x
142.5 kN x 0.1 m = 28.5 kN - m. The Ku =( 1.5 x 28.5x106 ) / (1500 x 5752
) = 0.08 which suggests the section is quite safe against flexure
and nominal steel is required. If pile load 147 kN for DL + LL + EQ case
is considered, the factored moment is 1.2 x 2x147x0.1= 35.3 kN-m, which
is less than factored moment 42.75 kN-m of DL + LL case. In shear, as
checked above, the section is safe against minimum steel of 0.15 %. Pro-

258
Chapter-6 Final Analysis and Design

vide 0.15 % steel in each direction at bottom of the pile cap. Provide 0.15 x
1500 x 575 /100 = 1294 mm2 i.e., 12 numbers of 12 mm dia Tor bars in each
direction i.e., 12 mm dia @ 120 mm c/c or 10 mm dia @ 80 mm c/c.
ALTERNATIVE PILE CAP DESIGN:
Piles are assumed to provide support and column loads and moment is
applied on the mid of the pile cap. The section is checked against both
pedestal face and the column face.
Pedestal Face:
The column - load moment at mid span of pile cap is 614x0.9/4=138.2
kN-m. Total moment at pedestal face = 30.7+5.7=36.4 kN-m. Ku = 1.2
x36.4 x 106/(1500 x 5752) = 0.088 which shows the section is quite safe
against flexure and minimum reinforcement is adequate.
Column Face:
The column face moment is 99.8+18.6=118.4 kN-m. Ku = 1.2 x118.4 x 106/
(1500 x 7752) = 0.16 which shows the section is quite safe against

flexure and minimum reinforcement is adequate. Due seismic forces the

Fig. 6.19: Alternative design sections

259
Concepts in Frame Design

factor used is 1.2 , the width of cap is 1500 mm and effective depth is cap
effective depth + pedestal height = 775 mm.
Check in Shear:
The critical section is at d/2 i.e., 287.5 mm from column face and pile centre
is at 325 mm which indicates pile outer face lies at 325 + 150 =475 mm from
column face. The critical section lies 475-287.5=187.5 mm inside the pile
outer face. The shear at pile inside face is full which

Fig. 6.20: Typical Column and Pile cap reinf details

linearly tapers to zero at pile outside face. This means, 2x147 kN pile full
shear tapers to zero in the distance of pile diameter i.e., 300 mm. The
critical section falling 187.5 mm inward, the critical section shear is calcu-
lated proportionately i.e., (187.5/300)x(2x147) = 183.75 kN. The shear stress

260
Chapter-6 Final Analysis and Design

= (1.2x183.75x103 ) / (1500x575) = 0.26 Mpa. The width of critical section is


the entire width of the pile cap which covers 2 piles and the pile shear
therefore taken is 2 x 147 kN. The limit state factor taken is 1.2 because of
seismic case combination with the DL and LL. Similar exercises may be
made exclusively for other load combinations. The section is adequate and
0.15% reinforcement would suffice. The pile cap overall depth may be re-
duced suitably and all checks be made as discussed above.

6.11 DURABILITY
This is one of the important design aspects and it is commonly discussed
with the reliability of the entire system. The concrete structure suffers
from several variabilities from qualities of materials to construction methods.
The pattern and placement of bars are also very important. As discussed in
section 6.9, the role of proper anchorage of beam bars in columns is the
foremost requirement to ensure 100% reliable frame action. The cover to
bars enhances the durability of the structure. It is interesting to note that
due weightage has been given to provision of cover depending on the impor-
tance of the structural element. Foundation elements has the largest cover
(50- 75 mm) and the slab has the smallest cover (15 - 20 mm). The beams
and columns have 25 mm and 40 mm cover respectively. The foundation is
the most important structural element, and therefore, it has the highest
cover to ensure its longest possible durability. If a foundation gives way the
entire building is ruined. Next important element is the column and it has 40
mm cover. All such provisions are based on durability consideration. Now
the grade of concrete and minimum cement content in a given mix are also
to enhance the durability of the structure and thus make it more reliable. It is
now strongly felt, all frame elements (columns and beams) should never be
made in concrete leaner than M20.

6.12 STABILITY AND JOINT DISPLACEMENTS


For joint displacements the output file of Axis - A frame may be referred in
section 6.6. The foundation joints 1, 2 and 3 are taken as fixed ones, so
they don’t show any linear or rotational displacements. It may be noticed
that joints 16 and 17 are the highest joints at terrace level and they show
maximum displacements for load case 5 and 6. The load case 5 and 6
represent the combined incidence of earthquake with appropriate dead
and live loads. The magnitude of horizontal movement (x-translation) is
about 1.3 cm at the joints 16 and 17. One has to understand the codal
limitation of such displacements. Higher displacements not only cause
discomfort to the user but also may trigger instability problem.

261
Concepts in Frame Design

Similarly the mid span displacements may also be obtained from the frame
analysis output. For large spans (over 6 m) it is necessary that the designer
must assess the span displacements with a view to enhance the service
quality of the floor and wall cladding finishes.

262
Selected References

SELECTED REFERENCES

1. Wright, E.W.: Structural design by computer Van Nostrand


Reinhold Co.Ltd., London, 1976
2. Rynolds, C.E., and Steedman, J.C.: Reinforcea concrete designer's
hand book, Rupa & Co. Delhi, 1981.
3. Krishnamoorty, C.S. : Finite element analysis, theory and program
ming Tata Mc Graw - Hill publication Company Limited , New Delhi ,
1988,
4. Rajaraman, V. : Computer programming in FORTRAN, prentice -Hall
of India, Private Limited, New Delhi, 1993
5. Weaver, JR., William, and Gere, James M. : Matrix Analysis of Framed
Structures, 2nd ed., CBS Publishers and Distributors, Delhi.
6. Mathur, S. M.: Physical Geology of India, National Book Trust of In-
dia, New Delhi, 1991,
7. Kong, F. K., Evans R. H.: Reinforced and Prestressed Concrete, 2nd
Edition, ELBS, London, 1980
8. National Building Code of India, 1983; Bureau of Indian Standards,
New Delhi, 1990 (incorporating amendments 1 and 2)
9. Tomlinson, M. J.: Foundation Design and Construction, 5th ed.,
ELBS with Longman, London, 1994

263
Concepts in Frame Design

APPENDIX - A
List of Indian towns with seismic zones, horizontal seismic coefficients
and basic wind speed

Place Wind speed seismic zone seismic coeff.


(m/s)

Agra 47 III 0.04


Ahmedabad 39 III 0.04
Ajmer 47 I 0.01
Allhabad 47 II .02
Almora 47 IV 0.05
Ambala 47 IV 0.05
Amritsar 47 IV 0.05
Asansol 47 III 0.04
Aurangabad 39 II 0.01
Bahraich 47 IV 0.05
Bengalore 33 II 0.01
Barauni 47 IV 0.05
Barelly 47 III 0.04
Belgaun III 0.04
Bhatinda 47 III 0.04
Bhilai 39 II 0.01
Bhopal 39 II 0.02
Bhubneshwar 50 III 0.04
Bhuj 50 V 0.08
Bijapur III 0.04
Bikaner 47 III 0.04
Bokaro 47 III 0.04
Bulandsahar IV 0.05
Burdwan 50 III 0.04
Calicut 39 III 0.04
Chandigarh 47 IV 0.05
Chennai 50 III 0.02
Chitradurga II 0.01
Coimbatore 39 III 0.04
Cuttack 50 III 0.04
Darbhanga 55 V 0.08
Darjeeling 47 IV 0.05
ehraDun 47 IV 0.05

264
Appendix - A

Place Wind speed seismic zone seismic coeff.


(m/s)
Delhi 47 IV 0.05
Dhanbad 39 III 0.03
Dharmpuri III
Durgapur 47 III 0.04
Gangtok 47 IV 0.05
Guwahati 50 V 0.08
Gaya 39 III 0.04
Goa III
Gorakhpur 47 IV 0.05
Gulbarga I 0.02
Hyderabad 44 I 0.01
Imphal 47 V 0.08
Jabalpur 47 III 0.04
Jaipur 47 II 0.02
Jamshedpur 47 II 0.02
Jhansi 47 II 0.01
Jodhpur 47 II 0.01
Jorhat 50 V 0.08
Kakarapaa III 0.04
Kalpakkam III 0.04
Kanchipuram III 0.04
Kanpur 47 III 0.04
Kathmandu V 0.08
Kohima 44 V 0.08
Kolkata 50 III 0.04
Kota I 0.02
Kurnool 39 I 0.01
Lakshadweep 39 III 0.04
Lucknow 47 III 0.04
Ludhiana 47 IV 0.05
Madurai 39 II 0.02
Mandi 39 V 0.08
Mangalore 39 III 0.04
Munger IV 0.05
Moradabad 47 IV 0.05
Mumbai 44 III 0.04
Mysore 33 I 0.01
Nagpur 44 I 0.02
Nagarjunsagar I 0.02
Nainital 47 IV 0.05
Nasik 39 III 0.04

265
Concepts in Frame Design

Place Wind speed seismic zone seismic coeff.


(m/s)

Nellore 50 III 0.02


Osamanabad III
Punjim 39 III 0.04
Patiala 47 III 0.04
Patna 47 IV 0.05

Pilibhit IV 0.05
Pondicherry 50 II 0.02
Port Blair 44 V 0.08
Pune 39 III 0.04
Purnea 47 IV 0.05
Raipur 39 II 0.01
Rajkot 39 III 0.04
Ranchi 39 II 0.02
Roorkee 39 IV 0.05
Rourkela 39 II 0.01
Sadiya V 0.08
Salem III 0.04
Shimla 39 IV 0.05
Silchar 55 V 0.08
Sironj II 0.01
Solapur III 0.04
Srinagar 39 V 0.08
Surat 44 III 0.04
Tezpur 50 V 0.08
Tanjavur II 0.02
Tarapur III 0.04
Tiruchchirappalli 47 I 0.02
Thane III 0.04
Thiruanantpuram 39 III 0.04
Udaipur 47 II 0.02
Vadodara 44 III 0.04
Varanasi 47 III 0.04
Vellore III 0.04
Vijayawada 50 III 0.04
Vishakhapatnam 50 I 0.02

266
Appendix - B

APPENDIX - B

Comparison of STAAD and FSTEEL output for members 10, 15, and 16 of
frame on Axis - A. The FSTEEL output result is in section 5.6 with the file
name A . RES. The STAAD output result is in file A . ANL and is illustrated in
section 6.6. The comparison is done for Dead Load case which is load case
3 in STAAD file A . ANL. The relevant output in the respective files has been
underlined for convenience in identification.

PROGRAM Member JOINT MEMBER END FORCES


AXIAL SF BM
(kN) (kN) (kN-m)

STAAD 10 14 69.01 24.61 13.83


17 -69.01 -24.61 47.70

15 4 -4.26 37.68 26.75


5 4.26 40.0 -32.39

16 5 -4.41 34.86 31.96


6 4.41 33.92 -26.11

FSTEEL 10 14 68.98 25.13 14.78


17 -68.98 -25.13 48.05

15 4 -4.27 37.79 27.07


5 4.27 39.89 -32.18

16 5 -4.48 34.82 31.78


6 4.48 34.02 -26.44

267
Concepts in Frame Design

APPENDIX - C
The following illustration compares the value of base shear using latest version
of IS 1893 - 2002 with that of the IS:1893 - 1984
The design horizontal seismic coefficient (Ah) is calculated using zone fac-
tor, Z. The value of Z, for zone II, III, IV, and V are 0.1, 0.16, 0.24, and 0.36
respectively.
Ah = Z/2. I/R. Sa/g
Where, I = Importance factor (1 or 1.5)
R = Response reduction factor; the value of I/R shall not be greater than
1.0. For RCC frames R varies from 3 to 5.
Sa/g = Average Response Acceleration Coefficient (Max. 2.5)

Ah shall never be less than Z/4, irrespective of the values of I/R and Sa/
g. The value of Sa/g depends on dampings of motion. The example
calculation illustrated here below is based on 5 % damping, and for other
dampings Sa/g may be modified by the factors given below.

Dampings (%) 0 2 5 7 10 15 20 25 30
Factor. 3.2 1.4 1.0 0.9 0.8 0.7 0.6 0.55 0.5

The value of R is summarized as follows.


(i) Ordinary RCC moment resisting frame where no ductile detailing is
strictly followed. R = 3.0
(ii) RCC moment resisting frame with strict ductile detailing, R = 5.0
(iii) Steel frame , R = 4.0 / 5.0 (according to bracings concentric or eccen-
tric)
(iv) Load bearing masonry systems:
Unreinforced R = 1.5
Reinforced with RC band R = 2.5
Both horizontal and vertical steel, R = 3.0
(v) Shear Walls: Ordinary RC, R = 3.0, Ductile RC, R = 4.0

The value of Sa/g depends upon the type of soil supporting the foundation,
and fundamental natural period of vibration (in seconds), T.
The empirical values of T are obtained from the following expression.
Frames without infil brick panels:
RC Frames l : T = 0.075 (h)0.75
Steel Frames : T = 0.085 (h)0.75
Here, h is the height of the building in meter

Frames with infil brick panels:

268
Appendix - C

: T = 0.09 h / (d)0..5
Where, h is the height of the building in meter, and d is base dimension in m
at plinth in the direction of earthquake force.

For various categories of foundation supporting soil, values of T and Sa/g are
as below.

Soil type T (sec) Sa/g

Rocky hard soil 0.0 - 0.1 1 + 1.5 T


0.1 - 0.4 2.5
0.4 - 4.0 1/ T

Medium soil 0.0 - 0.1 1 + 1.5 T


0.1 - 0.55 2.5
0.55 - 4.0 1.36 / T

Soft soil 0.0 - 0.1 1 + 1.5 T


0.1 - 0.67 2.5
0.4 - 4.0 1.67 / T

For the example problem:


Seismic zone IV, Z = 0.24, I = 1.0, R = 5.0 (Ductile RC frame)

T = 0.09 h / (d)0.5
h = 14.7 m, d = 9.8 m (along one direction), and 10.55 m along other
normal direction.
T = 0.42 sec, when d = 9.8 m
For medium soil, Sa/g = 2.5
Ah = Z/2. I/R. Sa/g = 0.24/2 x 1/5 x 2.5 = 0.06
The base shear VB = Ah. W = 0.06 W
Comparing with the previous version of IS 1893, it is observed that the
seismic force has become more conservative by increasing the lateral
force in the example problem by 33 %.
The value of Ah is further modified to half if the structure and its foundation
is 30 m below the ground level. At any intermediate depth from ground to
30 m depth, the value of Ah may be proportionately modified taking full
Ah at ground level and 0.5 Ah at 30 m depth.

269
The Reinforced Cement Concrete frames of a building require customized computer
solution for their analysis and design. The frames are subjected to vertical and lateral
loads. The incidence of the latter is normally idealized from the simplified modelling of
the natural forces of earthquake and / or wind storm. The fundamental of stiffness matrix
method applied for the development of the application computer programs is contained in
FSTEEL and STEEL modules. The programs, EQL, EREAD, and EQ run after FSTEEL
help assess the magnitude of earthquake. Finally STEEL is run to quantify the design
loads and forces for the beams and columns, and it produces the reinforcement output for
the beams as well. Lastly, CREAD and COLD are run utilizing the ouput of STEEL to
design the reinforcement of the columns. The reinforcement output is based on the Limit
State method of RCC design. Easy and automated application executable versions of the
programs are contained on the accompanying CD along with the source code of all the
seven programs.

prapnnachari@gmail.com

ISBN 10 : 99929-52-21-0
ISBN 13: 978-99929-52-21-4

You might also like